From 6fa01e22a3298cc59f0862e29d571f5e259b68e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Tiffany Chang (tic)" Date: Mon, 20 Oct 2025 16:15:59 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 1/2] [I18N] *: re-export pot files Includes pot files with no term changes to force Weblate to correctly sync the terms to translate within it (otherwise it uses what was in the existing .po file which may be incorrect). --- locale/sources/administration.pot | 264 +-- locale/sources/applications.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/essentials.pot | 2 +- locale/sources/finance.pot | 3140 +++++++++++++++----------- locale/sources/general.pot | 88 +- locale/sources/hr.pot | 2130 ++++++++++------- locale/sources/index.pot | 4 +- locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot | 322 ++- locale/sources/marketing.pot | 2 +- locale/sources/productivity.pot | 792 ++++++- locale/sources/sales.pot | 1245 ++++++---- locale/sources/services.pot | 82 +- locale/sources/studio.pot | 931 +++++--- locale/sources/websites.pot | 603 +++-- 14 files changed, 5998 insertions(+), 3611 deletions(-) diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 399a1c92f7..1a83422ecb 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" #: ../../content/administration.rst:8 -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:18 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:20 msgid "Database management" msgstr "" @@ -545,11 +545,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To quickly try out Odoo, shared `demo `_ instances are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for a few hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:20 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:22 msgid "To manage a database, go to the `database manager `_ and sign in as the database administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:25 msgid "All the main database management options are available by clicking the database name, except the upgrade option, which can be accessed by clicking the **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database name. It is only displayed if an upgrade is available." msgstr "" @@ -557,47 +557,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Accessing the database management options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:32 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:33 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:34 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:33 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:35 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:36 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:37 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:36 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:38 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:39 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:40 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:41 msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/web-services`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:168 @@ -605,96 +605,96 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Upgrade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:48 msgid "Trigger a database upgrade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:51 msgid "For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :ref:`Odoo Online upgrade documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:57 msgid "Duplicate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:59 msgid "Create an exact copy of the database, which can be used to perform testing without compromising daily operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:63 msgid "By checking :guilabel:`For testing purposes`, all external actions (emails, payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:65 msgid "Duplicated databases expire automatically after 15 days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:66 msgid "A maximum of five duplicates can be made per database. Under extraordinary circumstances, contact `support `_ to raise the limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:72 msgid "Rename" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:72 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:74 msgid "Rename the database and its URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:79 msgid "Download" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:81 msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:84 msgid "Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:84 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:86 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Download` option is disabled, it means your database is too large to be downloaded through this method. In this case, please contact `Odoo Support `_ to request an alternative download solution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:93 msgid "Domain names" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:95 msgid "Use a custom :doc:`domain name ` to access the database via another URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:97 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:99 msgid "You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:104 msgid "Tags" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:104 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:106 msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:109 msgid "You can search for tags in the search bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:112 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:114 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:114 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:116 msgid "Delete a database instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:119 msgid "Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is instant and applies to all users. It is recommended to create a backup of the database before deleting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:122 msgid "Carefully read the warning message and only proceed if the implications of deleting a database are fully understood." msgstr "" @@ -702,31 +702,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The warning message displayed before deleting a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:129 msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:128 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:130 msgid "The database name is immediately made available to anyone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:131 msgid "Deleting a database if it has expired or is linked to a subscription is impossible. In that case, contact `Odoo Support `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:137 msgid "Contact us" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:139 msgid "Access the `Odoo.com support page `_ with the database's details already pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:143 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:145 msgid "Invite / remove users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:147 msgid "To invite users, fill out the new user's email address and click :guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`." msgstr "" @@ -734,23 +734,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inviting a user on a database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:151 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:153 msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:156 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:157 msgid ":doc:`odoo_accounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:162 msgid "Web Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_online.rst:164 msgid "In order to programmatically retrieve the list of the databases displayed in the `database manager `_, call the method ``list`` of the model ``odoo.database`` via an :doc:`external JSON-2 API ` call." msgstr "" @@ -3993,11 +3993,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:133 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:158 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:180 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:208 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:328 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:397 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:211 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:242 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:331 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:463 msgid "Windows" msgstr "" @@ -4011,11 +4011,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:129 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:152 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:174 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:199 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:228 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:271 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:388 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:450 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:231 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:453 msgid "Linux" msgstr "" @@ -4344,7 +4344,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:34 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:70 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:100 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:278 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:281 msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" msgstr "" @@ -4363,7 +4363,7 @@ msgid "Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, o msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/packages.rst:57 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:420 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:423 msgid "`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed manually in `version 0.12.6 `_ for it to support headers and footers. Check out the `wkhtmltopdf wiki `_ for more details on the various versions." msgstr "" @@ -4528,11 +4528,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:141 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:164 #: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:186 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:351 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:471 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:216 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:474 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" @@ -4580,222 +4580,226 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:201 -msgid "Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported versions: 12.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:197 +msgid "Minimum requirement updated from PostgreSQL 12 to PostgreSQL 13." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:210 -msgid "`Download PostgreSQL `_ (supported versions: 12.0 or above) and install it." +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:204 +msgid "Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported versions: 13.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:215 -msgid "Use `Postgres.app `_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 or above)." +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:213 +msgid "`Download PostgreSQL `_ (supported versions: 13.0 or above) and install it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:219 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:218 +msgid "Use `Postgres.app `_ to download and install PostgreSQL (supported version: 13.0 or above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:222 msgid "To make the command line tools bundled with Postgres.app available, make sure to set up the `$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools instructions `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:223 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:226 msgid "By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as `postgres`, create a new PostgreSQL user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:236 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:261 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:264 msgid "Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is possible to connect to the database without a password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:244 msgid "Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: :file:`C:\\\\Program Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to the `PATH`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:246 msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:245 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:248 msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:246 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:249 msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:247 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:250 msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:248 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:251 msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:252 msgid "Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click **Save**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:253 msgid "Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create database?** to `Yes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:270 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:276 msgid "Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing dependencies. Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:280 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:283 msgid "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required packages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:287 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 msgid "The `setup/debinstall.sh` script will parse the `debian/control `_ file and install the found packages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:290 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 msgid "Install with pip" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:293 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 msgid "Using pip may lead to security issues and broken dependencies; only do this if you know what you are doing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:296 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 msgid "As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system libraries to be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:299 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:302 msgid "On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required libraries:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:305 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:308 msgid "Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:309 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:312 msgid "The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo release. For example, for Odoo 15.0, the `python3-babel` package version is 2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:316 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:338 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:357 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:319 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:341 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:360 msgid "It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use `virtualenv `_ to create isolated Python environments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:323 msgid "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install the requirements for the current user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:333 msgid "Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools for Visual Studio `_. Select **C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:334 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:353 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:356 msgid "Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:342 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:345 msgid "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator privileges**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:361 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:364 msgid "Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:371 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 msgid "Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:374 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:377 msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:386 msgid "For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:390 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:393 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:391 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:400 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:413 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:394 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:416 msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:399 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:402 msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:406 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:409 msgid "Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where `rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: :file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:411 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:414 msgid "Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts `_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:428 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:431 msgid "Running Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:430 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 msgid "Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of the Odoo Community directory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:433 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:436 msgid "To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments ` or a :ref:`configuration file `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:440 msgid "For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the `addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in `addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:441 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:443 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:444 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:447 msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:446 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:449 msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:457 -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:478 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:460 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:470 msgid "Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, `dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:481 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:484 msgid "After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log into the Odoo database with the base administrator account: use `admin` as the email and, again, `admin` as the password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:486 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:489 msgid "From there, create and manage new :doc:`users <../../applications/general/users>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:487 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:490 msgid "The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the :option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/on_premise/source.rst:494 msgid ":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/applications.pot b/locale/sources/applications.pot index 36b23b5c8a..3716cc5889 100644 --- a/locale/sources/applications.pot +++ b/locale/sources/applications.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-11-08 08:46+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/locale/sources/essentials.pot b/locale/sources/essentials.pot index 102cb8839e..53ce30618c 100644 --- a/locale/sources/essentials.pot +++ b/locale/sources/essentials.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index b99582585b..3206440e81 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -225,12 +225,12 @@ msgid "Audit" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1167 msgid "General ledger" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1131 msgid "Trial balance" msgstr "" @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ msgid "In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:16 -msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." +msgid ":ref:`Cash journals ` and accounts must be configured manually." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:18 @@ -448,11 +448,10 @@ msgid "Connect a bank for automatic synchronization" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 -msgid "To connect your bank account to your database, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`, select your bank in the list, click :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the instructions." +msgid "To connect your bank account to your database, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and on the kanban card of an unconnected bank, click :guilabel:`Search over 26000 banks`. Select your bank from the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the instructions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:183 msgid ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" @@ -466,42 +465,58 @@ msgid "If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't wan msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:47 -msgid "To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`, click :guilabel:`Record transactions manually` (at the bottom right), fill out the bank information, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgid "To manually add a bank account, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and on the kanban card of an unconnected bank, click :guilabel:`Search over 26000 banks`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Record transactions manually` (at the bottom right), fill out the bank information, and click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:53 msgid "Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:54 -msgid "A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to match your bank account information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:55 +msgid "A default :ref:`bank journal ` is available and can be used to configure your bank account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to match your bank account information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:59 -msgid "Create a cash journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 +msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 +msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and click on :guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 26,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 +msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:61 -msgid "To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click :guilabel:`Create` and select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:64 -msgid "For more information on the accounting information fields, read the :ref:`accounting/bank/configuration` section of this page." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge `: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:68 -msgid "A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Ponto `: Europe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:72 -msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Enable Banking `: Scandinavian countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:74 -msgid "To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to modify." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 @@ -519,6 +534,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/tax_units.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:13 @@ -532,7 +548,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:24 @@ -562,17 +578,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:256 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:638 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:718 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:846 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1538 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1641 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1683 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:215 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:720 @@ -601,173 +617,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:82 -msgid "You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:-1 -msgid "Manually configure your bank information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:151 -msgid ":doc:`bank/transactions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:90 -msgid "`Bank configuration `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:95 -msgid "Suspense account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 -msgid "Bank statement transactions are posted on the suspense account until they are reconciled. At any moment, the suspense account's balance in the general ledger shows the balance of transactions that have not yet been reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:102 -msgid "When a bank transaction is reconciled, the journal entry is modified to replace the bank suspense account with the account of the journal item it is reconciled with. This account is usually the :ref:`outstanding receipts or payments account ` if reconciling with a registered payment or the account receivable or payable if reconciling with an invoice or bill directly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 -msgid "Profit and loss accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:111 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the :guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:116 -msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:118 -msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:126 -msgid "Account number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:128 -msgid "If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the account page, click the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:-1 -msgid "Edit your bank information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:137 -msgid "Bank feeds" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:139 -msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank transactions are registered. Three options are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:142 -msgid ":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:144 -msgid ":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if you want to import your bank statements and transactions using a different format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 -msgid ":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your bank is synchronized with your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:156 -msgid "Outstanding accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 -msgid "By default, payments in Odoo do not create journal entries, but they can easily be configured to create journal entries using **outstanding accounts**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:161 -msgid "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted until they are linked with incoming bank transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:163 -msgid "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted until they are linked with outgoing bank transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:166 -msgid "These accounts are usually of :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Current Assets` and :guilabel:`Current Liabilities`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:169 -msgid "Payments that are registered in Odoo are posted to the outstanding receipts and outstanding accounts until they are reconciled. At any moment, the outstanding receipts account's balance in the general ledger shows the balance of registered incoming payments that have not yet been reconciled, and the outstanding payments account's balance in the general ledger shows the balance of registered outgoing payments that have not yet been reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:176 -msgid "Bank and cash journal configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:178 -msgid "To configure payments to create journal entries, set outstanding accounts for the journal's payment methods. This can be done for any journal with the :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:182 -msgid "To configure the outstanding accounts for a journal's payment methods, first go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and select a bank or cash journal. In the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs, set :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments accounts` for each payment method that you want to create journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:189 -msgid "If the main bank account of the journal is added as an outstanding receipts account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:192 -msgid "If the outstanding receipts or outstanding payments account for a payment method is left blank, registering a payment with that payment method will not create any journal entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 -msgid "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank statements imported automatically into your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 -msgid "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting Features `_, and click on :guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 -msgid "Odoo supports more than 26,000 institutions around the world." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 -msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 -msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 -msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 -msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge `: Worldwide" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 -msgid ":doc:`Ponto `: Europe" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`Enable Banking `: Scandinavian countries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`transactions`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:31 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" @@ -1564,7 +1413,7 @@ msgid "Loans Analysis Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/loans.rst:68 -msgid "By going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Loans Analysis`, you can access a report with a pivot view of your ongoing loans. By default, the report shows the principal, interest, and total payment for each year for the loan duration." +msgid "By going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Review --> Loans Analysis`, you can access a report with a pivot view of your ongoing loans. By default, the report shows the principal, interest, and total payment for each year for the duration of the loan." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 @@ -1629,297 +1478,297 @@ msgid "Transactions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Every :doc:`transaction ` is linked to a journal entry that debits/credits the journal's main account and its :ref:`suspense account ` until it is fully reconciled. At that point, the suspense account is replaced with the account of the counterpart item or, in the case of :ref:`manual matching `, the selected account." +msgid "Every :doc:`transaction ` is linked to a journal entry that debits/credits the journal's main account and its suspense account until it is fully reconciled. At that point, the suspense account is replaced with the account of the counterpart item or, in the case of :ref:`manual matching `, the selected account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:66 msgid "Possible action buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "Up to two suggested action buttons are available as primary buttons, but all available action buttons are displayed when the transaction is expanded. The following action buttons are available depending on the details of the transaction:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Set Partner`: Open a search view to add a partner to the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Set Account`: Open a search view to manually select an account to write off the full amount of the transaction with this account. If necessary, :ref:`edit the line ` to change the amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Receivable`: Write off the transaction to the receivable account of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales`: Open a list view of sales orders belonging to the transaction's :guilabel:`Partner` (or proceed directly to the form view if only one relevant sales order exists). Select the relevant sales order(s) and click :guilabel:`Create Invoices`, then return to the :guilabel:`Bank Matching` view and match the invoice(s) using the :guilabel:`Reconcile` action button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 msgid ":guilabel:`Payable`: Write off the transaction to the payable account of the partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Reconcile`: Open a search view of existing items from records such as customer invoices, vendor bills, and payments. Select one or multiple items to add counterpart items with the corresponding accounts of those items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Batches`: Open a short list of :doc:`batch payments <../payments/batch>`. To view all batch payments, click :guilabel:`Search More ...`. Select a batch payment to add a counterpart item for each payment of the batch with the corresponding account of each payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`reconciliation_models`: Each manual reconciliation model that could apply to the transaction is displayed. Click the reconciliation model's action button to generate the counterpart items defined on the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:94 msgid "To remove the partner from a transaction, click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(close)` icon next to the partner's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-chevron-down` :guilabel:`(chevron down)` button next to the possible action buttons of an expanded line to display any of the above action buttons that are hidden due to space limitations, as well as the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:101 msgid ":guilabel:`Upload bills`: Upload one or more bills to be :doc:`digitized <../vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`. After digitization, the bills are available for matching via the :guilabel:`Reconcile` action button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Models`: Open the list view of :doc:`reconciliation_models`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Open Journal Entry`: Open the journal entry of this transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Delete Transaction`: Delete this transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:109 msgid "Uploading bills from the :guilabel:`Bank Matching` view does not automatically reconcile them with the active transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`../../../essentials/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:118 msgid "Reconcile transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 msgid "When possible, Odoo automatically reconciles transactions based on their fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:122 msgid "If no partner is set on the transaction, the transaction's :guilabel:`Label` is compared with the :guilabel:`Number`, :guilabel:`Customer Reference`, :guilabel:`Bill Reference`, and :guilabel:`Payment Reference` of existing invoices, bills, and payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:126 msgid "If a partner is set on the transaction, the transaction is instead matched with invoices, bills, and payments of the partner based on the :guilabel:`Amount`. The following rules are used in a sequential order to identify and apply a match:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:130 msgid "Exact match" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 msgid "Discounted match: for payment terms with discounts for early payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:132 msgid "Tolerance match: within 3% to account for merchant fees, rounding differences, and user errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 msgid "Currency match: when the transaction is in a different currency than the invoice, bill, or payment (with a 3% tolerance for exchange rate differences)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:135 msgid "Amount in label: if the invoice :guilabel:`Amount` is found in the transaction's :guilabel:`Label`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:138 msgid "In addition to using these fixed matching rules, transactions can be matched automatically with the use of :doc:`reconciliation models `. Otherwise, reconcile transactions manually by following these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:142 msgid "Expand the desired line among unmatched bank transactions to display all available action buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:144 msgid "Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing items `, :ref:`manually setting the account `, matching with :doc:`batch payments <../payments/batch>`, and using :ref:`reconciliation model buttons `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:149 msgid "If the resulting entry is not fully balanced, add another existing counterpart item or write it off by :ref:`setting the account ` of the remaining amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:156 msgid "Existing items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:158 msgid "To reconcile transactions with existing items related to records such as customer invoices, vendor bills, and payments, click the :guilabel:`Reconcile` action button, select the matching journal item(s) in the list, and click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:163 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Partner` is set, this list is automatically filtered to only include items related to that partner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:167 msgid "Use the search bar within the :guilabel:`Search: Journal Items to Match` window to search for specific journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:170 msgid "If a transaction amount is lower than the invoice or bill it is reconciled with, the transaction is fully reconciled, but the difference remains open on the counterpart item. The remaining amount can be left open to be reconciled later or the invoice or bill can be marked as fully paid. To mark the invoice or bill as fully paid, :ref:`edit ` the line, click :guilabel:`fully paid`, and :guilabel:`Save`. To reverse this, :ref:`edit ` the line again, click :guilabel:`partial payment`, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:178 msgid "If a transaction amount is greater than the invoice or bill it is reconciled with, the transaction is only partially reconciled. The remaining balance can be reconciled as any other transaction amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:183 msgid "Existing items of draft entries can be matched. Eventual automatic moves (like currency exchange or cash basis moves) are created in draft simultaneously with the reconciliation. Posting the original entry also posts the automatic move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:190 msgid "Set account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:192 msgid "If no existing item matches the selected transaction, you can still write off the transaction manually: Click :guilabel:`Set Account`, then choose the appropriate account. To write off only part of the transaction, :ref:`edit the line ` to reflect the correct value and reconcile the remaining amount as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:198 msgid "If the partner is set, write the amount off to their receivable or payable account directly by clicking the :guilabel:`Receivable` or :guilabel:`Payable` :ref:`action button `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:205 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:207 msgid "Use :doc:`reconciliation models ` to create custom rules that can be applied automatically or manually via custom buttons for operations that are frequently repeated. These custom buttons allow you to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be combined with other reconciliation models and with counterpart items when reconciling transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:140 msgid "An outgoing bank transaction for $103 is partially matched with a vendor bill for $100, leaving $3 of the transaction still unreconciled. Use the :guilabel:`Bank Fees` reconciliation model to create a new counterpart item for $3 and reconcile it with the remaining $3 of the bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:221 msgid "Edit lines and unreconcile transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:223 msgid "To edit a counterpart item, expand the line, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(pencil)` icon, and edit the necessary fields in :guilabel:`Edit Line` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:227 msgid "When the counterpart item is an existing journal item, some fields are read-only." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:229 msgid "If a transaction is partially matched with a counterpart item, use the link to mark the invoice as :guilabel:`fully paid` or to switch back to a :guilabel:`partial payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:232 msgid "To unreconcile a transaction, delete all counterpart items associated with the transaction by clicking on the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:238 msgid "Netting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:240 msgid "Netting (also known as AP/AR offsetting) is the process of balancing incoming debts from and outgoing debts to the same partner. Reconciling the incoming and outgoing debts creates a new journal entry that balances the debts. Two main scenarios exist:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:244 msgid ":ref:`A bank transaction balances ` (either fully or partially) the incoming and outgoing debts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:246 msgid ":ref:`No bank transaction balances ` the incoming and outgoing debts. This situation can occur either when the debts balance each other completely or when the debts remain unbalanced." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:253 msgid "Netting with bank transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:255 msgid "When a bank transaction balances (either fully or partially) the incoming and outgoing debts, reconcile the bank transaction from the :guilabel:`Bank Matching` view like any other :ref:`existing items `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:259 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Reconcile` on the transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:260 msgid "Select all the relevant counterpart items on both the payable and receivable side." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:261 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:262 msgid "If a balance remains, depending on the details, the following situations are possible:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:264 msgid "An invoice, bill, or other item is not fully reconciled, and the remaining balance can be :ref:`reconciled ` with other bank transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:266 msgid "The bank transaction itself is not fully reconciled, and the remaining balance can be :ref:`reconciled ` as in any other situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:272 msgid "Netting without bank transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:274 msgid "When no bank transaction balances the incoming and outgoing debts, there is nothing to reconcile from the :guilabel:`Bank Matching` view. However, the debt amount is visible in both the account receivable and the account payable. To balance these debts so that they no longer appear on the partner ledger, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:279 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reconcile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:280 msgid "Select the journal items that debit or credit the account receivable and account payable and represent the debts to be netted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:283 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:279 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Reconcile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:283 msgid "If the debts don't balance each other perfectly, a :guilabel:`Write-Off Entry` popup window appears, allowing you to decide how to resolve the remaining balance:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:286 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Allow partials` to only partially reconcile the account receivable and account payable and leave the remaining balance open." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:288 msgid "Use a :doc:`reconciliation model button ` to write off the balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:289 msgid "Manually choose an :guilabel:`Account`, and optionally adjust the :guilabel:`Tax`, :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Label`, :guilabel:`Date`, and :guilabel:`To Check` fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:292 msgid "The items are then matched, and their balance is removed from the partner ledger, representing that no payment is due for these debts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:296 msgid "The workflow is the same whether there are only two equal debts in the receivable and payable accounts or multiple debts in each account." msgstr "" @@ -4992,6 +4841,7 @@ msgid "This feature is only available for companies in several European countrie msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../bank`" msgstr "" @@ -5156,7 +5006,8 @@ msgid "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to c msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1490 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 @@ -6902,7 +6753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:283 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1089 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1099 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:42 @@ -6993,6 +6844,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Account Types" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:19 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:60 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:40 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:27 @@ -7010,12 +6900,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Receivable" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:60 +msgid "Money owed to the company by customers for goods or services delivered" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:72 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:75 msgid "Bank and Cash" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:62 +msgid "Funds held in company bank accounts or on hand as cash" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:64 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:81 @@ -7024,19 +6922,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Current Assets" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:64 +msgid "Short-term assets expected to be converted into cash within a year" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:90 msgid "Non-current Assets" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:66 +msgid "Long-term assets not expected to be converted to cash within a year" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:68 msgid "Prepayments" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:68 +msgid "Payments made in advance for goods or services to be received in the future" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:70 msgid "Fixed Assets" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:70 +msgid "Tangible long-term assets like buildings, machinery, and vehicles used in operation and subject to depreciation" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:72 msgid "Liabilities" msgstr "" @@ -7046,10 +6960,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Payable" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:72 +msgid "Money the company owes to suppliers or vendors" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:74 msgid "Credit Card" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:74 +msgid "Balances and transactions associated with company credit card usage" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:76 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:96 @@ -7057,21 +6979,37 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Current Liabilities" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:76 +msgid "Obligations due within one year, such as short-term loans or accrued expenses" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:102 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:78 +msgid "Long-term debts and financial obligations due beyond one year" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:80 msgid "Equity" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:80 +msgid "The owner's residual interest in the company after liabilities are deducted from assets" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:82 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:105 msgid "Current Year Earnings" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:82 +msgid "The company's net profit or loss accumulated in the current fiscal year" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:24 @@ -7083,23 +7021,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Income" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:84 +msgid "Revenue generated from the company's primary business activities" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:86 msgid "Other Income" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue from secondary or non-operational sources, like interest or asset sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:88 msgid "Expense" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:88 +msgid "Costs incurred during operations to generate revenue" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:90 msgid "Depreciation" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:90 +msgid "The allocation of the cost of tangible assets over their useful life" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:92 msgid "Cost of Revenue" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:92 +msgid "Direct costs attributable to the production or delivery of goods and services" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:94 msgid "Other" @@ -7109,6 +7067,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:94 +msgid "Transactions not displayed on the balance sheet or profit and loss report" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:100 msgid "Some **account types** can **automate** the creation of :ref:`asset ` entries. To **automate** entries, click :guilabel:`View` on an account line and go to the :guilabel:`Automation` tab." msgstr "" @@ -7183,65 +7145,57 @@ msgid "Allow reconciliation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:159 -msgid "Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgid "To keep the reconciliation process simple, when reconciling a bank, cash, or credit card transaction with an existing journal item, only journal items that debit or credit accounts with the :guilabel:`Allow reconciliation` option enabled are displayed as possible matches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:162 -msgid "For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as :guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing reconciliation**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 +msgid "To enable this option on an account, tick the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` checkbox in the account's settings, and :guilabel:`Save`; or enable the button from the chart of accounts view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:166 -msgid "To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's settings, and :guilabel:`Save`; or enable the button from the chart of accounts view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:-1 -msgid "Allow reconciliation for accounts in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:169 msgid "Shared Accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 msgid "The **Shared Accounts** feature allows the creation of a single account for a specific purpose and sharing it between multiple companies. It is especially useful for multi-company environments where a similar account might be used across different companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:176 msgid "Deprecated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:178 msgid "It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature: check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:183 msgid ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:184 msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:125 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts `_" msgstr "" @@ -7426,7 +7380,7 @@ msgid "Accounts Receivable" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:688 msgid "Invoice 1" msgstr "" @@ -7451,7 +7405,7 @@ msgid "70" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:693 msgid "Invoice 2" msgstr "" @@ -7473,7 +7427,7 @@ msgid "Payment 2" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:698 msgid "Invoice 3" msgstr "" @@ -7547,6 +7501,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:71 msgid "Bank" msgstr "" @@ -7803,6 +7758,325 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Finally, the codes now take into account the mapping company per company." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:349 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:5 +msgid "Journal entries are recorded in different **journals** to maintain an organized record of a company's financial transactions. Odoo uses six different types of journals to organize accounting records:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:9 +msgid ":ref:`Bank `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`Cash `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`Credit Card `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Sales `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:13 +msgid ":ref:`Purchase `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:14 +msgid ":ref:`Miscellaneous `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:17 +msgid "It is possible to have multiple journals of the same type, such as two separate bank journals, each for a unique bank account, or two separate sales journals to track :abbr:`B2B (business to business)` versus :abbr:`B2C (business to customer)` income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:21 +msgid "Each card on the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` represents a journal. To edit the configuration of a journal, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` on the journal card, then click :guilabel:`Configuration`. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` to select and edit an existing journal or to create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:26 +msgid "While different journal types have slightly different fields to configure, some fields are consistent across all the journal types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Short Code`: Each journal must have a unique code (from 1 to 5 characters long). The short code is used as the prefix for all journal entries belonging to this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: If desired, set the currency of this journal. For bank and cash journals, this is the currency of the journal's :doc:`transactions <../bank/transactions>`. This field is only visible when :doc:`multiple currencies ` are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:35 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab contains more technical options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allowed accounts`: Limit which accounts are available when recording journal entries in this journal. Leave this field blank to allow all accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email Alias`: Set an email address to create journal entries by digitizing PDFs sent to this address. This is most commonly used to create :ref:`customer invoices and vendor bills `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Secure Posted Entries with Hash`: Restrict the :doc:`alterability <../reporting/data_inalterability>` of this journal's entries to comply with tax authorities in certain countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:47 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Secure Posted Entries with Hash` option cannot be removed from a journal once the journal has a posted journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:51 +msgid "Bank and cash journals do not have the :guilabel:`Secure Posted Entries with Hash` or :guilabel:`Email Alias` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:53 +msgid "If an :ref:`alias domain ` has not yet been configured, a link to :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Configure Alias Domain` is displayed instead of the :guilabel:`Email Alias` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:60 +msgid "Bank, cash, and credit card journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:62 +msgid "Bank, cash, and credit card journals share the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Suspense Account`: :doc:`../bank/transactions` on this journal are posted on this account until they are reconciled, at which point this account is replaced with the account the transaction was reconciled against. At any moment, the suspense account's balance in the general ledger shows the balance of transactions that have not yet been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:70 +msgid "When a bank transaction is reconciled, the journal entry is modified to replace the bank suspense account with the account of the journal item it is reconciled with. This account is usually either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:74 +msgid "the :ref:`outstanding receipts or payments account ` if reconciling with a registered payment; or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:76 +msgid "the account receivable or payable if reconciling with an invoice or bill directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dedicated Payment Sequence`: Tick this field to use separate sequences for payments and transactions posted on this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:82 +msgid "If the :guilabel:`Dedicated Payment Sequence` field is ticked, payments that use an :ref:`outstanding account ` will have references that add :guilabel:`P` before the journal's short code. Otherwise, the references will begin with :guilabel:`PAY`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:87 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs contain the :ref:`payment methods ` of this journal. Different payment methods are available depending on the journal type. If desired, set :ref:`outstanding accounts ` on the payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:96 +msgid "`Bank configuration `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:101 +msgid "Outstanding accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:103 +msgid "By default, payments in Odoo do not create journal entries, but they can be configured to create journal entries by using **outstanding accounts** on :ref:`bank ` and :ref:`cash ` journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:107 +msgid "An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted until they are linked with incoming bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:109 +msgid "An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted until they are linked with outgoing bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:112 +msgid "These accounts are usually of :ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Current Assets` and :guilabel:`Current Liabilities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:115 +msgid "Payments that are registered in Odoo are posted to the outstanding receipts and outstanding payments accounts until they are reconciled. At any moment, the outstanding receipts account's balance in the general ledger shows the balance of registered incoming payments that have not yet been reconciled, and the outstanding payments account's balance in the general ledger shows the balance of registered outgoing payments that have not yet been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:124 +msgid "To configure outstanding accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and select or create a bank or cash journal. In the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tabs, set :guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments accounts` for each payment method that you want to create journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:131 +msgid "If the main bank account of the journal is added as an outstanding receipts account or outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:134 +msgid "If the outstanding receipts or outstanding payments account for a payment method is left blank, registering a payment with that payment method will not create any journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:142 +msgid "Bank journals are used to record journal entries related to :doc:`bank transactions <../bank/transactions>` and incoming and outgoing :doc:`payments <../payments>`. The following fields are specific to bank journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Account`: This :guilabel:`Bank and Cash` type account is the default account for this bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:148 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account Number`: The bank account's number is used when registering payments and is required for generating outgoing payment files, such as :doc:`SEPA <../payments/pay_sepa>` or :ref:`NACHA `. To edit the bank account details, click on the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Account Number` and update the account information accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank`: The bank name is used when registering payments and is required for generating outgoing payment files. To edit the bank account details, click on the :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Bank` name and update the account information accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:157 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds`: Define the method of creating bank :doc:`transactions <../bank/transactions>`, whether :guilabel:`Manual` or via :doc:`Online Synchronization <../bank/bank_synchronization>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Split Transactions`: Split collective payments for CODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:162 +msgid "Multiple payment methods are available for bank journals, as are configurations for generating outgoing payment files, such as :doc:`SEPA <../payments/pay_sepa>` or :ref:`NACHA `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:74 +msgid "Cash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:170 +msgid "Cash journals are used to record journal entries related to cash :doc:`transactions <../bank/transactions>`. The following fields are specific to cash journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cash Account`: This :guilabel:`Bank and Cash` type account is the default account for this cash journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Profit Account`: This :guilabel:`Income` or :guilabel:`Other Income` type account is used to register a profit when the ending balance of a cash register is greater than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Loss Account`: This :guilabel:`Expenses` type account is used to register a loss when the ending balance of a cash register is less than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:180 +msgid "Only manual payment methods are available for cash journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:185 +msgid "Credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:187 +msgid "Credit card journals are used to record journal entries related to credit cards. The following fields are specific to credit card journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal Account`: This :guilabel:`Credit Card` type account is the default account for this credit card journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bank Feeds`: Define the method of creating credit card transactions, whether manual or via :doc:`Online Synchronization <../bank/bank_synchronization>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:195 +msgid "Only manual payment methods are available for credit card journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:200 +msgid "Sales, purchase, and miscellaneous journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:207 +msgid "Sales journals, also known as income journals, are used to record journal entries related to :doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`. The following fields are specific to customer invoice journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:211 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Income Account`: Invoices in this journal use this :guilabel:`Income` or :guilabel:`Other Income` type account unless overwritten by another income account set on the product category, product, or invoice line itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:214 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: Check this box to use a separate sequence for the reference of credit notes that increments separately from the main invoice sequence and adds an `R` to the reference before the journal's short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dedicated Debit Note Sequence`: Check this box to use a separate sequence for the reference of credit notes that increments separately from the main invoice sequence and adds a `D` before the journal's short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:221 +msgid "Sales journals have additional fields in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab that allow you to set the default communication format that will appear on customer invoices so that the customer can refer to that particular invoice when making a payment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:225 +msgid ":guilabel:`Communication Type`: Choose if the format of the payment reference communicated to the customer should be based on the invoice number or the customer's number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:227 +msgid ":guilabel:`Communication Standard`: Choose the format of the payment reference itself that is communicated to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:233 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:235 +msgid "Purchase journals are used to record journal entries related to :doc:`vendor bills <../vendor_bills>`. The following fields are specific to purchase journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:238 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Expense Account`: Vendor bills in this journal use this :guilabel:`Expense` type account unless overwritten by another expense account set on the product category, product, or expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:241 +msgid ":guilabel:`Private Part Account`: Select the account to be used to register the private part of mixed expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:243 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: Check this box to use a separate sequence for the reference of credit notes that increments separately from the main vendor bill sequence and adds an `R` to the reference before the journal's short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:253 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:255 +msgid "Miscellaneous journals are used to record journal entries that are not related to any of the other journal types such as tax closing journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:259 +msgid "`Tax return eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:260 +msgid ":doc:`../reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/journals.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 msgid "Multi-currency system" msgstr "" @@ -7887,14 +8161,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Charts of Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:260 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:349 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:101 msgid "If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles transactions in that currency." msgstr "" @@ -8030,7 +8296,7 @@ msgid "tax unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 msgid "Payments" msgstr "" @@ -8055,7 +8321,7 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration ` can simplify reconciling deposits containing multiple checks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 msgid "Registering payment from an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "To register a payment for an invoice or a bill, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Pay` on a customer invoice or vendor bill. In the :guilabel:`Pay` window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` and the :guilabel:`Payment Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:297 msgid "If previously set, the contact's preferred :guilabel:`Payment Method` is automatically selected by default but can be updated if necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:299 msgid "If using :doc:`payment terms `, the :guilabel:`Amount` is automatically set based on the installment amounts defined by the payment term. To pay the full amount instead, click :guilabel:`full amount`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "If necessary, edit the :guilabel:`Memo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:109 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 msgid "After the payment is registered, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:204 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:229 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:253 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:357 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:387 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:164 msgid "Without outstanding accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:116 -msgid "If no :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are configured, no journal entry is created. To display more information about the payment, click the :guilabel:`Payments` smart button." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:118 +msgid "If no :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are configured, no journal entry is created. To display more information about the payment, click the :guilabel:`Payments` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 msgid "When the invoice or vendor bill is :doc:`reconciled ` with a bank transaction, its status is updated to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "If a bank transaction is reconciled in a different currency, a journal entry is automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/loss amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:128 msgid "When a bank transaction is reconciled with an invoice with cash-basis, a journal entry is automatically created to post the cash-basis tax amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:180 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:234 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:262 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:311 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:363 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:392 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:394 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:181 msgid "Using outstanding accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 -msgid "By default, payments in Odoo do not create journal entries, but they can easily be configured to create journal entries using :ref:`outstanding accounts `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:133 +msgid "By default, payments in Odoo do not create journal entries, but they can easily be configured to create journal entries using :ref:`outstanding accounts `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:135 -msgid "Registering a payment on a customer invoice or vendor bill generates a new journal entry and reduces the :guilabel:`Amount Due` based on the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding ` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the payment is :doc:`reconciled ` with a bank transaction, the invoice or vendor bill status changes to :guilabel:`Paid`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:137 +msgid "Registering a payment on a customer invoice or vendor bill generates a new journal entry and reduces the :guilabel:`Amount Due` based on the payment amount. The counterpart is reflected in an :ref:`outstanding ` **receipts** or **payments** account. At this point, the customer invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the payment is :doc:`reconciled ` with a bank transaction, the invoice or vendor bill status changes to :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:144 msgid "The :icon:`fa-info-circle` information icon next to the payment line displays more information about the payment. To access additional information, such as the related journal, click :guilabel:`View`." msgstr "" @@ -8214,56 +8480,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See detailed information of a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:152 msgid "Unreconciling a payment unlinks it from the invoice or bill but does not delete the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:154 msgid "If a payment is (un)reconciled in a different currency, a journal entry is automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:156 msgid "If a payment is (un)reconciled on an invoice with cash-basis taxes, a journal entry is automatically created to post the cash-basis tax (reversal) amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:160 msgid "If the main bank account is set as the outstanding account on the bank journal's payment method, registering the full payment on an invoice or bill moves the invoice/bill directly to the :guilabel:`Paid` status without requiring bank reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:167 msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:169 msgid "When a new payment is registered via :menuselection:`Customers / Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:174 -msgid "Payments that are not linked to an invoice or bill should not be registered without using :ref:`outstanding accounts `, as there is no way to associate the payment with the invoice or bill since no journal entry is created for the payment. The amount paid or received is not reflected in the accounting and the :guilabel:`Amount Due` is not updated based on the payment amount." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:176 +msgid "Payments that are not linked to an invoice or bill should not be registered without using :ref:`outstanding accounts `, as there is no way to associate the payment with the invoice or bill since no journal entry is created for the payment. The amount paid or received is not reflected in the accounting and the :guilabel:`Amount Due` is not updated based on the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:184 msgid "Instead, the payment's journal entry matches the :guilabel:`outstanding account` with the account receivable or the account payable until the payment is manually matched with its related invoice or bill. Then, :doc:`reconciling ` the payment with the bank transaction completes the payment workflow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:334 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:195 msgid "During the :doc:`bank reconciliation ` process, a remaining balance is identified if the total debits and credits do not match when records are compared with bank transactions. This balance must either be reconciled later or written off immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:202 msgid "For a single invoice or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:208 msgid "By default, payments in Odoo do not create journal entries. As a result, there is no payment to match." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:213 msgid "A blue banner appears when validating a new invoice/bill and an **outstanding payment** exists for this specific customer or vendor. To match it with the invoice or bill, click :guilabel:`Add` under :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." msgstr "" @@ -8271,109 +8537,109 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Shows the Add option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:220 msgid "The invoice or bill is then marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until the payment is :doc:`reconciled ` with its corresponding :doc:`bank transaction(s) `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:227 msgid "For multiple invoices or bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:233 msgid "By default, payments in Odoo do not create journal entries. As a result, there is no payment to match, but this feature can still be used to match miscellaneous journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:238 msgid "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` or :guilabel:`Auto-reconcile` tool allows reconciling journal items with each other (i.e., payments with customer invoices or vendor bills) either individually or in batches. Access the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`ellipsis`) button from the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` or :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` journals, and select :guilabel:`Payments Matching`. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reconcile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:245 msgid "To manually :guilabel:`Reconcile` journal items, select the individual items from the list view and click :guilabel:`Reconcile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:251 msgid "Auto-Reconcile Feature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:255 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:266 msgid "To use the :guilabel:`Auto-Reconcile` feature, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:257 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:268 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Journal Items to reconcile` list view, click :guilabel:`Auto-Reconcile` next to the receivable or payable account (or a specific contact's group of journal items in that account)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:262 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Reconcile automatically` window, click :guilabel:`Reconcile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:271 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Reconcile Automatically` window, set the :guilabel:`Reconcile` field depending on how you want to match journal items:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Perfect Match`: Each debit journal item will be matched with the corresponding credit journal item of the same value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Clear Accounts`: All reconciled journal items will have the same matching number, as they are selected from the same account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:281 msgid "Invoices and bills are automatically matched to their corresponding payments and marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until they are :doc:`reconciled ` with their corresponding :doc:`bank transactions `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:288 msgid "Registering payments on multiple invoices/credit notes or bills/refunds (group payments)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:290 msgid "To register payments on multiple invoices/credit notes or bills/refunds, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:292 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices/Credit Notes` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills/Refunds`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:294 msgid "In the list view, click into the search bar, group by :guilabel:`Payment Method`, select the relevant invoices/credit notes or bills/refunds and click :guilabel:`Pay`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:296 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Pay` window, select the :guilabel:`Journal` and the :guilabel:`Payment Date`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:302 msgid "To combine all payments from the same contact into a single payment, enable the :guilabel:`Group Payments` option, or leave it unchecked to create separate payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:304 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:310 msgid "The invoices or bills are then marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until they are :doc:`reconciled ` with the bank transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:315 msgid "The invoices or bills are then marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until the bank transactions are :doc:`reconciled ` with the payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:321 msgid "Registering a single payment for multiple customers or vendors (batch payments)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:323 msgid "Batch payments allow grouping payments from multiple customers to ease :doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when depositing :ref:`checks ` or cash payments to the bank or for generating bank payment files such as :doc:`SEPA ` or :ref:`NACHA `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:329 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:336 msgid "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled journal items and allows them to be processed individually, matching all payments and journal items. Go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Reconcile` or click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`ellipsis`) button from the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` or :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` journals, and select :guilabel:`Payments Matching`." msgstr "" @@ -8381,31 +8647,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Payments matching menu in the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:346 msgid "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either needs to be reconciled at a later date or written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:353 msgid "Registering a partial payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:355 msgid "To register a partial payment, click on :guilabel:`Pay` from the related invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:361 msgid "In the case of a partial payment (when the :guilabel:`Amount` paid is less than the total remaining amount on the invoice or the bill), fill in the :guilabel:`Amount` in the :guilabel:`Pay` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:367 msgid "In the case of a partial payment (when the :guilabel:`Amount` paid is less than the total remaining amount on the invoice or the bill), the :guilabel:`Payment Difference` field displays the outstanding balance. There are two options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:371 msgid ":guilabel:`Keep open`: Keep the invoice or the bill open and mark it with a :guilabel:`Partial` banner;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:373 msgid ":guilabel:`Mark as fully paid`: Select an account in the :guilabel:`Post Difference In` field and change the :guilabel:`Label` if needed. A journal entry will be created to balance the accounts payable or receivable with the selected account." msgstr "" @@ -8413,15 +8679,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "register a partial payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:383 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:389 msgid "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is :guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling ` the related :doc:`bank transaction ` line with the invoice or bill to finalize the payment workflow and mark the invoice or bill as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:396 msgid "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is :guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is :doc:`reconciling ` the payment with the related :doc:`bank transaction ` line to finalize the payment workflow and mark the invoice or bill as :guilabel:`Paid`." msgstr "" @@ -8667,7 +8933,7 @@ msgid "|sdd| rejections can occur for several reasons, the most common being ins msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:155 -msgid "|sdd| rejections are handled differently depending on whether :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are configured or not for the |sdd| payment method." +msgid "|sdd| rejections are handled differently depending on whether :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are configured or not for the |sdd| payment method." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:159 @@ -8675,7 +8941,7 @@ msgid "The following procedures assume that the incoming |sdd| payment's bank tr msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:166 -msgid "If no :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are configured for the |sdd| payment method, no journal entry is created. In this case, you must cancel and unreconcile the payment." +msgid "If no :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are configured for the |sdd| payment method, no journal entry is created. In this case, you must cancel and unreconcile the payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:170 @@ -8700,7 +8966,7 @@ msgid ":ref:`Access the bank journal's reconciliation view ` is set on the |sdd| payment method, |sdd| payments create journal entries. If an |sdd| payment is rejected, you must reverse the journal entry associated with the rejected payment and reconcile the reversal of the journal entry with the transaction for the |sdd| rejection. To do so, follow these steps:" +msgid "If an :ref:`outstanding account ` is set on the |sdd| payment method, |sdd| payments create journal entries. If an |sdd| payment is rejected, you must reverse the journal entry associated with the rejected payment and reconcile the reversal of the journal entry with the transaction for the |sdd| rejection. To do so, follow these steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:190 @@ -11055,13 +11321,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the tax report has been posted for a period, Odoo locks the period and prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any corrections to customer invoices or vendor bills must then be recorded in the following period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:42 -msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:151 msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" @@ -11132,7 +11391,7 @@ msgid "Check that all :doc:`received payments <../payments>` have been encoded a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:50 -msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts `." +msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:51 @@ -11280,7 +11539,7 @@ msgid "Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:23 -msgid "To change your **default taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the appropriate taxes for your default sales tax and purchase tax, and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "To change your **default taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, select the appropriate default sales and purchase taxes in the :guilabel:`Default Taxes` field, and click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:-1 @@ -11356,21 +11615,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:308 msgid "Product sales price" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:308 msgid "Price without tax" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:308 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:96 msgid "Tax" msgstr "" @@ -11378,7 +11637,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:94 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:308 msgid "Total" msgstr "" @@ -11388,7 +11647,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:311 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:193 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:207 msgid "1,000" @@ -11501,10 +11760,54 @@ msgid "The :guilabel:`Tax Scope` restricts the use of taxes to a type of product msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:179 -msgid "Definition tab" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:65 +msgid "Tax mapping" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:181 +msgid "Taxes can be combined with :doc:`fiscal positions ` to map taxes to each other so that the correct tax is applied based on the customer's or vendor's location and business type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:185 +msgid "When configuring a tax, leave the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` field blank to apply the tax across all fiscal positions or select specific fiscal positions where this tax should be used. If one or multiple fiscal positions are selected, use the :guilabel:`Replaces` field to select all of the taxes that this tax should replace for the selected fiscal position(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:190 +msgid "To replace one tax with multiple other taxes, configure each of the replacement taxes to replace the default product tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:194 +msgid "As a sales tax, the :guilabel:`0% Exports` tax applies to quotations, sales orders, and invoices that use the :guilabel:`Foreign Trade` fiscal position. On those records, any time that the :guilabel:`15%` tax would be used, the :guilabel:`0% Exports` tax is used instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:199 +msgid "Since the first fiscal position in the sequence is considered the company's default, the taxes set on products are expected to be used with that fiscal position, so the :guilabel:`Replaces` field is not displayed on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:0 +msgid "The **0% Exports** tax record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:207 +msgid "To more easily view which taxes are replaced, use the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`adjust settings` in the taxes list view and display the :guilabel:`Replaces` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:0 +msgid "The **Replaces** field shown in the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:214 +msgid "Tax mapping only works with :ref:`taxes/active` taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:219 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:221 msgid "Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of the computed tax to multiple accounts and tax grids." msgstr "" @@ -11512,38 +11815,38 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:227 msgid "**Based On**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:229 msgid ":guilabel:`Base`: the price on the invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:230 msgid ":guilabel:`% of tax`: a percentage of the computed tax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:232 msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional journal item is recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:233 msgid "**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`tax reports ` automatically, according to your country's regulations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:239 msgid "Advanced options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:244 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:102 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:81 msgid "Label on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:246 msgid "The tax label is displayed on each invoice line in the :guilabel:`Taxes` column. This is visible to *front-end* users on exported invoices, in customer portals, etc." msgstr "" @@ -11551,15 +11854,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The label on invoices is displayed on each invoice line" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:255 msgid "Tax group" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:257 msgid "Select which **tax group** the tax belongs to. The tax group name is the displayed above the **total** line on exported invoices and in customer portals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:260 msgid "Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful when you must record the same tax differently according to :doc:`fiscal positions `." msgstr "" @@ -11567,91 +11870,91 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:268 msgid "In the example above, the :guilabel:`0% EU S` tax for intra-community customers in Europe records the amount on specific accounts and tax grids. However, it remains a 0% tax to the customer. This is why the label indicates :guilabel:`0% EU S`, and the tax group name above the :guilabel:`Total` line indicates :guilabel:`VAT 0%`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:274 msgid "Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to the following table to see where they are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:278 msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:278 msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:278 msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:281 msgid "Backend" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:281 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxes` column on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:281 msgid "Above the :guilabel:`Total` line on exported invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:289 msgid "Include in analytic cost" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:291 msgid "With this option activated, the tax amount is assigned to the same **analytic account** as the invoice line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:297 msgid "Included in price" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 msgid "With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **sales price**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:301 msgid "`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:304 msgid "A product has a sales price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:311 msgid "900.10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:311 msgid "90.9" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:311 msgid "1,000.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:315 msgid "If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded, please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:319 msgid "By default, only the :guilabel:`Tax excluded` column is displayed on invoices. To display the :guilabel:`Tax included` column, click the **dropdown toggle** button and check :guilabel:`Tax incl.`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:328 msgid "Affect base of subsequent taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:330 msgid "With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the other taxes applied to the same product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:333 msgid "You can configure a new :ref:`group of taxes ` to include this tax or add it directly to a product line." msgstr "" @@ -11659,11 +11962,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:340 msgid "The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:344 msgid "To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax names." msgstr "" @@ -11671,27 +11974,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:351 msgid "Extra taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:353 msgid "\"Extra taxes\" is a broad term referring to additional taxes beyond the standard or basic taxes imposed by governments. These extra taxes can be **luxury** taxes, **environmental** taxes, **import** or **export duties** taxes, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:358 msgid "The method to compute these taxes varies across different countries. We recommend consulting your country's regulations to understand how to calculate them for your business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:361 msgid "To compute an extra tax in Odoo, :ref:`create a tax `, enter a tax name, select a :ref:`Tax Computation `, set an :guilabel:`Amount`, and in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check :guilabel:`Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes`. Then, drag and drop the taxes in the :ref:`order they should be computed `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:367 msgid "In Belgium, the formula to compute an environmental tax is: `(product price + environmental tax) x sales tax`. Therefore, our environmental tax has to come *before* the sales tax in the computation sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:370 msgid "In our case, we created a 5% environmental tax (Ecotax) and put it *before* the Belgian base tax of 21%." msgstr "" @@ -11699,15 +12002,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Environmental tax sequence in Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:377 msgid ":doc:`taxes/fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:378 msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:379 msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" msgstr "" @@ -11811,7 +12114,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:782 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1443 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1458 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "" @@ -12013,6 +12316,7 @@ msgid "Copy this key to a safe place. It is strongly encouraged to back up the l msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:68 msgid "Odoo configuration" msgstr "" @@ -12135,44 +12439,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Technical name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:155 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/austria.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/canada.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/hong_kong.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:19 -msgid "Description" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:167 msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax`" msgstr "" @@ -12486,12 +12752,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to implement the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:388 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:65 -msgid "Tax mapping" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:390 msgid "The *AvaTax* integration is available on sale orders and invoices with the included *AvaTax* fiscal position." msgstr "" @@ -13277,11 +13537,11 @@ msgid "Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 -msgid "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers' localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a transaction might be necessary." +msgid "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and vendors' location and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 -msgid "**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and accounts used for a transaction automatically." +msgid "**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and the income and expense accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 @@ -13292,63 +13552,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 -msgid "Tax and account mapping" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:24 +msgid "To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the record to modify or click :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -msgid "To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click on :guilabel:`New`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:28 +msgid "If any notes are legally required when using this fiscal position, add them in the :guilabel:`Legal Notes...` field below the :ref:`tax mapping ` section to display them on quotations, sales orders, invoices, and bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts defined in the product form." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:37 +msgid "Fiscal positions are required to map taxes. :ref:`Tax mapping ` is configured on taxes themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 -msgid "To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:43 +msgid "Account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 +msgid "Account mapping is based on the income and expense accounts defined on the product or product category. To map to another account, select the account to be replaced in the left column (:guilabel:`Account on Product`) and select the account to use instead in the right column (:guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 -msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 -msgid "To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 -msgid "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 msgid "Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:59 msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:61 msgid "To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid ":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:68 msgid ":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" @@ -13377,18 +13625,18 @@ msgid "Manual application" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:94 -msgid "To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgid "To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, purchase order, invoice, or bill, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:-1 msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 msgid "Assign to a partner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:106 msgid "To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." msgstr "" @@ -13396,7 +13644,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 +msgid "To view all partners at once instead of only customers, remove the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` filter or use the **Contacts** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" @@ -13486,7 +13738,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:703 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:524 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:349 msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" @@ -17233,7 +17485,7 @@ msgid "The Argentinean fiscal localization module is already loaded with the nec msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:698 -msgid "Journal entries are *not* created when payments are posted unless :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are set up. Thus, for this feature to work properly, it is important to verify that *all* payment methods within the bank journals have an outstanding payment and receipt account set." +msgid "Journal entries are *not* created when payments are posted unless :ref:`outstanding accounts ` are set up. Thus, for this feature to work properly, it is important to verify that *all* payment methods within the bank journals have an outstanding payment and receipt account set." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:-1 @@ -17697,8 +17949,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1740 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:823 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:996 msgid "Products" @@ -17810,7 +18062,7 @@ msgid "l10n_ar Sales Journal Configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:1159 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1316 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1326 msgid "Invoicing flow" msgstr "" @@ -19971,7 +20223,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/new_zealand.rst:38 msgid "Localization overview" msgstr "" @@ -20754,7 +21006,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:703 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:597 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 msgid "Point of sale" msgstr "" @@ -21773,7 +22025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:792 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:283 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -22487,7 +22739,7 @@ msgid "Odoo automatically updates the *DTE Status* every night using a scheduled msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:801 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1644 msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" @@ -23259,7 +23511,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/malaysia.rst:176 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1260 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1270 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:42 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/uruguay.rst:225 msgid "Contacts" @@ -25132,7 +25384,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/nuvei.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:49 msgid "Configuration on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -27247,10 +27499,11 @@ msgid "Sign a service agreement directly with `Infile `_ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/guatemala.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:131 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:144 msgid "Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -28172,196 +28425,218 @@ msgid "File-in GST Return" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:428 -msgid "When the :guilabel:`GST E-Filing & Matching Feature` is enabled, you can file your GST return. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> India --> GST Return periods` and create a new **GST Return Period** if it does not exist. GST Return file-in is done in **three steps** in Odoo:" +msgid "To file a GST return, make sure the :ref:`GST E-Filing & Matching Feature ` is enabled. Then, go to the Accounting dashboard and click :guilabel:`Tax Returns` on the :guilabel:`Tax Returns` journal. In the :guilabel:`Accounting Periods` window, fill in the following fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:433 -msgid "**Tax Return Periodicity** can be :doc:`configured <../accounting/reporting/tax_returns>` according to the user's needs." +msgid ":guilabel:`Opening Date`: Starting date from which tax return periods are created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:440 -msgid "Send GSTR-1" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:434 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Year End`: End date of the fiscal year (e.g., :guilabel:`31 March`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:442 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`GSTR-1 Report` to verify the :ref:`GSTR-1 ` report before uploading it to the **GST portal**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:435 +msgid ":guilabel:`GSTIN Periodicity`: Frequency of return filing (e.g., :guilabel:`Monthly`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 verify" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:438 +msgid "Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, click :icon:`fa-book` :guilabel:`Report:` and select :guilabel:`GSTR-1 (IN)`. Then, click :guilabel:`Returns` to file the return." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:449 -msgid "The system performs basic validations to ensure compliance with the GST portal's requirements. Possible issues include:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:443 +msgid "To reconcile vendor bills with GST portal data, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, click :icon:`fa-book` :guilabel:`Report:` and select :guilabel:`GSTR-2B`, and click :guilabel:`Reconcile`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:452 -msgid "**Incorrect Tax Application:** The tax type does not match the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` (:guilabel:`CGST/SGST` applied instead of :guilabel:`IGST` for interstate transactions, or :guilabel:`IGST` applied instead of :guilabel:`CGST/SGST` for intrastate transactions)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:450 +msgid "Filing GSTR-1 tax return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:455 -msgid "**Missing HSN Code:** No HSN Code is defined for the product." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:452 +msgid "To file a GSTR-1 tax return, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:456 -msgid "**Invalid HSN Code for Services:** The HSN Code for a service does not start with \"99\" or is incorrect." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:454 +msgid "Click the suitable :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report for the desired period to open the filing view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:458 -msgid "**Non-compliant UQC:** The Unit Quantity Code (UQC) does not meet Indian GST standards." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 filing view" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:460 -msgid "If any validation fails, the system alerts users with a warning, highlighting the discrepancies and providing a direct link to the affected lines." +msgid "It is recommended to file the return **five days before the filing date** to avoid any penalties." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 validation warning" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:463 +msgid "Odoo automatically performs validation checks before submission to ensure compliance with GST portal requirements that must be addressed before filing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:466 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Generate` to view the report in **Spreadsheet view**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:467 +msgid "The following types of validation issues can be raised:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 generate" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:469 +msgid ":guilabel:`Apply Appropriate Tax`: :guilabel:`IGST` is not applicable for intra-state transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 Spreadsheet View" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:471 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wrong CGST/SGST on Inter-State Transactions`: :guilabel:`CGST/SGST` cannot be applied on inter-state transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:474 -msgid "If the **GSTR-1** report is correct, then click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to send it to the **GST portal**. The status of the :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report changes to :guilabel:`Sending`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fiscal Year Reversed Move`: Credit Notes for invoices issued in a given financial year should not be included in GSTR-1 after **November 30th**; remove tax from these lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 in the Sending Status" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invalid HSN Codes`: - For products (non-services), HSN codes must not begin with `99`. - For services, HSN codes must begin with `99`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:478 +msgid ":guilabel:`Missing HSN Codes`: Some product lines do not have HSN codes for journal items." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:480 -msgid "After a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-1** report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting for Status`. It means that the **GSTR-1** report has been sent to the :guilabel:`GST Portal` and is being verified on the :guilabel:`GST Portal`;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Invalid UQC Codes`: The Unit Quantity Code (UQC) must comply with Indian GST standards." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 in the Waiting for Status" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:482 +msgid ":guilabel:`Missing Document Summary`: Document summary lines are mandatory for GSTR-1. This check is always marked as :guilabel:`Anomaly` initially. After reviewing the summary by clicking the relevant check, it changes to :guilabel:`Reviewed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:485 +msgid ":guilabel:`Missing E-Invoice`: Some invoices are not linked to an e-invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:487 -msgid "Once more, after a few seconds, the status either changes to :guilabel:`Sent` or :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`. The status :guilabel:`Error in Invoice` indicates that some of the invoices are not correctly filled out to be validated by the **GST portal**;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unlinked Unregistered Credit Notes`: Credit Notes have been issued without referencing an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:489 +msgid "Validation checks have four stages:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:491 -msgid "If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Sent`, it means your **GSTR-1** report is ready to be filed on the **GST portal**." +msgid ":guilabel:`To Review`: Check requires review." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 Sent" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:492 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reviewed`: Check has been reviewed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:497 -msgid "If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`, invoices can be checked for errors in the chatter. Once issues have been resolved, the user can click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to submit the file again on the **GST portal**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:493 +msgid ":guilabel:`Supervised`: Check is supervised, and a supervisor is assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:494 +msgid ":guilabel:`Anomaly`: Check has failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:504 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Mark as Filed` after filing the **GSTR-1** report on the **GST portal**. The status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Filed` in **Odoo**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:496 +msgid "Click on any individual check to view and resolve the corresponding issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-1 in the Filed Status" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:499 +msgid "A tax return can only be validated when all checks are in the :guilabel:`Reviewed` or :guilabel:`Supervised` stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:502 +msgid "After reviewing the checks, click :guilabel:`Validate`. The :guilabel:`Review` stage appears in green then." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:505 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`GSTR-1 (IN)` to review the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:513 -msgid "Receive GSTR-2B" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:507 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`, and click :guilabel:`Push Data` in the :guilabel:`Submission Instructions` window to send the report to the GST portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:510 +msgid "During this step, GST portal credentials must be verified. As the data is being sent, the :guilabel:`Send` stage in the progress bar appears orange. Once the GST portal confirms receipt, the stage turns green. If an error occurs, the :guilabel:`Send` stage changes to red." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:515 -msgid "Users can retrieve the **GSTR-2B Report** from the **GST portal**. This automatically reconciles the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon on the relevant :guilabel:`GSTR-1` line to display additional options:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:518 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Fetch GSTR-2B Summary` to retrieve the **GSTR-2B** summary. After a few seconds, the status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting for Reception`. This means Odoo is trying to receive the **GSTR-2B** report from the **GST portal**;" +msgid ":guilabel:`Generate XLSX`: Download the GSTR-1 report as an XLSX file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-2B in Waiting for Reception" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:519 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reset`: Clear the current state and revert the return to the initial stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:525 -msgid "Once more, after a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-2B** changes to the :guilabel:`Being Processed`. It means Odoo is reconciling the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:521 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Check Status` to retrieve the current status from the GST portal. Once the confirmation is received, the :guilabel:`Review` stage in the progress bar turns green. Then, click :guilabel:`Mark as Filed` to finalize and submit the return as filed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:531 -msgid "Once it is done, the status of the **GSTR-2B** report changes to either :guilabel:`Matched` or :guilabel:`Partially Matched`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:526 +msgid "Once a return is marked as **Filed**, it cannot be reset or filed again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:534 -msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Matched`:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:531 +msgid "Receive GSTR-2B tax reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-2B Matched" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:533 +msgid "Select the relevant :guilabel:`GSTR-2B` report for the desired period that needs to be reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:539 -msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Partially Matched`, you can review and modify the bills by clicking :guilabel:`View Reconciled Bills`. This will display categorized discrepancies, such as bills missing in Odoo or GSTR-2. After making the necessary corrections, click :guilabel:`re-match` to update the reconciliation and ensure accuracy before finalizing the report." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:536 +msgid "In the validation checks view, click :guilabel:`Fetch E-Invoice` to retrieve vendor e-invoice data for the reconciliation period. The check is initially marked as :guilabel:`Anomaly` and changes to :guilabel:`Reviewed` after fetching. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm and mark the :guilabel:`Review` stage as green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-2B Partially Matched" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:542 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Fetch E-Invoice` check only turns green if the e-invoice data is fetched **two days after the end of the last month's reconciliation period**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:551 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:596 -msgid "GSTR-3 report" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:545 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Fetch GSTR-2B` to retrieve all invoices from the GST portal. Once the data is fetched, the :guilabel:`Fetch` stage in the progress bar turns green. To view the raw report data, click :guilabel:`GSTR-2B (IN)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:553 -msgid "The :ref:`GSTR-3 ` report is a monthly summary of **sales** and **purchases**. This return is auto-generated by extracting information from **GSTR-1** and **GSTR-2**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:549 +msgid "The fetched invoices are automatically matched with the E-invoices. Click :guilabel:`View Bills` to see detailed matching results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:556 -msgid "Users can compare the **GSTR-3** report with the **GSTR-3** report available on the **GST portal** to verify if they match by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-3 Report`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:553 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Match` stage indicates the reconciliation status:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:559 -msgid "Once the **GSTR-3** report has been verified by the user and the tax amount on the **GST portal** has been paid. Once paid, the report can be **closed** by clicking :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:555 +msgid "Orange: Partially matched (some bills require correction)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-3" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:556 +msgid "Green: Fully matched (all bills reconciled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:565 -msgid "In :guilabel:`Closing Entry`, add the tax amount paid on the **GST portal** using challan, and click :guilabel:`POST` to post the :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:558 +msgid "In case of mismatches, correct the affected bills, then click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon to access additional options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-3 Post Entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:561 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Match`: Re-run the matching process after making corrections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:571 -msgid "Once posted, the **GSTR-3** report status changes to :guilabel:`Filed`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:562 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reset`: Reset the reconciliation to the :guilabel:`Match` stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-3 Filed" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:564 +msgid "After all bills are fully matched, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(ellipsis)` icon and select :guilabel:`Mark as Complete`. The :guilabel:`Complete` stage in the progress bar turns green, finalizing the bill reconciliation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:572 msgid "Tax reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:584 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:577 msgid "GSTR-1 report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:579 msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report is divided into sections. It displays the :guilabel:`Base` amount, :abbr:`CGST (Central Goods and Services Tax)`, :abbr:`SGST (State Goods and Service Tax)`, :abbr:`IGST (Integrated Goods and Services Tax)`, and :guilabel:`CESS` for each section." msgstr "" @@ -28369,35 +28644,51 @@ msgstr "" msgid "GSTR-1 Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:598 -msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-3` report contains different sections:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:589 +msgid "GSTR-2B report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:600 -msgid "Details of inward and outward supply subject to a **reverse charge**;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:591 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-2` report is divided into sections. It displays the :guilabel:`Base` amount, :abbr:`CGST (Central Goods and Services Tax)`, :abbr:`SGST (State Goods and Service Tax)`, :abbr:`IGST (Integrated Goods and Services Tax)`, and :guilabel:`CESS` for each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:601 +msgid "GSTR-3B report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:603 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-3B` report contains different sections:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:605 +msgid "Details of inward and outward supply subject to a **reverse charge**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:606 msgid "Eligible :abbr:`ITC (Income Tax Credit)`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:607 msgid "Values of **exempt**, **Nil-rated**, and **non-GST** inward supply;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:603 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:608 msgid "Details of inter-state supplies made to **unregistered** persons." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "GSTR-3 Report" +msgid "GSTR-3B Report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:609 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:614 msgid "Profit and Loss (IN) report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:616 msgid "This is a :guilabel:`Profit and Loss` report that displays the balances for **Opening Stock** and **Closing Stock**. It helps users using Continental accounting to accurately determine the cost of goods (i.e :guilabel:`Opening Stock` + purchases during the period - :guilabel:`Closing Stock`)." msgstr "" @@ -28405,35 +28696,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Profit and Loss report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:621 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:626 msgid "TDS/TCS threshold alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:628 msgid ":abbr:`TDS (tax deducted at source)` and :abbr:`TCS (tax collected at source)` are tax provisions under Indian law, triggered when transaction amounts exceed specified thresholds. This alert notifies users when the value of invoices or bills surpasses these limits, prompting the application of the appropriate TDS/TCS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:633 msgid "To configure Odoo to advise you on when to apply TDS/TCS, set the :guilabel:`TDS/TCS section` field on the corresponding account in the chart of accounts. Odoo will display a banner suggesting the TDS/TCS section under which tax might be applicable when recording an invoice or bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:640 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:641 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Indian Integration` section, enable the :guilabel:`TDS` or :guilabel:`TCS` feature as required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:643 msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:639 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:644 msgid "Click :guilabel:`View` on the desired account, and set the :guilabel:`TDS/TCS Section` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:647 msgid "The TDS/TCS sections are pre-configured with threshold limits. If you need to modify these limits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, click on the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(internal link)` icon of the :guilabel:`Section` field." msgstr "" @@ -28441,11 +28732,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TDS/TCS section modify" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:656 msgid "Applying TCS/TDS on invoices and bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:653 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:658 msgid "Based on the account used on the customer invoice or vendor bill, Odoo checks the TCS/TDS threshold limit. If the limit specified in the :guilabel:`TCS/TDS Section` of the account is exceeded, Odoo displays an alert that suggests applying the appropriate TCS/TDS. The alert will disappear once the TCS/TDS is applied." msgstr "" @@ -28453,7 +28744,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TCS advice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:666 msgid "**TCS** is directly applicable in the tax on the invoice lines. To apply **TDS**, click the :guilabel:`TDS Entry` smart button on the vendor bill/payment. The popup window allows specifying the TDS details. Confirm the entry to apply the TDS." msgstr "" @@ -28461,96 +28752,96 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TDS application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:668 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:673 msgid "In Odoo, the aggregate total is calculated for partners sharing the same PAN number, across all company branches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:681 msgid "**Branch**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:682 msgid "**Customer**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:683 msgid "**Invoice**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:684 msgid "**Transaction Amount (₹)**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:685 msgid "**PAN Number**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:681 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:686 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:696 msgid "IN - MH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:682 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:687 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:702 msgid "XYZ Enterprise - GJ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:689 msgid "₹50,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:685 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:690 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:695 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:700 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:710 msgid "ABCPX1234E" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:689 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:694 msgid "₹30,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:692 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:697 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:707 msgid "XYZ Enterprise - MH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:699 msgid "₹40,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:696 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:701 msgid "IN - DL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:698 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:703 msgid "Invoice 4" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:704 msgid "₹20,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:706 msgid "IN - GJ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:703 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:708 msgid "Invoice 5" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:709 msgid "₹60,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:712 msgid "**Aggregate total** = 50,000 + 30,000 + 40,000 + 20,000 + 60,000 = ₹200,000" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:708 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:713 msgid "The aggregate total for all customers (XYZ Enterprise - GJ, MH, DL) sharing the PAN number ABCPX1234E across all branches is ₹200,000." msgstr "" @@ -28588,7 +28879,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:445 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 msgid "Usage" msgstr "" @@ -29528,148 +29819,152 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale fiscal printers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:629 +msgid "Fiscal printers are distinct from :doc:`ePOS printers `. The IP address for a fiscal printer should not be entered in the ePOS IP address settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:633 msgid "Fiscal regulations mandate using certified RT devices, such as RT printers or RT servers, to ensure compliant sales receipts and secure communication with the Tax Authority. These devices automatically transmit fiscal data daily. RT printers, designed for individual POS terminals, handle transactions, print receipts, and report to the authorities, ensuring data integrity and compliance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:639 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:56 msgid "Simulation mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:642 msgid "Since the simulation mode sends data to the authorities, it should only be enabled at the very start of the printer's configuration process. Once the printer is switched to the production mode, it cannot be reverted to the simulation mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:641 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:646 msgid "To test the fiscal printer setup with Odoo, configure the fiscal printer in the simulation mode as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:644 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:673 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:678 msgid "Make sure the fiscal printer is set to its default state: printer on, start-up cycle complete, and no transaction in progress." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:646 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:680 msgid "Type `3333`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:647 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:676 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:652 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:681 msgid "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Scelta Funzione`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:653 msgid "Type `14`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Apprendimento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:649 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:654 msgid "Type `62`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Simulazione`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:655 msgid "To turn the :guilabel:`no` into a :guilabel:`si`, press :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:656 msgid "To confirm, press :guilabel:`Contante`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:652 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:681 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:657 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:686 msgid "Press :guilabel:`Chiave`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:659 msgid "To configure the printer for production, repeat the steps above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:657 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:662 msgid "To test the printer configuration, the physical device must first be obtained and registered with the relevant authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:666 msgid "Setting up the printer to work with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:663 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:668 msgid "Fiscal printers are meant to work only in the local network. This means the printer and the device running :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` must be connected to the same network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:672 msgid "Fiscal printers are typically configured to use HTTP by default. To ensure compatibility with Odoo, the settings must be updated to enable HTTPS support on the printer. This can be done using either the EpsonFPWizard configuration software or the keyboard connected to the printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:671 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:676 msgid "To set up the fiscal printer using the keyboard, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:677 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:682 msgid "Type `34`. The screen displays :guilabel:`Web Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:683 msgid "Press :guilabel:`Contante` 3 times until the screen displays :guilabel:`Web Server: SSL`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:679 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:684 msgid "To turn the value `0` into a `1`, press :guilabel:`X`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:680 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:685 msgid "To confirm, press :guilabel:`Contante` 3 times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:688 msgid "Then, log in to the printer with the device that runs :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` so it recognizes the printer's certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:691 msgid "To approve and install the printer's certificate, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:693 msgid "Access the printer by opening a web browser and entering `https://` in the address bar. A :guilabel:`Warning: Potential Security Risk Ahead` security message appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:695 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Advanced` to show the certificate approval options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:691 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:696 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Proceed` to validate the certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:698 msgid "Then, to ensure :doc:`Odoo Point of Sale ` is configured with the fiscal printer, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Connected Devices` section, add the IP address in the :guilabel:`Italian Fiscal Printer IP address` and enable :guilabel:`Use HTTPS`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:704 msgid "Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:706 msgid ":abbr:`Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)` is a payment method widely used in Italy where vendors request payments through their bank, which forwards the request to the customer's own bank and takes responsibility for the collection. This enables payment automation and reduces risks for the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:705 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:710 msgid "The vendor generally uploads a fixed-format text file with the list of payments to the bank's web portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:714 msgid "Ri.Ba. are exclusively for **domestic payments** in Italy. For recurring international payments, please use `SEPA Direct Debt (SDD) <../accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:720 msgid "Check that the `l10n_it_riba` module is :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:716 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:721 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and select the company that will use Ri.Ba." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:723 msgid "Fill out the required :guilabel:`SIA Code`." msgstr "" @@ -29677,43 +29972,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The company's SIA code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:729 msgid "The :guilabel:`SIA Code` identifies businesses within the Italian banking network and is used to receive money through specific payment methods. It consists of one letter and four digits (e.g., T1234) and can usually be found on the bank's portal or obtained by contacting the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:733 msgid "Ensure the Company's bank account has an Italian IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:731 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:736 msgid "How to configure :doc:`Bank Accounts <../accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:734 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:739 msgid "Accept Ri.Ba. for your invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:741 msgid "Payments of type :abbr:`Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)` can be registered from the :guilabel:`Invoices` (:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:745 msgid "Make sure that your invoice involves a Partner that has a bank account with an Italian IBAN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:747 msgid "Then, all Payments must be grouped in a **Batch Payment**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:750 msgid ":doc:`Batch Payments <../accounting/payments>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:751 msgid ":doc:`Create a Batch Payment <../accounting/payments/batch>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:748 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:753 msgid "Once you press the :guilabel:`Validate` button for the Batch Payment, the :abbr:`Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria)` file is generated and attached to the Batch Payment, so you can download it and upload it through your bank's web portal." msgstr "" @@ -30011,7 +30306,7 @@ msgid "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Reason` for generating a debit/credit note ali msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/jordan.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:804 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:814 msgid "Discounts" msgstr "" @@ -31124,7 +31419,7 @@ msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:38 -msgid "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and validate :doc:`electronics documents <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` — based on the technical documentation published by the |SAT|. This allows you to send invoices (with or without addedums) and payment complements to the government." +msgid "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and validate :doc:`electronics documents <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` — based on the technical documentation published by the |SAT|. This allows you to send invoices (with or without addendums) and payment complements to the government." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:42 @@ -31188,109 +31483,93 @@ msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 -msgid "Lets you create a *Carta Porte*: A bill of lading that proves to the government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic document." +msgid "Lets you create a *Carta Porte*: A bill of lading that proves to the government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic document. It will also install the :doc:`Fleet <../../hr/fleet>` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:74 msgid "Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`CFDI 4.0 fields for sale orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_sale`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "Adds extra fields to the :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` module to comply with the Mexican Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Mexican Localization for the Point of Sale`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:80 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_pos`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 msgid "Adds extra fields to the :doc:`Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale>` module to comply with the Mexican Electronic Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Mexican Localization for eCommerce`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_website_sale`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:85 msgid "Adds extra fields to the :doc:`eCommerce <../../websites/ecommerce>` module to comply with the Mexican electronic invoicing requirements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:86 -msgid ":guilabel:`Employees - Mexico`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 -msgid "`l10n_mx_hr`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:88 -msgid "Adds extra fields to the :doc:`Employees <../../hr/employees>` module to comply with local information for employees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:90 -msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Payroll with Accounting`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 -msgid "`l10n_mx_hr_payroll_account`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:89 +msgid "Payroll module information is available :doc:`here <../../hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:92 -msgid "Adds the required rules and parameters to manage local payroll calculation with the :doc:`Payroll <../../hr/payroll>` app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 msgid "Video tutorials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 msgid "Videos on the Mexican localization are also available. Basic workflows and most topics covered on this page are also available in video format, please check out the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 msgid "`Odoo Smart Tutorial - Mexican localization `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 -msgid "`Basic configurations and Youtube playlist `_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`Basic configurations and YouTube playlist `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 msgid "The Odoo Mexican localization modules allow for the signing of electronic invoices, according to the specifications of the |SAT| for `version 4.0 of the CFDI `_, a legal requirement, as of January 1, 2022. These modules also add relevant accounting reports including the |DIOT|, enable foreign trade, and enable the creation of delivery guides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:117 msgid "In order to electronically sign any documents in Odoo, the Sign application must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`Documentation on e-invoicing's legality and compliance in Mexico <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing/mexico>`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Mexican Payroll signing and configurations <../../hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_states.rst:564 msgid "Requirements" @@ -31491,7 +31770,7 @@ msgid "IEPS breakdown" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "By default Odoo hides the |IEPS| in the invoices so that the subtotal on which the VAT is calculated includes the amount of |IEPS|, this is to ensure that Fiscal Regimes that don't require it, don't recieve it." +msgid "By default Odoo hides the |IEPS| in the invoices so that the subtotal on which the VAT is calculated includes the amount of |IEPS|, this is to ensure that Fiscal Regimes that do not require it, do not receive it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:304 @@ -31619,7 +31898,7 @@ msgid "CFDI to public." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1498 msgid "Payment Policy" msgstr "" @@ -31680,46 +31959,54 @@ msgid "While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a d msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:501 -msgid "The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, as a requirement of the |SAT|, there has to be a relation between a credit note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgid "An addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, as a requirement of the |SAT|, there has to be a relation between a credit note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 -msgid "Because of this requirement, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgid "Because of this requirement, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original :abbr:`UUID (universally unique identifier)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:509 msgid "For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be automatically added, use the :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` button from the invoice, instead of creating it manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 -msgid "Vendor bills have to have a fiscal folio for reports and payments to work correctly, if the vendor bill was created by the purchase app or added manually, just add the XML file of the invoice on the chatter **As a log note** and the fiscal folio will be updated accordingly, keep in mind that the bill **Must be in draft state** for the update to happen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Generally credit notes reverse the main sales account defined in the journal, but it is also possible to globally assign an account to all credit notes. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and set the :guilabel:`Credit notes` account under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "When clicking :guilabel:`Update SAT`, the :guilabel:`SAT status` field on the invoice will confirm if the XML file is **Validated** in the |SAT|, this is also true for vendor bills." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:518 +msgid "On the default configuration, the credit notes account is set as :guilabel:`402.01.01 Returns, discounts or bonuses over sales and/or services at the general rate`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 -msgid "See also :doc:`../accounting/vendor_bills`" +msgid "Vendor bills have to have a fiscal folio for reports and payments to work correctly, if the vendor bill was created by the purchase app or added manually, just add the XML file of the invoice on the chatter **As a log note** and the fiscal folio will be updated accordingly, keep in mind that the bill **Must be in draft state** for the update to happen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:532 +msgid "When clicking :guilabel:`Update SAT`, the :guilabel:`SAT status` field on the invoice will confirm if the XML file is **Validated** by the |SAT|, this is also true for vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:536 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/vendor_bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:546 msgid "Payment policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 msgid "One addition of the Mexican localization is the :guilabel:`Payment Policy` field. `According to the SAT documentation `_, there are two types of payments:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:552 msgid ":guilabel:`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:543 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:553 msgid ":guilabel:`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or Deferred)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:556 msgid "Payment Complements are only generated if the policy of the invoice is set to |PPD|, please note that it is a requirement to set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to something different than **99 - Por definir**." msgstr "" @@ -31727,7 +32014,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:553 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 msgid "If the invoice has a due date outside the current month, it will default to |PPD|." msgstr "" @@ -31735,55 +32022,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 msgid "In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same <../accounting/payments>`, the main difference being payments related to |PPD| invoices, by law, need to be sent to the government as a document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 msgid "If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered through the payment popup, and be associated with the corresponding invoice. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and select an invoice. Then, click the :guilabel:`Pay` button to open the payment popup, set the :guilabel:`Payment Way` and any other fields, and click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:585 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:587 msgid "While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of creating an :doc:`electronic document <../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` means some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the document to the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:591 msgid "From a legal perspective, PPD invoices **must** include the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` that the payment was received. Because of this, the :guilabel:`Payment Way` field **cannot** be set as :guilabel:`To Define`, thus the field will become invisible when selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 msgid "If a bank account number is required, add it in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of a customer's contact record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 msgid "The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT `_. Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 msgid "If a fully-reconciled payment is related to an invoice with a :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio`, the :guilabel:`Update Payments` appears. Click the :guilabel:`Update Payments` button to send the **payment complement** XML file to the government automatically and display it in the |CFDI| tab in both the invoice and the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "While it is a bad fiscal practice, the |PUE| payments can also be sent to the government, however it is required to click :guilabel:`Force CFDI` in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab for this." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "Similar to an invoice or credit note, the PDF and XML can be sent to the final customer. To do so, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(gear)` icon to open the actions drop-down menu and select :guilabel:`Send receipt by email` from the payment view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 msgid "Regardless of whether the payment was created with or without reconciliation, it is possible to download the payment PDF from the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab on the invoice by clicking the :guilabel:`print` button." msgstr "" @@ -31791,87 +32078,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of the print button on the CFDI tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:626 msgid "Invoice cancellations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 msgid "It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the |SAT|. According to the `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st, 2022, there are two requirements for this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:622 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:632 msgid "All cancellation requests require a *cancellation reason*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:633 msgid "After 24 hours from the invoice creation, the client must be asked to approve the cancellation. If there is no response within 72 hours, the cancellation is processed automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:636 msgid "Invoice cancellations are updated automatically on Odoo but can take some time, to check the status of the cancellation just press the :guilabel:`Update SAT` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:629 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:639 msgid "Invoice cancellations can be made for one of the following reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:631 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "01 - Invoice issued with errors (with related document)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:632 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:642 msgid "02 - Invoice issued with errors (no replacement)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:633 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:643 msgid "03 - The operation was not carried out" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 msgid "04 - Nominative operation related to the global invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 msgid "To initiate a cancellation, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, select the posted invoice to cancel, and click :guilabel:`Request Cancel`. Then, refer to the :ref:`l10n/mx/01-invoice-cancellation` or :ref:`l10n/mx/02-03-04-invoice-cancellation` sections, depending on the cancellation reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:652 msgid "Alternatively, request a cancellation from the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab by clicking :guilabel:`Cancel` on the line item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 msgid "If a cancellation is requested on a locked period, the CFDI will be cancelled but not the accounting entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 msgid "If the client rejects the cancellation, the invoice cancellation line item is removed from the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 msgid "Cancellation reason 01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:656 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:666 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Request CFDI Cancellation` pop-up window, select :guilabel:`01 - Invoice issued with errors (with related document)` from the :guilabel:`Reason` field and click :guilabel:`Create Replacement Invoice` to create a new draft invoice. This new draft invoice replaces the previous invoice, along with the related |CFDI|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:660 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:670 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm` the draft and :guilabel:`Send & Print` the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 msgid "Return to the initial invoice (i.e., the invoice from which you first requested the cancellation). Notice the :guilabel:`Substituted By` field appears with a reference to the new replacement invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:674 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Request Cancel`. In the :guilabel:`Request CFDI Cancellation` pop-up window, the :guilabel:`01 - Invoice issued with errors (with related document)` option is automatically selected in the :guilabel:`Reason` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 msgid "The invoice cancellation is then generated with a reason line item in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab." msgstr "" @@ -31879,47 +32166,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Canceled invoice line item in the CFDI tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 msgid "When using the :guilabel:`01 - Invoice issued with errors (with related document)` cancellation reason, the `04|` prefix appears in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field. This is an internal prefix used by Odoo to complete the cancellation and **does not** mean that the cancellation reason was :guilabel:`04 - Nominative operation related to the global invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:693 msgid "Cancellation reasons 02, 03, and 04" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:695 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Request CFDI Cancellation` pop-up window, select the desired cancellation :guilabel:`Reason` and :guilabel:`Confirm` the cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:688 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "Upon doing so, the invoice cancellation is generated with a reason line item in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:702 msgid "If the :guilabel:`SAT Status` goes back to **Validated** it could be due to one of these three reasons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:695 -msgid "The invoice is labeled as *No Cancelable* in the `SAT Website `_. due to the fact that it has a valid related document: Either another invoice linked with the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field or a Payment Complemement. If so, you need to cancel any other related document first." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:705 +msgid "The invoice is labeled as *No Cancelable* in the `SAT Website `_. due to the fact that it has a valid related document: Either another invoice linked with the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field or a Payment Complement. If so, you need to cancel any other related document first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:699 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 msgid "The cancellation request is still being processed by the |SAT|. If so, wait a few minutes and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:711 msgid "The final customer needs to reject or accept the cancellation request in their `Buzón Tributario `_. This can take up to 72 hours and, in case that the cancellation requests gets rejected, you will need to repeat the process again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:707 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 msgid "`Tool to validate Mexican Electronic Documents (CFDI) status `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 msgid "For the cancellation reasons **02**, **03** and **04**, the :guilabel:`Create Replacement Invoice` button is replaced by a :guilabel:`Confirm` button that requests the cancellation immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:723 msgid "Both the current :guilabel:`State` and :guilabel:`Cancellation Reason` can be found in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab." msgstr "" @@ -31927,83 +32214,83 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:724 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 msgid "To cancel :ref:`payment complements `, go to the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab of the related invoice and click :guilabel:`Cancel` on the line of the payment complement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:727 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "Like with invoices, go to the payment and click :guilabel:`Update SAT` in order to change the :guilabel:`SAT Status` and :guilabel:`Status` to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:731 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 msgid "Just like invoices, when creating a new payment complement, it is possible to add the relation of the original document, by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal folio in the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:735 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:745 msgid "This action cancels the invoice and marks the :guilabel:`Reason` as :guilabel:`01 - Invoice issued with errors (with related document)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:746 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:756 msgid "CFDI relations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 msgid "Sometimes it is needed to relate the current document to previously signed CFDIs, to do so just fill the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field on the invoice indicating a relation, there are 7 possible values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:761 msgid "01: Nota de crédito" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:752 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 msgid "02: Nota de débito de los documentos relacionados" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 msgid "03: Devolución de mercancía sobre facturas o traslados previos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:764 msgid "04: Sustitución de los CFDI previos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:755 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "05: Traslados de mercancias facturados previamente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:766 msgid "06: Factura generada por los traslados previos" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "07: CFDI por aplicación de anticipo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:770 msgid "The format is: Origin Type|UUID1, UUID2, ...., UUIDn where more than one Origin Type can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:774 msgid "Here is an example with two relations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:781 msgid "The first section has relation type **04** with **1 UUID**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 msgid "The second section has relation type **07** with **2 UUIDs**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 msgid "Additionally any combination is also visible on the signed PDF." msgstr "" @@ -32011,196 +32298,196 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of the PDF with 3 relations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:794 msgid "The :guilabel:`Main Currency` in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices (and payments) in different currencies. To enable the use of :doc:`multicurrency <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, and set :guilabel:`[MX] Bank of Mexico` as the :guilabel:`Service` in the :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates` section. Then, set the :guilabel:`Interval` field to the frequency you wish to update the exchange rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:801 msgid "This way, the XML file of the document will have the correct exchange rate, and the total amount, in both the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:794 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:804 msgid "It is highly recommended to use separate :doc:`bank accounts for each currency <../accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 msgid "The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are: USD, EUR, GBP, JPY and CNY." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:806 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:816 msgid "By law, electronic documents sent to the government cannot have negative lines, as this can trigger errors. Therefore, when using :doc:`Gift Cards <../../sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards>` or :doc:`Loyalty Programs <../../sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount>`, the subsequent negative lines will be translated in the XML as if they were regular :doc:`Discounts <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing/>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:823 msgid "In order to set this up, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and create a product `Discounts`, make sure that it has a valid :guilabel:`Tax` (usually :guilabel:`IVA` at `16%`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:817 -msgid "After this, create and sign the invoice via |CFDI|, and add the `Discounts` product at the bottom. In the XML the discount should be subtracted from the first invoice line available, Odoo will try to subtract from each line the total amount in order until all the discount has been applied." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "After this, create and sign the invoice via |CFDI|, and add the `Discounts` product at the bottom. In the XML, Odoo will distribute the discount between the lines evenly, while any math differences will be added in a rounding product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 msgid "A `Discount` and `UNSPSC Product Category` for each product variant related to :guilabel:`Gift Cards` or :guilabel:`Loyalty Programs` have to be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:830 -msgid "A common practice in Mexico is the usage of :doc:`down payments <../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment>`. It's usage primarily consists of cases where you receive a payment for a good or service where either the product or the price (or both) hasn't been determinated at the moment." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +msgid "A common practice in Mexico is the usage of :doc:`down payments <../../sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment>`. It's usage primarily consists of cases where you receive a payment for a good or service where either the product or the price (or both) has not been fully determined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "The |SAT| allows two diferent ways to handle this process: both of them involve linking all invoices to each other with the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:845 +msgid "The |SAT| allows two different ways to handle this process: both of them involve linking all invoices to each other with the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:839 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 msgid "For this process, the :doc:`Sales <../../sales>` app must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:852 msgid "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:858 msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` to create a product `Anticipo` and configure it. The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be :guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` :guilabel:`84111506 Servicios de facturación`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:852 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down Payments`, and add the *Anticipo* product as the default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:858 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 msgid "Method A" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:870 msgid "This method consists of creating a down payment invoice, creating a invoice for the total amount, and finally, creating a credit note for the total of the down payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "First, create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment from it (either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document via CFDI, and register the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:866 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:876 msgid "When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` popup, select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. Make sure to delete the line that contains the product *Anticipo*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:881 msgid "When using down payments with the Mexican localization, make sure that the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` of the products are :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Otherwise a customer credit note will be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:875 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:885 msgid "Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the down payment invoice, and paste it into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the final invoice, adding the prefix `07|` before the value and sign the document via |CFDI|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:889 msgid "Finally, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the final invoice, and paste it in the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Then, sign the document via |CFDI|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:883 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:893 msgid "With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can find the credit note in the :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` - add it as payment. Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Pay` popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:898 msgid "In the sales order, all three documents should appear as \"In Payment\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:891 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:901 msgid "Method B" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:893 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:903 msgid "Another, simpler way to fulfill |SAT| requirements involves creating only the down payment invoice, and a second invoice for the remnant. This method involves the fact that negative lines are treated as discounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:897 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:907 msgid "For this, follow the same process as :ref:`Method A `, up until the creation of the final invoice. Do not delete the line that contains the *Anticipo* and instead rename the other products :guilabel:`Description` to include the text `CFDI por remanente de un anticipo`. Don't forget to add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the down payment invoice in the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the final invoice, adding the prefix `07|`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 msgid "Finally, sign the final invoice via |CFDI|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:908 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:918 msgid "Addendas and complements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:910 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:920 msgid "Addendas and complements can be included in the XML. To add one, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Addendas & Complementos (MX)` and :guilabel:`New` to enter the code to be injected. Additional fields beyond standard Odoo may be required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:915 -msgid "This section might require techincal knowledge as well as technical debt, it is recommended to ask your account manager for the best technical assistance." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:925 +msgid "This section might require technical knowledge and may risk adding technical debt; it is recommended to ask your account manager for the best technical advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:918 -msgid "Once the desired nodes are created, they can be selected on each contact to make them appear on every invoice addressed to that contact. By default all the selected nodes will be added automatically on every invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:928 +msgid "Once the desired nodes are created, they can be selected on each contact to make them appear on every invoice addressed to that contact. By default, all the selected nodes will be added automatically on every invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:922 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 msgid "It is also possible to just select the nodes as needed on every invoice by selecting the :guilabel:`Other info` tab and then selecting the desired nodes from :guilabel:`Addendas & Complementos`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 msgid "It is possible to add more than one per contact or per invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:942 msgid "XML reader" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:934 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:944 msgid "In certain occasions, such as when you are creating invoices in another software or in the |SAT| directly, you would want to upload the invoices in Odoo. The XML Reader allows you to retrieve the data from an XML file. To do this, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` and, in the list view, click the :guilabel:`Upload` button to select any number of XML files, and draft invoices will be automatically created. This can work also by dragging the files from your computer and dropping them in the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:941 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 msgid "The draft invoices will retrieve the :guilabel:`Customer information` (if it doesn't exist, new ones will be created), the :guilabel:`Product Lines` (only if products with the same name already exist) and will calculate all taxes and additional fields exclusive to the Mexican Localization. The import information will appear in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 msgid "Depending on where the invoice was created, XML files could have different values from the total calculated in Odoo. **Always** double-check any document uploaded this way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:960 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` created this way will be able to create **payment complements** and to be canceled at any time. If you use the :guilabel:`Print` button, the PDF document will have all the corresponding information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:954 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:964 msgid "This can be done for :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 msgid "To retrieve the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio`, drag and drop XML files as a log note in the chatter for previously created draft invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1484 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:973 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1499 msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:975 msgid "The Mexican government requires that any goods or services that are sold must be backed up by an invoice. If the customer does not require an invoice or has no |RFC|, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created also known as a \"nominative\" invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:969 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:979 msgid "A contact must be created and it must have a particular name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:971 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "If the :guilabel:`CFDI to Public` checkbox in either a sales order or an invoice is checked, the final XML will override the data in the invoice contact and will add the following characteristics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:974 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:984 msgid "|RFC|: **XAXX010101000** if it is a national customer or **XEXX010101000** if it is a foreign customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:986 msgid ":guilabel:`ZIP` code: The same code of the company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:977 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:987 msgid ":guilabel:`Usage`: S01 - Without Fiscal Effects" msgstr "" @@ -32208,168 +32495,168 @@ msgstr "" msgid "CFDI to Public Checkbox" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:982 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:992 msgid "If the final customer doesn't share any details, create a generic :guilabel:`Customer`. The name cannot be `PUBLICO EN GENERAL` or an error will be triggered (it can be, for example, `CLIENTE FINAL`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:987 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "By default sending the invoice is not allowed if the partner does not have either the *Country* or *Zip code* set, however this is not required if the :guilabel:`CFDI to public` checkbox is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:992 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1002 msgid "`Regla 2.7.1.21 Expedición de comprobantes en operaciones con el público en general `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:998 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1416 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1008 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1431 msgid "Global invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1000 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 msgid "If by the end of a certain period of time (that can vary from daily to bimonthly, depending of your company's legal needs and preferences) and the customer still has sales that weren't marked as regular invoices or individual *CFDI to Public* invoices, the |SAT| allows for the creation of a single invoice that can contain all operations, known as a *global invoice*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1006 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 msgid "For this process, the :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` app must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1009 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1019 msgid "`Guía de llenado del CFDI global `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1013 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1023 msgid "Sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1015 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1025 msgid "First, it is necessary to create a special :guilabel:`Journal` created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` with the purpose of keeping a separate sequence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1028 msgid "Then, make sure that all the sales orders that need to be signed have the following configurations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1020 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1030 msgid ":guilabel:`CFDI to Public` checkbox enabled" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1021 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Status` marked as :guilabel:`To Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1023 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 msgid "After this, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> To Invoice --> Orders to Invoice`, select all relevant sales orders and press :guilabel:`Create Invoices`. Make sure to disable the :guilabel:`Consolidated Billing` checkbox and click :guilabel:`Create Draft Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1027 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "Odoo will redirect to a list of invoices. Select all of them and in the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu select :guilabel:`Post entries`. Select all posted invoices again and go back to the :icon:`fa-gear` :guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu to select :guilabel:`Create Global Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1032 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1042 msgid "In the wizard, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` indicated by a professional accountant and press :guilabel:`Create`. All invoices should be signed under the same XML file, with the same :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Show` in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab to display a list with all related invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1038 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1048 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Cancel` in the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab to cancel the global invoice in both the |SAT| and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1042 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1052 msgid "Global invoices created this way won't have a **PDF** in them as their information is already within Odoo and is not to be seen by a customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1048 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1058 msgid "Electronic accounting (reporting)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1050 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1060 msgid "For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting `_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and entries through electronic means, and to enter accounting information on a monthly basis, through the |SAT| website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1055 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1065 msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1067 msgid "The updated list of the chart of accounts that is currently in use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1058 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1068 msgid "A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report, also known as: *Trial Balance Month 13*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1069 msgid "An export of the journal entries in the general ledger (optional except in the case of a compulsory audit)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1072 msgid "The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1065 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 msgid "In addition to this, it is possible to generate the `DIOT `_: a report of vendors' journal entries that involve IVA taxes that can be exported in a TXT file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1071 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1081 msgid "In order to use these reports, the following modules must be installed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1083 msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports` `l10n_mx_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1074 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1084 msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Month 13 Trial Balance` `l10n_mx_reports_closing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1085 msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export` `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1077 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1087 msgid "The *chart of accounts* and the *Trial Balance Month 13* reports can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`. The *DIOT* report can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1082 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1092 msgid "The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1091 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1101 msgid "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in Mexico follows a specific pattern based on |SAT|'s' `Código agrupador de cuentas `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1095 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 msgid "It is possible to create any account, as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group: the pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1099 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1109 msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1111 msgid "When a new account is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, with the |SAT| encoding group pattern, the correct grouping code appears in :guilabel:`Tags`, and the account appears in the *COA* report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1115 msgid "Once all accounts are created, make sure the correct :guilabel:`Tags` are added as these mark the nature of the account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1119 msgid "It is not advised use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as `100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the report. By default Odoo will mark the accounts as yellow if the numbering will cause issue later on, this is to prevent reports from providing inaccurate data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1124 msgid "Once everything is set up, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, and click the :guilabel:`COA SAT (XML)` button to generate an XML file containing all of the accounts. This XML file is ready to upload to the |SAT| website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1133 msgid "The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of your accounts, provided that you added their correct :ref:`encoding group `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1136 msgid "To generate an XML file of the trial balance, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, select the date, and click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(action menu)`, then select :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" @@ -32377,87 +32664,87 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Trial balance report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1144 msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1149 msgid "Month 13" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1151 msgid "An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1154 msgid "To generate this XML document, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and create a new document. Here, add all amounts to modify, and balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1158 msgid "After this is done, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and check the :guilabel:`Month 13 Closing` field. If needed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance` and select the date :guilabel:`Month 13`, where it is possible to see the the total amount of the year, plus all the additions of the journal entry. To generate the XML file, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(action menu)`, then select :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1169 msgid "By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Since Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of all invoices and payments, simply exporting the general ledger complies with |SAT|'s audits and/or tax refunds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1174 msgid "The report can be filtered by period or by journal, depending on the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1176 msgid "To create the XML, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, click :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(action menu)`, then click :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`. Then, select among four :guilabel:`Export` types:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1180 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax audit`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1181 msgid ":guilabel:`Audit certification`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1182 msgid ":guilabel:`Return of goods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 msgid ":guilabel:`Compensation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1185 msgid "For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, add the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT|. For :guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, add the :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1190 msgid "To see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for the :guilabel:`Order Number` or `AB123451234512` for the :guilabel:`Process Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1196 msgid "DIOT report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 msgid "The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation with the |SAT|, where the current status of creditable and non-creditable payments, withholdings, import taxes, and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills are provided to the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 msgid "Since July 2025 the new 2025 version of the report is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 msgid "Unlike other reports, the |DIOT| is uploaded to a website provided by the |SAT| that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your transactions as a TXT file that can be uploaded to the form, avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1210 msgid "The transactions file contains the total amount of the payments registered in vendor bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT`, :guilabel:`Country` and :guilabel:`Type of operation` fields are mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1214 msgid "To download the |DIOT| report as a TXT file, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Tax Return`. Select the desired month, click :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(action menu)`, and select :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1218 msgid "In case new taxes are created on the database, there are two types of tags, the tags containing **tax** must go into the tax distribution and the ones with the base name go on the base of the tax. All lines of a VAT tax **must** containing at least one tax grid." msgstr "" @@ -32465,7 +32752,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DIOT (TXT) download button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 msgid "It is required to fill in the :guilabel:`Type of Operation` field in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each vendor to prevent validation errors. Make sure that foreign customers have their :guilabel:`Country` set." msgstr "" @@ -32473,103 +32760,103 @@ msgstr "" msgid "DIOT information on a vendor contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1223 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`87 - Global Operations` will cause the final TXT file to merge all vendors that are part of the global operations under one generic VAT: *XAXX010101000*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1229 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 msgid "External trade" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1231 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1241 msgid "The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain values in both the XML and PDF, to invoices with a foreign customer according to `SAT regulations `_, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1245 msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1246 msgid "The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 msgid "The correct :doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms` (International Commercial Terms)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1248 msgid "And more, such as the *certificate of origin* and *special units of measure*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 msgid "This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1243 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 msgid "Since January 1, 2018, external trade is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export operations of type A1. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is currently on version 2.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 msgid "In order to use this feature, the :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)` `l10n_mx_edi_extended` module must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 msgid "Before installing, make sure your business needs to use this feature. Consult your accountant first, if needed, before installing any modules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1264 msgid "The :guilabel:`CFDI to public` checkbox must be ticked when creating foreign invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1272 msgid "To configure your company contact for external trade, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, remove the default :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` filter, and select your :guilabel:`Company` name. While the CFDI 4.0 requirements require adding a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` code in the company contact record, the external trade complement adds the requirement that the :guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State` must also be valid. All three fields must coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog for Carta Porte `_, or it will produce an error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 msgid "Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's *contact record*, not in the company record itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1285 msgid "On the contact record, the optional fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` can also be filled. These two fields also have to coincide with the data in the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1278 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1288 msgid "To configure the contact data for a foreign receiving client, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, and select the foreign client's contact. The contact must have the following fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1292 msgid "The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1284 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 msgid "The foreign :guilabel:`RFC` (tax identification number), in the correct format (for example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1296 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, to activate the :guilabel:`Needs external trade?` checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1300 msgid "In the resulting XML and PDF files, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1306 msgid "All products involved with external trade have four additional fields that are required, two of which are exclusive to external trade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1299 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1309 msgid "The :guilabel:`Reference` of the product must be set in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1310 msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab must be more than `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1301 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1311 msgid "The `correct `_ :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product must be set in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab for external trade." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1313 msgid "The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab must be set and correspond to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` for external trade." msgstr "" @@ -32577,55 +32864,55 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Required external trade product fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1310 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1320 msgid "If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1312 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1322 msgid "If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1328 msgid "Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that external trade invoices require converting product prices into a foreign currency such as USD. Therefore, :doc:`multicurrency <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` **must** be enabled with the foreign currency activated in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` to run is :guilabel:`[MX] Bank of Mexico`. To convert product prices, create a :doc:`pricelist <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` in the foreign currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1335 msgid "Then, with the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Currency`, set the :guilabel:`Incoterm` and the optional :guilabel:`Certificate Source` fields in the invoice's :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1340 msgid "While not mandatory, the information will be more complete if :guilabel:`CFDI to public` is also active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1333 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1343 msgid "Finally, confirm the invoice with the same process as a regular invoice, and click the :guilabel:`Send` button to sign it via CFDI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1341 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1351 msgid "The :doc:`Point of sale <../../sales/point_of_sale>` adaptation of the Mexican Localization enables the creation of invoices that comply with the |SAT| requirements directly in the **POS session**, with the added benefit of creating receipt tickets that allow *self-invoicing* in a special portal and creating global invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1359 msgid "Point of sale flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1351 -msgid "Other than the standard :doc:`Point of Sale configuration <../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`, the only requirement for the Mexican localization is the additional fact that each payment method needs to be configured with a correct :guilabel:`Payment Way`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1361 +msgid "On top of the standard :doc:`Point of Sale configuration <../../sales/point_of_sale/configuration>`, the Mexican localization requires each payment method to be configured with a correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` as well as a :guilabel:`Re-invoicing account` to handle the accounting for invoices with the invoicing portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1357 -msgid "By default Odoo creates preconfigured payment methods for cash, credit card, and debit card." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 +msgid "By default, Odoo creates pre-configured payment methods for cash, credit card, and debit card and assigns the :guilabel:`402.04.01 Re-invoicing` account as default for re-invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1359 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1370 msgid "While selling on the **Point of Sale**, click the :guilabel:`Customer` button to either create or select a customer. Here it is possible to review customer invoicing information (such as the |RFC| or :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`) and even modify it directly inside the session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1374 msgid "After selecting a customer, tick the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` checkbox. This opens a menu to select the :guilabel:`Usage` and to define if it is an invoice to the public. Click confirm, select the payment method, and then click validate to complete the order. The PDF is then downloaded and it is possible to send the invoice via mail to the final customer alongside the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1370 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1381 msgid "To create invoices from orders, go to the :guilabel:`Orders` menu, select the order, click :guilabel:`Load Order`, and tick the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` checkbox. This opens the same menu for the :guilabel:`Usage` and :guilabel:`CFDI to Public`." msgstr "" @@ -32633,208 +32920,216 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Invoice Configuration for Point of Sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 msgid "To sign a credit note automatically, tick the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` checkbox when processing a :ref:`refund `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 msgid "Credit notes for returned products will contain the relation type :guilabel:`03 - Devolución de mercancía sobre facturas o traslados previos`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1396 msgid "In the Mexican localization, positive and negative lines in a **POS** session cannot be mixed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1398 msgid "If a |SAT| validation error occurs customer will get a :doc:`Pro-Forma invoice <../../sales/sales/invoicing/proforma>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1393 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1404 msgid "Self-invoicing portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1406 msgid "If the final customer is not sure if they want to have their invoice generated at the exact moment of the sale, it is possible to give them the option of creating a receipt with either a QR code or a URL. To do so, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1410 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1411 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Point of Sale`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1412 msgid "Scroll to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1413 msgid "Enable :guilabel:`Self-service invoicing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1403 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1414 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Print` field to :guilabel:`QR code`, :guilabel:`URL`, or :guilabel:`QR code + URL`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1417 msgid "Customers who scan this QR code or follow the URL will access to a menu where they can add their fiscal information, including the *Usage* and *Fiscal Regime* once they enter the five digit code that is also provided on the receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1421 +msgid "On the journal entries of the session, the previously selected **Re-invoicing account** will be used to handle reversals of the sales entries when invoices are requested as well as be used as a sales account for the new invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 msgid "As with regular sales orders, global invoices can also be created from a POS session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 msgid "For this, make sure not to select a customer or the invoice option in the payment menu and go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`. There, select all the orders to invoice, click :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` and select :guilabel:`Create Global Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1439 msgid "Like with sales orders, choose the correct :guilabel:`Periodicity` and press :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 msgid "This attaches an XML file to each of the selected orders. The XML files can be downloaded by going to the :guilabel:`CFDI` tab. If needed, it is possible to cancel the invoice from the same tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 msgid "If eventually any of the orders that are part of the global invoice need to be addressed to a customer, it is still possible to send an invoice by entering a new POS session, clicking the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`(drop-down menu)`, then click :guilabel:`Orders`. Change the :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`, select the order, and click the :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1451 msgid "Global invoices, just as regular invoices, can only be grouped by physical address. That is determined by the address set on the POS invoice journal, so when attempting to invoice two addresses a warning will come up to warn the user of the error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1460 msgid "The eCommerce adaptation of the Mexican Localization provides and extra step to create invoices that comply with the |SAT| requirements on :doc:`eCommerce <../../websites/ecommerce>` by retrieving the customer data after the **Checkout** and even allowing for the signature of **automatic invoices** after the payment is processed, as well as sending customers the files via email and granting them access to retrieve their PDF file from their own customer portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1454 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 msgid "eCommerce flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1456 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1471 msgid "During the regular checkout process, a new :guilabel:`Invoicing Info` step appears, where it is possible to request an invoice or not. If :guilabel:`No` is selected, a **CFDI to Public** is created,. If :guilabel:`Yes` is selected, the :guilabel:`RFC`, :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, and :guilabel:`Usage` are required in order to get all information in the sales order, where its status will change to :guilabel:`To Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1477 msgid "Additionally the customer can decide whether or not to request :ref:`IEPS Breakdown `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1481 msgid "Make sure to add a :guilabel:`UNSPSC code` to the :ref:`shipping product `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1484 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoicing` is enabled in :menuselection:`Settings --> Website --> Invoicing`, the electronic document will be signed automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1492 msgid "The **Sales** app contains fields that make invoicing easier, while the fields themselves do not change the sales behavior, they are directly copied when creating an invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1480 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1495 msgid "The copied fields are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1482 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1497 msgid "Payment Way" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1502 msgid "Additionally, it is possible to get a preview of the invoice for validation purposes with the customer by installing the :doc:`pro-forma module <../../sales/sales/invoicing/proforma>`. This module adds the mentioned fields to the sale order as well as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 msgid "Product code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1492 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 msgid "Unit code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 msgid "Fiscal regime" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1513 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 msgid "While handling subscriptions, all the sales fields are used to create the recurrent invoices. These are automatically signed and sent via email with the PDF and XML attached with no additional manual actions required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1520 msgid "All invoices generated by the subscription app will always be automatically signed with no exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1511 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1526 msgid "Inventory" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1516 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1531 msgid "Customs numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1518 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1533 msgid "A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) have been paid for, including the import/export of goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1522 -msgid "According to the `Annex 20 `_ of CFDI 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import operation, the :guilabel:`Customs Number` field, needs to be added to all lines of products involved with the operation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1537 +msgid "According to the `Annex 20 `_ of CFDI 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import operation, the :guilabel:`Customs Number` field needs to be added to all lines of products involved with the operation, as does the date of the document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1528 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1543 msgid "To do so, the :guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing` `l10n_mx_edi_landing` module must be installed, in addition to the :doc:`Inventory <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase <../../inventory_and_mrp/purchase>`, and :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` apps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1548 msgid "Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1555 msgid "In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo uses :doc:`landed costs <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs>`. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Valuation` section, make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1545 -msgid "Begin by creating a **service-type** product called, `Pedimento`. In the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, activate :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`, and select a :guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1561 +msgid "It is recommended to add a :guilabel:`Default Journal` to automatically fill the mandatory :guilabel:`Journal` field on landed costs even though landed costs that only add customs numbers without adding :guilabel:`Additional Costs` do not create journal entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1548 -msgid "Then, configure the **goods-type** products that hold the customs numbers. To do so, create the products, and make sure the :guilabel:`Product Category` has the following configuration:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1565 +msgid "Configure the **goods-type** products that hold the customs numbers. To do so, create the products and complete these three requirements:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1551 -msgid ":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1568 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tracking` **must** be set to either :guilabel:`By Lots` or :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` but **not** :guilabel:`By Quantity`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1552 -msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1570 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` **must** be set to :guilabel:`Delivered quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1553 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventory`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1571 +msgid ":doc:`Valuation by lots/serial numbers <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/valuation_by_lots>` **must** be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1554 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1575 +msgid "This will make the field :guilabel:`Customs invoicing` available on the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab. Enable the field to use customs numbers with this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1555 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Goods in transit`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1578 +msgid "It is important to make sure the product has a :guilabel:`Product Category` and has the following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1556 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Goods in transit`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1581 +msgid ":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1582 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: Either :guilabel:`Periodic` or :guilabel:`Perpetual`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1559 -msgid "Setting the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to :guilabel:`Automated` requires first enabling the feature. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` section, enable :guilabel:`Automatic Accounting`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1585 +msgid "The feature works regardless of whether the :doc:`inventory valuation <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/using_inventory_valuation>` is set to either :guilabel:`Periodic (at closing)` or :guilabel:`Perpetual (at invoicing)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 @@ -32845,199 +33140,221 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Storable product category configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1596 msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1572 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1598 msgid "After configuring the product, follow the standard :doc:`purchase flow <../../inventory_and_mrp/purchase>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1575 -msgid "Create a purchase order from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Purchase Order`. Then, confirm the order to display a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button and :guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1601 +msgid "Create a purchase order from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Purchase Order`. Then, confirm the order to display a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button, add the lots or serial numbers and :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1579 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and create a new record. In the :guilabel:`Transfer`, add the receipt that was just validated, add the :guilabel:`Customs number` and in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab, add the :guilabel:`Pedimento` product." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1605 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, and create a new record. In the :guilabel:`Transfer`, add the receipt that was just validated, and add the :guilabel:`Customs number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1583 -msgid "Optionally, it is possible to add a cost amount. After this, :guilabel:`Validate` the landed cost. Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the customs number assigned." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1610 +msgid "While it is possible to add costs related to the customs number at this stage of the process, it is highly recommended to create a landed cost from a vendor bill from your customs agent. Learn more about :doc:`Landed Costs here <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1587 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Pedimento Number` field is not editable once it is set, so be careful when associating the correct number with the transfer(s)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1616 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Customs number` field is not editable once it is set, and cannot be repeated, however it is possible to fix the number on the lot or serial number later by selecting a different landed cost." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 msgid "Customs number on a landed costs Inventory record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1593 -msgid "Next, create a sales order and confirm it. Click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button that appears, and :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1623 +msgid "The customs number assigned to a specific lot or serial number can be found on the its registry on :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. The :guilabel:`L10N Mx Edi Landed Cost` field can be edited at any time to fix any mistakes that could have occurred when registering the landed cost. Editing the :guilabel:`L10N Mx Edi Landed Cost` field automatically updates the :guilabel:`Customs number` and the name of the lot or serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1596 -msgid "Finally, :ref:`create an invoice from the sales order `, and confirm it. The invoice line related to the product has a customs number on it. This number matches the customs number added in the landed cost record created earlier." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1629 +msgid "Next, create a sales order and confirm it. Click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button that appears, and carefully review the assigned lots/serial numbers to make sure they are the desired values, after that :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1633 +msgid "Finally, :ref:`create an invoice from the sales order `, and confirm it. The invoice lines are created according to the distribution of the delivery order, in cases where more than one customs number were selected, Odoo will split the invoice lines by quantity and customs numbers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1608 -msgid "A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, and destination of goods being carried." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1646 +msgid "A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1649 msgid "On July 17th, 2024, version 3.1 of this |CFDI| was implemented for all transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado), which, unlike other documents, is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1653 msgid "Odoo can create XML and PDF files with (or without) ground transport, and can process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1618 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1656 msgid "In order to print the PDF, the delivery order must be signed by the government and then it can be printed using the :guilabel:`Print Carta Porte` button on the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1621 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1660 msgid "The PDF file contains a QR code to verify the CCP code for the authorities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1623 -msgid "In order to transport goods between warehouses, the logistic route must contain a **Delivery** type of operation, see :doc:`Inter-warehouse replenishment <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1662 +msgid "In order to transport goods between warehouses, the logistic route must contain a **Delivery** type of operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1666 +msgid ":doc:`Inter-warehouse replenishment <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/resupply_warehouses>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1670 msgid "In order to use this feature, the :guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide` `l10n_mx_edi_stock` module must be installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1631 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1673 msgid "Additionally, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` apps installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1677 msgid "Odoo does not support Carta Porte type document type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, train or marine transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1638 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1680 msgid "Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1643 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1685 msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI type \"T\". Both can be created from either :doc:`incoming shipments or delivery orders <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping_receiving/daily_operations>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1647 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1689 msgid ":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` is used when the :guilabel:`Distance to Destination` is `less than 30 km `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1692 msgid ":guilabel:`Federal Transport` is used when the :guilabel:`Distance to Destination` exceeds 30 km." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1652 -msgid "Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (the |RFC| of the customer, the UNSPSC code, etc.), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no external configuration is needed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1694 +msgid "For No Federal Highways, no other configuration is required beyond the standard requirements of regular invoicing (the |RFC| of the customer, the UNSPSC code, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1655 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1697 msgid "For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are then included in the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1659 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1701 msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1661 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1703 msgid "Like the external trade feature, the :guilabel:`Address` in both the company and the final customer must be complete. The :guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`State` must coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog for Carta Porte `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1667 -msgid "The field, :guilabel:`Locality`, is optional for both addresses." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1709 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Locality` field is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1712 msgid "The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can change it to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1674 -msgid "Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Vehicle Setups`. This menu lets you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery order." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1716 +msgid "This feature requires the use of :doc:`Fleet <../../hr/fleet/new_vehicle>` to manage vehicles. The vehicle setup is managed directly on the vehicle, and all the required fields are only visible after checking the :guilabel:`L10N Mx Is Freight Vehicle` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1678 -msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1720 +msgid "Checking the :guilabel:`L10N Mx Is Freight Vehicle` field displays the :guilabel:`MX Parameters` tab where the mandatory fields are required to create a correct delivery guide. Additionally the vehicle **must** contain a :guilabel:`License Plate`, a :guilabel:`Model Year`, and a :guilabel:`Driver`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1681 -msgid "The fields, :guilabel:`Vehicle Plate Number` and :guilabel:`Number Plate`, must contain between 5 and 7 characters." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1725 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Vehicle Plate Number` and :guilabel:`Number Plate` fields must contain between 5 and 7 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1684 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, add the operator of the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the :guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1728 +msgid "The main driver of the vehicle is set directly on the :guilabel:`Driver` field, and it is possible to add more vehicle operators in the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section. The only mandatory fields for driver contacts are the :guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator License`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 msgid "Delivery guide vehicle configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1693 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1736 +msgid "If the vehicle is rented or more intermediaries are required, it is possible to add them in the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1742 msgid "Similar to regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for products involved in delivery guides:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1696 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1745 msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for stock movements to be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1698 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` must be more than `0`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1747 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the :guilabel:`Weight` field must be more than `0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1701 -msgid "Creating a delivery guide of a product with the value `0` will trigger an error. As the :guilabel:`Weight` has been already stored in the delivery order, it is needed to return the products and create the delivery order (and delivery guide) again with the correct amounts." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1750 +msgid "Creating a delivery guide of a product with the :guilabel:`Weight` set to `0` will trigger an error. As the :guilabel:`Weight` is immediately stored in the delivery order, it is then necessary to return the products and recreate the delivery order (and delivery guide) with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1706 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1756 msgid "Sales and inventory flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1708 -msgid "To create a delivery guide, first, first create and confirm a sales order from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Order`. Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button that is generated, and :guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1758 +msgid "To create a delivery guide, first create and confirm a sales order from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales Order`. Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button that is generated, and :guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1712 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1762 msgid "After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer, and select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` in the :guilabel:`Additional Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1715 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1765 msgid "If using the :guilabel:`No Federal Highways` :guilabel:`Transport Type`, save the transfer, and then click :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The resulting XML can be found in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1719 -msgid "Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` on all products, delivery guides that use :guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to be sent to the government." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1769 +msgid "Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` on all products, delivery guides that use :guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to be sent to the government, as they are a type \"T\" CFDI with no delivery guide complement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1773 +msgid "If using the :guilabel:`Federal Transport` :guilabel:`Transport Type`, the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setup` is displayed to be selected. The :guilabel:`Gross vehicle weight` is taken from the :guilabel:`Vehicle setup` configuration where it is possible to add additional :guilabel:`Extra weight` to account for the drivers and luggage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1722 -msgid "If using the :guilabel:`Federal Transport` :guilabel:`Transport Type`, the tab :guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. There, enter a value in :guilabel:`Distance to Destination (KM)` greater than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setup` used for this delivery." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1779 +msgid "Odoo will calculate the :guilabel:`Gross vehicle weight` with the following formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1781 +msgid "Gross vehicle weight = Vehicle weight + (Weight + Extra Weight) / 1000\n" +"\n" +"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1726 -msgid "Finally, add a :guilabel:`Gross Vehicle Weight` and click :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1784 +msgid "Every delivery requires a value in :guilabel:`Distance to Destination (KM)` greater than `0`. Finally, enter the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` and click :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1729 -msgid "Delivery Guides can also be created from :guilabel:`Receipts`, either from the Inventory app or by the standard flow of the Purchase app." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1788 +msgid "By default the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` is filled and represents the time at which the shipment leaves the warehouse and the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` is the time that the shipment is expected to arrive at its destination. These values are declared in both the XML and PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1733 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1793 msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1735 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1795 msgid "Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the `official SAT catalog `_ as *dangerous hazards*. These categories need additional considerations when creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1740 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1800 msgid "First, select the product from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging` fields with the correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" @@ -33045,60 +33362,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery guide hazardous material product required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1748 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1808 msgid "There exists the possibility that a :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` may or may not be a dangerous hazard (for example *01010101*). If it is not dangerous, enter `0` in the :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1752 -msgid "In :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Vehicle Setup`, complete the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and :guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` well. After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1812 +msgid "In :guilabel:`MX Parameters`, complete the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and :guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` as well. After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1757 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1817 msgid "Imports and Exports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1759 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1819 msgid "If your Carta Porte is for international operations (for exports), some additional fields need to be taken into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1762 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1822 msgid "First, make sure that all relevant :guilabel:`Products` have the following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1824 msgid ":guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` cannot be :guilabel:`01010101 Does not exist in the catalog`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1765 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1825 msgid ":guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` and :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` must be set, similar to the :ref:`external trade ` flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1767 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1827 msgid ":guilabel:`Material Type` must be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1769 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1829 msgid "Then, when creating a :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` from a delivery or receipt, fill the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1772 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1832 msgid ":guilabel:`Customs Regimes`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1773 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1833 msgid ":guilabel:`Customs Document Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1774 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1834 msgid ":guilabel:`Customs Document Identification`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1776 -msgid "Then, when creating a :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` for a receipt where the :guilabel:`Customs Document Type` is :guilabel:`Pedimento`, two new fields appear: :guilabel:`Pedimento Number` and :guilabel:`Importer`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1836 +msgid "Then, when creating a :guilabel:`Delivery Guide` for a receipt where the :guilabel:`Customs Document Type` is :guilabel:`Customs number`, two new fields appear: :guilabel:`Customs Number` and :guilabel:`Importer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1781 -msgid "The field :guilabel:`Pedimento Number` should follow the pattern `xx xx xxxx xxxxxxx`. For example, `15 48 3009 0001235` with **Two** spaces between text." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1841 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Customs Number` should follow the pattern `xx xx xxxx xxxxxxx`. For example, `15 48 3009 0001235` with **Two** spaces between text." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -36483,10 +36800,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "105001" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:74 -msgid "Cash" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 msgid "100001" msgstr "" @@ -38770,7 +39083,7 @@ msgid "The account holder's country must be set to `Vietnam`, and their city mus msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:258 -msgid "The :ref:`account number ` and bank must be set on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal." +msgid "The :ref:`account number ` and bank must be set on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/vietnam.rst:265 @@ -38785,11 +39098,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` is configured, as Odoo uses this field to generate QR codes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:29 msgid "Odoo embeds several **payment providers** that allow your customers to pay online, on their *customer portals*, or on your *eCommerce website*. They can pay sales orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments using their favorite payment methods, such as **credit cards**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:34 msgid "Each payment provider is linked to a list of supported :ref:`payment methods ` that can be (de)activated based on your needs." msgstr "" @@ -38797,159 +39110,163 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Online payment form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:41 msgid "Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified payment provider so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance. No sensitive information (such as credit card numbers) is stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a unique reference number for the data stored safely in the payment providers' systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:49 msgid "Supported payment providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:51 msgid "To access the supported payment providers, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:58 msgid "Online payment providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:66 msgid "Payment flow from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 msgid ":ref:`Tokenization `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 msgid ":ref:`Manual capture `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 msgid ":ref:`Refunds `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:70 msgid ":ref:`Express checkout `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:151 msgid "|V|" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:147 msgid "Full and partial" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Amazon Payment Services `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:150 msgid "The provider's website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:89 msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:146 msgid "Full only" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`Flutterwave `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:107 msgid ":doc:`Mercado Pago `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`Mollie `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:119 msgid ":doc:`Nuvei `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`Paymob `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:137 msgid ":doc:`Razorpay `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:143 msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:149 msgid ":doc:`Worldline `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:155 msgid ":doc:`Xendit `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:156 msgid "Odoo or the provider's website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:157 msgid "|V| *" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:163 msgid "Refer to the :doc:`Xendit documentation ` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:166 msgid "Each provider has its own specific configuration flow, depending on which feature is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 msgid "Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank accounts <../finance/accounting/bank>`, but this is **not** the same process as adding them as payment providers. Payment providers allow customers to pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured in the Accounting app to do a :doc:`bank reconciliation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:175 msgid "In addition to the regular payment providers that integrate with an API, such as Stripe, PayPal, or Adyen, Odoo bundles the :doc:`Demo payment provider `. This payment provider allows you to test business flows involving online payments. No credentials are required as the demo payments are dummy payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:183 msgid "Bank payments" msgstr "" @@ -38969,334 +39286,338 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers can make a bank transfer to register a SEPA Direct Debit mandate and get their bank account charged directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:195 msgid "Enabling a payment provider" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 msgid "To add a new payment provider and make its related payment methods available to your customers, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 msgid "Go to the payment provider's website, create an account, and make sure you have the API credentials requested for third-party use. These are necessary for Odoo to communicate with the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:203 msgid "In Odoo, navigate to the :guilabel:`Payment providers` by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:206 msgid "Select the provider and configure the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:207 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sdd.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:52 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:210 msgid "The fields available in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab depend on the payment provider. Refer to the :ref:`related documentation ` for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:213 msgid "Once you have enabled the payment provider, it is automatically published on your website. If you wish to unpublish it, click the :guilabel:`Published` button. Customers cannot make payments through an unpublished provider, but they can still manage :dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their existing tokens linked to such a provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:221 msgid "Test mode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:216 -msgid "If you wish to try the payment provider as a test, set the :guilabel:`State` field in the payment provider form to :guilabel:`Test mode`, then enter your provider's test/sandbox credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 +msgid "We recommend using the test mode on a **duplicate** or a **test** database to avoid potential issues with invoice numbering." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:221 -msgid "By default, the payment provider remains **unpublished** in test mode so that it's not visible to visitors." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 +msgid "To try a payment provider without affecting live transactions, set the :guilabel:`State` field in the payment provider form to :guilabel:`Test mode`. Then, enter the **provider's dedicated test or sandbox credentials** in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab. Each payment provider has its own separate test account or environment for this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 -msgid "We recommend using the test mode on a duplicate or a test database to avoid potential issues with your invoice numbering." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:233 +msgid "By default, the payment provider remains **unpublished** in test mode so that it's not visible to visitors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:241 msgid "Each payment provider is related to a list of supported payment methods; the methods listed in the :guilabel:`Payment methods` field in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the payment provider form are the ones that have been activated. To activate or deactivate a payment method for a provider, click :guilabel:`Enable Payment Methods`, then click the toggle button of the related method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:247 msgid "Payment methods are displayed on your website based on their sequence order. To reorder them, click :guilabel:`Enable Payment Methods` in the payment provider form, then, in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` list, drag and drop the payment methods in the desired order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Icons and brands" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "The icons displayed next to the payment method on your website are either the icons of the brands activated for the payment method or, if there aren't any, the icons of the payment methods themselves. To modify them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, then click on the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:260 msgid "To modify a payment method's icon, hover your mouse over the image in the upper-right corner of the payment method's form and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`pencil`) icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Brands` tab to view the brands that have been activated for the payment method. The brands and their related icons are displayed based on their sequence order; to reorder them, drag and drop them in the desired order. To modify a brand's icon, select the brand, then, in the popup window that opens, hover the mouse over the image in the upper-right corner and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`pencil`) icon." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:270 msgid "Advanced configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:272 msgid "To configure payment methods further, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` or :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`. Click on the payment method, then activate the :ref:`developer mode `. Click the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab to adapt the features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:279 msgid "Each payment method is preconfigured in a way that aligns with the payment providers' behavior and their integration with Odoo. Any change to this configuration may result in errors and should be tested on a duplicate or test database first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:282 msgid "Modifications to the payment method's configuration only work to the extent of the method's and provider's capabilities. For example, adding :ref:`countries ` for a payment method only supported in one country or enabling :ref:`tokenization ` for a method linked to a provider that does not support it will not produce the intended results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:291 msgid "Tokenization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:293 msgid ":ref:`If the payment provider supports this feature `, customers can save their payment method details for later. To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment Methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 msgid "In this case, a **payment token** is created in Odoo to be used as a payment method for subsequent payments without the customer having to enter their payment method details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce conversion rate and subscriptions that use recurring payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:303 msgid "To add or delete their saved payment method details, customers can click :guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the :ref:`customer portal `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:306 msgid "PCI DSS and Attestation of Compliance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:308 msgid "Odoo is not `PCI `_ DSS-certified because it does not store cardholder data or process payments. Instead, it outsources tokenization and payment to :ref:`external payment providers `, which means that as an Odoo customer, you only need to complete the minimal Self-Assessment Questionnaire (SAQ) with the provider to obtain the Attestation of Compliance (AoC) and achieve PCI compliance. Odoo should not be mentioned as a payment processor or a third-party service provider in the :abbr:`SAQ (Self-Assessment Questionnaire)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:319 msgid "Manual capture" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:321 msgid ":ref:`If the payment provider supports this feature `, you can authorize and capture payments in two steps instead of one. To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:326 msgid "When you authorize a payment, the funds are reserved on the customer's payment method but not immediately charged. They are charged when you manually capture the payment later on. You can also void the authorization to cancel it and release the reserved funds. Capturing payments manually is helpful in many situations:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 msgid "Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to capture the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:332 msgid "Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed and the fulfillment process starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:334 msgid "Avoid potentially high refund fees for refunded payments: payment providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:336 msgid "Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., in case of damages)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:338 msgid "To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales order or invoice and click the :guilabel:`Capture Transaction` button. To release the funds, click the :guilabel:`Void Transaction` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 msgid "Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount. The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers have the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above `. The providers that only support capturing or voiding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:347 msgid "The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:342 -msgid "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow the manual capture from their website interface." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:350 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen` and :doc:`payment_providers/stripe` allow to capture payments manually directly from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:356 msgid "Refunds" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a customer payment, navigate to it and click the :guilabel:`Refund` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:363 msgid "Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The remaining amount can then optionally be refunded, too. These providers have the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above `. The providers that only support refunding the total amount have the value **Full only**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:359 -msgid "Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers, but some allow to refund payments from their website interface." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen` and :doc:`payment_providers/stripe` allow to refund payments directly from their website interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 msgid "Express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:375 msgid ":ref:`If the payment provider supports this feature `, you can allow customers to use the :guilabel:`Google Pay` and :guilabel:`Apple Pay` buttons and pay their eCommerce orders in one click. When they use one of these buttons, customers go straight from the cart to the confirmation page without filling out the contact form. They just have to validate the payment on Google's or Apple's payment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:381 msgid "To enable this feature, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and enable :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:385 msgid "All prices shown on the express checkout payment form always include taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:390 msgid "Availability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:392 msgid "You can adapt the payment provider's availability by specifying the :guilabel:`Maximum amount` allowed and modifying the :guilabel:`Currencies` and :guilabel:`Countries` in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 msgid "To display an availability report for payment providers and payment methods, and to help diagnose potential availability issues on the payment form, enable the :ref:`developer-mode`, then click the :icon:`fa-bug` (:guilabel:`bug`) icon next to the :guilabel:`Choose a payment method` heading on the payment form. The report includes a list of enabled payment providers and payment methods, reasons for any payment providers or methods not being available, if applicable, and a list of supported providers for each payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 msgid "Currencies and countries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 msgid "All payment providers have a different list of available currencies and countries. They serve as a first filter during payment operations, i.e., the payment methods linked to the payment provider are not available for selection if the customer's currency or country is not in the supported list. As there might be errors, updates, and unknowns in the lists of available currencies and countries, adding or removing a payment provider's supported currencies or countries is possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 msgid ":ref:`Payment methods ` also have their own list of available currencies and countries that serves as another filter during payment operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:419 msgid "If the list of supported currencies or countries is empty, it means the list is too long to be displayed, or Odoo does not have information on that payment provider. The payment provider remains available, even though it is possible the payment will be refused at a later stage should the country or currency not be supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 msgid "Maximum amount" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 msgid "You can restrict the :guilabel:`Maximum Amount` that can be paid with the selected provider. Leave the field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless of the payment amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 msgid "This feature is not intended to work on pages that allow the customer to update the payment amount, e.g., the **Donation** snippet and the **Checkout** page when paid :doc:`shipping methods <../websites/ecommerce/shipping>` are enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:440 msgid "Payment journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:442 msgid "A :doc:`payment journal ` must be defined for the payment provider to record the payments on an **outstanding account**. By default, the :guilabel:`Bank` journal is added as the payment journal for all payment providers. To modify it, go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab of the selected payment provider and select another :guilabel:`Payment journal`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:448 msgid "The payment journal must be a :guilabel:`Bank` journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:449 msgid "The same journal can be used for several payment providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:450 msgid "Payment journals must only be configured if the :doc:`Invoicing or Accounting app ` is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:454 msgid "Accounting perspective" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:456 msgid "From an accounting perspective, there are two types of online payment workflows: the payments that are directly deposited into your bank account and follow the usual :doc:`reconciliation ` workflow, and those coming from third-party :ref:`online payment providers ` and require you to follow another accounting workflow. For these payments, you need to consider how you want to record your payments' journal entries. We recommend you ask your accountant for advice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:453 -msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` defined for the :ref:`payment journal ` is used, but you can also specify an :ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:463 +msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` defined for the :ref:`payment journal ` is used, but you can also specify an :ref:`outstanding account ` for each payment provider to separate the provider's payments from other payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:-1 msgid "Define an outstanding account for a payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:472 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:473 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:474 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:475 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:476 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:477 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:478 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:479 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:480 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:481 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/nuvei`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:482 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paymob`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:483 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:473 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:484 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:485 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:486 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/worldline`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:476 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:487 msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/xendit`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:488 msgid ":doc:`accounting/bank`" msgstr "" @@ -39325,8 +39646,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/nuvei.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sdd.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:58 @@ -39591,7 +39913,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/nuvei.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/worldline.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/xendit.rst:55 msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." @@ -40216,6 +40537,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Local Payments (Abitab, RedPagos)" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:3 +msgid "Paymob" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:5 +msgid "`Paymob `_ is an Egypt-based payment service provider operating in Egypt, Oman, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates. It allows businesses to accept online payments through credit and debit cards, as well as several local payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:12 +msgid "Configuration on the Paymob dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:14 +msgid "Create a Paymob account if necessary and log into the Paymob dashboard:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:16 +msgid "`Paymob dashboard for Egypt `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:17 +msgid "`Paymob dashboard for Oman `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:18 +msgid "`Paymob dashboard for Pakistan `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:19 +msgid "`Paymob dashboard for Saudi Arabia `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:20 +msgid "`Paymob dashboard for the United Arab Emirates `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:22 +msgid "Check the account mode in the top left corner of the page. Use the :guilabel:`Test` mode to try the integration without charging customers. Switch to :guilabel:`Live` mode once you are ready to accept payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:25 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings` in the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:26 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Account Info` section, copy the value of the :guilabel:`HMAC` field and save it for :ref:`later `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:28 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`View` next to the :guilabel:`API Key`, :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and :guilabel:`Public Key` fields to reveal each value. Copy each key and save it for :ref:`later `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:31 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Developers --> Payment Integrations` in the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:32 +msgid "Ensure that all required payment methods are listed in the payment integrations. If any payment method is missing, contact Paymob support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Paymob ` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled` (or :guilabel:`Test Mode` if you are trying Paymob as a :ref:`test `)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:43 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, set the :guilabel:`Account Country` field to your company's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:45 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`HMAC Key`, :guilabel:`API key`, :guilabel:`Secret Key`, and :guilabel:`Public Key` fields with the information saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/paymob/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:48 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, click :guilabel:`Enable Payment Methods`, then :ref:`activate the payment methods ` you want to offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:50 +msgid "Return to the provider's form and click :guilabel:`Synchronize with Paymob`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:53 +msgid "For a payment method to be available to customers, it must be activated in Odoo **and** added to the :ref:`list of payment integrations on the Paymob dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:56 +msgid "If a payment method is added to the Paymob dashboard **after** synchronization, click :guilabel:`Synchronize with Paymob` again to make it available in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paymob.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:75 +msgid "Configure the remaining options as needed." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "PayPal" msgstr "" @@ -40325,59 +40739,119 @@ msgid "Razorpay" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:5 -msgid "`Razorpay `_ is an online payments provider established in India and covering more than 100 payment methods." +msgid "`Razorpay `_ is an online payments provider established in India that supports more than 100 payment methods." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:11 -msgid "Configuration on Razorpay Dashboard" +msgid "Create a Razorpay account with Odoo (Indian companies only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:14 +msgid "This method is only available for Indian companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:13 -msgid "Log into `Razorpay Dashboard `_ and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> API Keys`. Generate the new keys and copy the values of the :guilabel:`Key Id` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save them for later." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:15 +msgid "This flow does not support the :ref:`test mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:17 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the Razorpay payment provider ` and click :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:19 +msgid "Go through the account creation process and enter the verification codes when prompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:22 +msgid "If you already have a Razorpay account, enter your Razorpay credentials, select the account you want to link to your Odoo database (if applicable), then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:25 +msgid "At the end of the process, click :guilabel:`Authorize`. If all required information has been submitted, you are then redirected to Odoo, and the payment provider is :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:32 +msgid "Manual credentials and webhook input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:37 +msgid "Razorpay configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:39 +msgid "`Create a Razorpay account `_ if necessary and log into the `Razorpay Dashboard `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:41 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Payments` tab at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:42 +msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Test Mode` switch in the left menu to try the integration without charging customers. Toggle it off once you are ready to accept real payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:44 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Account & Settings` in the left menu, then, under :guilabel:`Website and app settings`, select `API Keys `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 +msgid "Copy the values of the :guilabel:`Key Id` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save them for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:48 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Account & Settings` in the left menu, then, under :guilabel:`Website and app settings`, select `Webhooks `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Webhooks`, click on :guilabel:`Create New Webhook`, and enter your Odoo database URL followed by `/payment/razorpay/webhook` in the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` text field." +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add New Webhook`, then enter your Odoo database URL followed by `/payment/razorpay/webhook` in the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 msgid "For example: `https://example.odoo.com/payment/razorpay/webhook`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:53 msgid "Fill the :guilabel:`Secret` field with a password of your choice and save it for later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:21 -msgid "Make sure the :guilabel:`payment.authorized`, :guilabel:`payment.captured`, :guilabel:`payment.failed`, :guilabel:`refund.failed` and :guilabel:`refund.processed` checkboxes are ticked." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:54 +msgid "Enable the following events: :guilabel:`payment.authorized`, :guilabel:`payment.captured`, :guilabel:`payment.failed`, :guilabel:`refund.failed`, and :guilabel:`refund.processed`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:24 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Webhook` to finalize the configuration." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:56 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Webhook` to finalize the configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Recurring payments` feature must be activated if you want to make recurring payments. Send a request to the `Razorpay Support team `_ to enable recurring payments." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:61 +msgid "The `Recurring payments `_ feature must be activated to accept recurring payments. To enable this feature, submit a request to the `Razorpay Support team `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:39 -msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Razorpay ` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:70 +msgid "Activate :ref:`developer mode `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:41 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Key Id`, :guilabel:`Key Secret`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:71 +msgid ":ref:`Navigate to the Razorpay payment provider `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:72 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Key Id`, :guilabel:`Key Secret`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you saved during :ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:76 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled` (or :guilabel:`Test Mode` if you are trying Razorpay as a :ref:`test `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:47 -msgid "If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:80 +msgid "If you configure Odoo to :ref:`capture amounts manually `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:49 -msgid "Be aware that the **manual voiding** of a transaction is not supported by Razorpay." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:82 +msgid "**Manual voiding** of a transaction is not supported by Razorpay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:50 -msgid "After **five days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, it'll automatically be **voided**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:83 +msgid "Transactions that remain uncaptured for more than **five days** are automatically **voided**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sdd.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index c2060f8db7..d1eb065dc8 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -2104,7 +2104,7 @@ msgid "`GoDaddy TXT record msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:141 -msgid "`GoDaddy CNAME record `_" +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF, DKIM, or DMARC records `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 @@ -6743,7 +6743,7 @@ msgid "To install the Windows virtual IoT on a Windows computer:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:37 -msgid "Access `Odoo's download page `_ and download the Odoo installation package for Windows **matching your database's version**." +msgid "Download the `IoT installation package for Windows `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:39 @@ -6755,122 +6755,114 @@ msgid "Click :guilabel:`Next`, then :guilabel:`I Agree` to accept the terms and msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:42 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown list. The following components should be selected: Odoo Server, Odoo IoT, Nginx WebServer, and Ghostscript interpreter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:45 msgid "Verify you have the required space on your computer and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:43 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Destination folder`, enter C:\\\\odoo and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:46 msgid "Do not install Odoo's Windows virtual IoT in any Windows user directory, as this can cause issues with :ref:`iot/https_certificate_iot/generation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:52 -msgid "Once the installation is complete, click :guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:49 msgid "Set up GPL Ghostscript: Click :guilabel:`Next`, agree to the terms and conditions, click :guilabel:`Install`, then :guilabel:`Finish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:55 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Next`, :guilabel:`Next`, and :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the setup. The :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` automatically opens in a web browser with the URL `http://localhost:8069`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:51 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Next` and :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the setup. The :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` automatically opens in a web browser with the URL `http://localhost:8069`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:60 -msgid "If the web browser does not show anything, :ref:`restart ` the Windows virtual IoT service." +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid ":ref:`Restart ` the Windows virtual IoT service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:56 msgid "Check that you can access the :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` in a web browser:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:59 msgid "on the Windows virtual IoT computer, and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:60 msgid "on another device **on the same network as the IoT system** by navigating to the URL `http://xxx:8069` (where `xxx` is the IoT system's IP address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:62 msgid "on another device **on the same network as the IoT system** by navigating to the URL `https://xxx` (where `xxx` is the IoT system's IP address) to test for :doc:`HTTPS ` connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:67 msgid "If you cannot access the :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` from another device, create a :ref:`Windows Firewall ` rule to allow communication through port `8069`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:74 msgid "Windows Firewall configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:76 msgid "Firewalls help keep devices secure but can sometimes block legitimate connections. If the Windows virtual IoT isn't accessible on the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area Network)`, for example from another device, it could be due to a firewall blocking the connection. To prevent this issue, configure exceptions for network discovery in the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` or firewall settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:82 msgid "If third-party firewall software is installed on the Windows computer, refer to the software's documentation to configure firewall exceptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:85 msgid "To create a rule on Windows Defender and allow communication through port `8069`, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:88 msgid "Search the Windows start menu for `firewall` and select the :guilabel:`Windows Defender Firewall with Advanced Security` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:90 msgid "In the left part of the window, select :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:91 msgid "In the right part of the window, under :guilabel:`Actions`, click :guilabel:`New Rule`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:92 msgid "In the :guilabel:`New Inbound Rule Wizard` that opens, select the :guilabel:`Port` type of rule and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:94 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Protocols and Ports` page, make sure :guilabel:`TCP` and :guilabel:`Specified local ports` are selected, enter the following in the field: `8069, 80, 443`, and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:99 msgid "Other ports may be necessary depending on your IoT devices. For example, for the :doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline` payment terminal, add the `9050` port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:103 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Action` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Profile` page, disable any connection type(s) that don't apply to your Windows computer and click :guilabel:`Next`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:107 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Name` page, provide a :guilabel:`Name` (e.g., `Odoo`) and, optionally, a brief :guilabel:`Description`, then click :guilabel:`Finish`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:111 msgid "`Windows Firewall rules documentation `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:117 msgid "Windows virtual IoT homepage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:119 msgid "To access the Windows virtual IoT's homepage, navigate to the URL `http://localhost:8069` on the Windows virtual IoT computer or open a web browser from another computer **on the same network as the IoT system** and navigate to the URL `http://xxx:8069` (where `xxx` is the IoT system's IP address)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:124 msgid "Once the Windows virtual IoT is :doc:`connected to the Odoo database `, its homepage can be accessed from Odoo by opening the IoT app and clicking the URL displayed on the IoT system's card." msgstr "" @@ -6878,35 +6870,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows virtual IoT's homepage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:133 msgid "Make sure the :ref:`Windows Firewall is configured ` to allow access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:136 msgid "Device connection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:138 msgid "Most :doc:`devices ` automatically connect to the Windows computer used for the Windows Virtual IoT through `Windows Plug and Play (PnP) `_. However, if Windows does not recognize the device automatically upon connection, the administrator may need to manually install the appropriate drivers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:145 msgid "After connecting the devices to the computer, refresh the :ref:`IoT system's homepage ` to verify that the device is listed. If the device does not appear, :ref:`reload the handlers ` from the :ref:`IoT system's homepage `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:153 msgid "Windows virtual IoT restart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:155 msgid "To manually restart the Windows IoT server, search the Windows start menu for `services` and select the :guilabel:`Services` app. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`odoo-server-xxx` service (where `xxx` is the odoo version), right-click it, and select :guilabel:`Start` or :guilabel:`Restart`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:162 msgid "Windows virtual IoT uninstall" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/iot/windows_iot.rst:164 msgid "To uninstall the Windows virtual IoT, `uninstall `_ the Odoo program on your Windows computer. Confirm the uninstallation and complete the steps in the :guilabel:`Odoo Uninstall` dialog." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/hr.pot b/locale/sources/hr.pot index e227b514c3..a54a47f148 100644 --- a/locale/sources/hr.pot +++ b/locale/sources/hr.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:428 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:862 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:1365 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:528 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:529 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" @@ -2402,6 +2402,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:86 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:89 msgid "Employees" @@ -3135,7 +3136,7 @@ msgid "Resumé tab" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:808 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:672 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/recruitment-flow.rst:35 msgid "Resumé" msgstr "" @@ -3673,6 +3674,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Work Permit`: click :guilabel:`Upload your file`, then navigat msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:125 msgid "Payroll tab" msgstr "" @@ -3870,8 +3872,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/accidents.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/hr/frontdesk.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/hr/lunch/products.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:828 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:252 msgid "Enter the following information on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -3972,7 +3974,7 @@ msgid "The employee form loads, displaying all their information. Click the :ico msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/offboarding.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:309 msgid "Fill out the following fields on the form:" msgstr "" @@ -4824,7 +4826,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Trailer Hitch`: Tick this checkbox if the vehicle has a traile msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/fleet/models.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:222 msgid "Salary" msgstr "" @@ -7060,211 +7062,35 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Payslip PDF Display`: enable this option to show the payslip's msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:52 -msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 -msgid "In order for an employee to be paid, they **must** have an active contract for a specific type of employment. Creating and viewing contract templates, and creating and viewing employment types, is possible from this section of the configuration header menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:76 -msgid "Templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:78 -msgid "Contract templates are used when sending an offer to a candidate. The contract template forms the basis of an offer, and can be modified for specific candidates or employees, when necessary. If a contract template is created or modified in the *Payroll* application, the changes are also reflected in the *Recruitment* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:84 -msgid "To access contract templates, the *Salary Configurator* (`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:87 -msgid "To view all the current contract templates in the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Contracts: Templates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:90 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page, all current contract templates appear in a list view. To view the details of a contract template, click anywhere on the line to open the contract form. The contract template can be modified from this form. Proceed to make any desired changes to the contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:95 -msgid "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, enter the following information on the blank contract template form that appears:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:98 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: enter a brief description for the template. This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the *Recruitment* application, as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: select the desired working schedule the contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:103 -msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: select how the work entries are generated. Choices are either:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 -msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: work entries are generated based on the selected working schedule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:106 -msgid ":guilabel:`Attendances`: work entries are generated based on the employee's attendance, as they are logged in the *Attendances* application. Refer to the :ref:`Attendances ` documentation for information on checking in and out." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:109 -msgid ":guilabel:`Planning`: work entries are generated based on the employee's planning in the *Planning* application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:112 -msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select the :ref:`salary structure type ` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 -msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: select the department the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all departments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:116 -msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all job positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:118 -msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: enter the monthly wage in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: select the type of contract from the drop-down menu. This list is the same as the :ref:`Employment Types `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 -msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: select the employee responsible for validating contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:123 -msgid ":guilabel:`New Contract Document Template`: select a default document that a new employee has to sign to accept an offer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:125 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Update Document Template`: select a default document that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 -msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:117 -msgid "Salary information tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:135 -msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 -msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: using the drop-down menu, select how often the employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Semi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:141 -msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`: enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. It is recommended to populate the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` field *first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 -msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: enter the total yearly cost the employee costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)` is automatically updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:146 -msgid ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: this field is **not** editable. The value is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is entered." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:150 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other two fields automatically update to reflect the change. It is best practice to check these three fields if any modifications have been made, to ensure they are accurate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 -msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 -msgid "Pre-tax benefits and post-tax deductions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:162 -msgid "Depending on the localization settings set for the company, the entries presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:165 -msgid "For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:168 -msgid "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the employee's salary goes to the various benefits and/or deductions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 -msgid "Employment types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 -msgid "To view all the pre-configured employment types, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll application --> Configuration --> Contracts: Employment Types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:179 -msgid "The employment types are presented in a list view on the :guilabel:`Employment Types` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:181 -msgid "The default employment types are :guilabel:`Permanent`, :guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Interim`, :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Part-Time`, and :guilabel:`Permanent`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:184 -msgid "To make a new employment type, click the :guilabel:`New` button in the upper-left corner, and a blank line appears at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Employment Types` page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:187 -msgid "On this new blank line, enter the name of the employment type in the :guilabel:`Name` column. If the employment type is country-specific, select the country using the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Country` column. If a country is selected, then the employment type is *only* applicable for that specific country." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 -msgid "To rearrange the order of the employment types, click the :guilabel:`six small gray boxes` icon to the left of the employment type :guilabel:`Name`, and drag the line to the desired position on the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:-1 -msgid "The employment types in the database by default, in a list view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:2766 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/work_entries.rst:3 msgid "Work entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:69 msgid "A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`Manage work entries `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:786 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/belgium.rst:2776 msgid "Work entry types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:79 msgid "When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee enters new time off types in *Time Off* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:84 msgid "To view the current work entry types available, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Work Entry Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:87 msgid "Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and to ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." msgstr "" @@ -7272,105 +7098,105 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of all work entry types currently available for use, with the payroll code and color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:95 msgid "New work entry type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 msgid "To create a new :guilabel:`Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the information for the following sections on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:665 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:529 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:50 msgid "General information section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:103 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: the name should be short and descriptive, such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:105 msgid ":guilabel:`Payroll Code`: this code appears with the work entry type on timesheets and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a code to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:108 msgid ":guilabel:`External Code`: this code is used for exporting data to a third-party payroll service. Check with the third-party being used to determine the :guilabel:`External Code` to enter for the new work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: select a color for the particular work entry type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:114 msgid "Display in payslip section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Rounding`: the rounding method selected determines how quantities on timesheet entries are displayed on the payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:119 msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: entry is not modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Half Day`: entry is rounded to the closest half day amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Day`: entry is rounded to the closest full day amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 msgid "If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a work entry, and :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains 5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 msgid "Unpaid section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Unpaid in Structures Types`: if the work entry is for work that is not paid, specify which pay structure the unpaid work entry applies to from the drop-down menu. Some situations where work is logged on a payslip, but no compensation given would be for unpaid internships, unpaid training, or volunteer work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:138 msgid "Valid for advantages section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Meal Voucher`: if the work entry should count towards a meal voucher, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:141 msgid ":guilabel:`Representation Fees`: if the work entry should count towards representation fees, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:143 msgid ":guilabel:`Private Car Reimbursement`: if the work entry should count towards a private car reimbursement, check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:147 msgid "Time off options section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:149 msgid ":guilabel:`Time Off`: check this box if the work entry type can be selected for a time off request, or entry, in the *Time Off* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:152 msgid "If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked, a :guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to select the specific types of time off, such as `Paid Time Off`, `Sick Time Off`, or `Extra Hours`, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:156 msgid "A new type of time off can be entered in the field, if the listed types of time off in the drop-down menu do **not** display the type of time off needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:160 msgid "Reporting section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:162 msgid ":guilabel:`Unforeseen Absence`: if the work entry should be visible on the unforeseen absences report, check this box." msgstr "" @@ -7378,23 +7204,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New work entry type form with all fields to be filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:172 msgid "Working schedules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:174 msgid "To view the currently configured working schedules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Work Entries --> Working Schedules`. The working schedules that are available for an employee's contracts are found in this list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 msgid "Working schedules are company-specific. Each company **must** identify each type of working schedule they use. If the database is created for only one company, the company column is not available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:182 msgid "An Odoo database containing multiple companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate working schedule entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work week." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 msgid "A database with five companies that all use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have five separate 40-hour working schedules configured." msgstr "" @@ -7402,27 +7228,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All working schedules available to use currently set up in the database for the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 msgid "New working schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:197 msgid "To create a new working schedule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the information on the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:200 msgid "The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and times that apply to the new working time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:204 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, :guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are modified by typing in the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:210 msgid "The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:213 msgid "If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 weeks calendar` button in the top-left. This creates entries for an :guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." msgstr "" @@ -7430,31 +7256,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New working schedule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:227 msgid "Structure types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:229 msgid "In Odoo, structure types are used to identify group of people referring to the same payroll rules. A structure type contains specific options and a subset of structures that will be used according the situation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:233 msgid "In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:239 msgid "For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:245 msgid "The different :guilabel:`Structure Types` can be seen by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary: Structure Types`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:248 msgid "Two default structure types are configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 msgid "Typically, :guilabel:`Employee` is used for salaried employees, which is why the wage type is :guilabel:`Monthly Fixed Wage`, and :guilabel:`Worker` is typically used for employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" @@ -7462,59 +7288,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of all currently configured structure types available to use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:261 msgid "New structure type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:263 msgid "To make a new structure type, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank structure type form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:266 msgid "Proceed to enter information in the fields. Most fields are pre-populated, but all the fields can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:269 msgid ":guilabel:`Structure Type`: enter the name for the new structure type, such as `Employee` or `Worker`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Country`: select the country that the new structure type applies to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:273 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: select what type of wage the new structure type uses, either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:276 msgid "If the type is to be used for salaried employees, who receive the same wage every pay period, select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:279 msgid "If the type is to be used for employees, who receive wages based on how many hours they worked during a pay period, select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:281 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Scheduled Pay`: select the typical pay schedule for the new structure type from the drop-down menu. Options are :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`. This indicates how often this specific type of structure is paid out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Working Hours`: select the default working hours for the new structure type from the drop-down menu. All available working hours for the currently selected company appear in the drop-down menu. The default working hours that are pre-configured in Odoo is the :guilabel:`Standard 40 hours/week` option. If the needed working hours do not appear in the list, a :ref:`new set of default working hours can be created `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:290 msgid ":guilabel:`Regular Pay Structure`: type in the name for the regular pay structure. It will be used as the default option when generating payslips." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`: For employees whose contracts is referred under this structure type, the main work entry type used for all period of work is defined here. It will commonly be set as **Attendance**, :guilabel:`Overtime Hours`, :guilabel:`Generic Time Off`, :guilabel:`Compensatory Time Off`, :guilabel:`Home Working`, :guilabel:`Unpaid`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, :guilabel:`Paid Time Off`, :guilabel:`Out Of Contract`, :guilabel:`Extra Hours`, and :guilabel:`Long Term Time Off`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:299 msgid "To view all the options for the :guilabel:`Default Work Entry Type`, click the :guilabel:`Search More..` button at the bottom of the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:302 msgid "Depending on the localization settings, this list may contain more options in addition to the default options." msgstr "" @@ -7522,75 +7348,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New structure type form to fill out when creating a new structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 msgid "New default working hours" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:450 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:314 msgid "To make new default working hours, type the name for the new working hours in the :guilabel:`Default Working Hours` field on the new structure type form. Click :guilabel:`Create and edit`. A default working hours form pops up. The default working hours form has two sections, a general information section and a tab listing out all the individual working hours by day and time. When the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:456 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:320 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: type in the name for the new default working hours. This should be descriptive and clear to understand, such as `Standard 20 Hours/Week`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:458 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:322 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that can use these new default working hours from the drop-down menu. Blank field means it's available for all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:324 msgid ":guilabel:`Average Hour Per Day`: the average hours per day field is auto-populated, based on the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab. This entry affects resource planning, since the average daily hours affect what resources can be used, and in what quantity, per work day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Timezone`: select the time zone to be used for the new default working hours from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:330 msgid ":guilabel:`Company Full Time`: enter the number of hours per week an employee would need to work to be considered a full-time employee. Typically, this is approximately 40 hours, and this number affects what types of benefits an employee can receive, based on their employment status (full-time vs part-time)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:334 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Time Rate`: this percentage is auto-generated based on the entry for the :guilabel:`Company Full Time` and the working hours configured in the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab. This number should be between `0.00%` and `100%`, so if the percentage is above `100%`, it is an indication that the working times and/or :guilabel:`Company Full Time` hours need adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:338 msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours` Tab: this tab is where each day's specific working hours are listed. When a new default working hour form is created, the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab is pre-populated with a default 40-hour week, with each day divided into three timed sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:478 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:342 msgid "Every day has morning (8:00-12:00), lunch (12:00-13:00), and evening (13:00-17:00) hours configured, using a 24 hour time format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:345 msgid "To adjust any of these hours, click on the specific field to adjust, and make the adjustment using the drop-down menus, or in the specific case of the times, type in the desired time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:484 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:348 msgid "Keep in mind, working hours are company-specific, and cannot be shared between companies. Each company needs to have their own working hours set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:488 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:352 msgid "If the working hours are not consistent each week, and the hours are on a bi-weekly schedule instead, click the :guilabel:`Switch to 2 week calendar` button at the top of the new default working hours form. This changes the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab to display two weeks of working times that can be adjusted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:358 msgid "Structures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:360 msgid "*Salary structures* are the different situations an employee could be paid within a specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:363 msgid "The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated. For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a `Bonus`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:367 msgid "To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Structures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:370 msgid "Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that define it." msgstr "" @@ -7598,7 +7424,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All available salary structures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:377 msgid "Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules define how the payslip will be computed for the employee." msgstr "" @@ -7606,60 +7432,60 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay, listing all the specific Salary Rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:521 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:302 msgid "Rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:387 msgid "Each structure has a set of salary rules used to compute the various amounts considered in the pay. These rules are configured by the localization and affect the computation of the salaries. Modification or creation of rules should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:391 msgid "To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view all the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:394 msgid "To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`New`. A new rule form appears. Enter the following information in the fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:398 msgid "Top section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:400 msgid ":guilabel:`Rule Name`: enter a name for the rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:401 msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: select a category the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:539 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:403 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: enter a code to be used for this new rule. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:404 msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: enter a number indicating when this rule is calculated in the sequence of all other rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:406 msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: select a salary structure the rule applies to from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:544 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:408 msgid ":guilabel:`Active`: enable this toggle, so the rule is available for use. Disable the toggle to continue to show it on the payslip, but skip the computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:410 msgid ":guilabel:`Appears on payslip`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on employee printed payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`View on Employer Cost Dashboard`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on the :guilabel:`Employer Cost` report, located on the *Payroll* app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:414 msgid ":guilabel:`View on Payroll Reporting`: tick the checkbox to have the rule appear on payroll reports." msgstr "" @@ -7667,65 +7493,65 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enter the information for the new rule on the new rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:422 msgid "General tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:561 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:425 msgid "Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:427 msgid ":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: select from the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is entered beneath the selection). This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:569 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:433 msgid "Computation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:435 msgid ":guilabel:`Amount Type`: select from the drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a :guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be entered next. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:441 msgid "Company contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:443 msgid ":guilabel:`Partner`: if another company financially contributes to this rule, select the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:583 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:749 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:585 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:449 msgid "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the rule. This tab only appears in the rule form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:589 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:453 msgid "Accounting tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:591 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:455 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit Account`: select the debit account from the drop-down menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:456 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Account`: select the credit account from the drop-down menu the rule affects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:593 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:457 msgid ":guilabel:`Not computed in net accountability`: If checked, the amount of the rule will be show independantly from the Net Salary, to allow a better reporting in Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:730 msgid "Other input types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:599 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:463 msgid "When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These other inputs can be configured by navigating to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary --> Other Input Types`." msgstr "" @@ -7734,11 +7560,11 @@ msgid "A list of other input types for payroll that can be selected when creatin "a payslip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:472 msgid "To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Enter the :guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:613 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:477 msgid "The :guilabel:`Code` is used in the salary rules to compute payslips. If the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field is left blank, it indicates that the new input type is available for all payslips and is not exclusive to a specific structure." msgstr "" @@ -7746,28 +7572,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new Input Type form filled in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:488 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment.rst:69 msgid "Salary package configurator" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:626 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:490 msgid "The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` section of the :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator` menu all affect an employee's potential salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:494 msgid "Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant applies for a job on the company website, the sections under :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant sees, and what is populated, as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:636 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:500 msgid "Benefits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:638 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:502 msgid "When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain benefits set in Odoo, in addition to the salary, to make an offer more appealing (such as extra time off, the use of a company car, reimbursement for a phone or internet, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:506 msgid "To view the benefits, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Benefits`. Benefits are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`, and the benefit listed for a particular structure type is only available for that specific structure." msgstr "" @@ -7775,63 +7601,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list view of all the benefits available for each structure type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:651 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:515 msgid "A company has two structure types, one labeled :guilabel:`Employee`, and another labeled :guilabel:`Intern`. The :guilabel:`Employee` structure type contains the benefit of using a company car, while the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type has a meal voucher benefit available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:655 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:519 msgid "A person hired under the :guilabel:`Employee` structure type can use the company car benefit, but cannot have meal vouchers. A person hired under the :guilabel:`Intern` structure type would have meal voucher benefits available to them, not the use of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:659 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:523 msgid "To make a new benefit, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and enter the information in the fields on the blank benefits form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:526 msgid "The various fields for creating a benefit are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:667 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:531 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Related Field`: select from the drop-down menu a field from the contract. The choosen value from the employee will be recorded to that field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:669 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:533 msgid ":guilabel:`Benefits`: enter the name for the benefit. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:534 msgid ":guilabel:`Benefit Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Cash`, :guilabel:`Yearly Benefits in Cash`, or :guilabel:`Non Financial Benefits`. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:538 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost Field`: select from the drop-down menu a field from the contract. The field will define the cost of the benefit and by extention the impact on the salary, :guilabel:`Wage`, :guilabel:`Wage with Holidays`, and :guilabel:`Work time rate`. Depending on the localization settings, additional options are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:678 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:542 msgid ":guilabel:`Related Type`: select from the drop-down menu what type of benefit it is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Cash`, :guilabel:`Yearly Benefits in Cash`, or :guilabel:`Non Financial Benefits`. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:682 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:546 msgid ":guilabel:`Impacts Net Salary`: tick the checkbox if the benefit should impact the employee's net salary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:684 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:548 msgid ":guilabel:`Requested Documents`: select any document that is required to be submitted for this benefit, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:686 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:550 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Benefits`: using the drop-down menu, select the benefit that is required in order for this specific benefit to be offered to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:689 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:553 msgid "For example, a benefit for car insurance would populate `Company Car` in this field. This would allow the car insurance benefit to **only** be displayed if the employee has selected/enabled the benefit of a company car." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:556 msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select from the drop-down menu which salary structure type this benefit applies to. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:694 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:558 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select the metric that the benefit is granted, using the drop-down menu. The options are :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Percent`, or :guilabel:`Currency`." msgstr "" @@ -7839,99 +7665,99 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A new benefit form filled out for an internet subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:702 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:566 msgid "Display section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:704 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:568 msgid ":guilabel:`Show Name`: tick the checkbox to have the benefit name appear in the salary package configurator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:706 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:570 msgid ":guilabel:`Display Type`: select from the drop-down menu how this benefit is displayed. The options are :guilabel:`Always Selected`, :guilabel:`Dropdown`, :guilabel:`Dropdown Group`, :guilabel:`Slider`, :guilabel:`Radio Buttons`, :guilabel:`Manual Input`, or :guilabel:`Text`. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:711 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:575 msgid "Depending on the selection made, additional configurations need to be made. For example, if :guilabel:`Radio Buttons` is selected, the individual radio buttons must be entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:713 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:577 msgid ":guilabel:`Icon`: an icon from the `Font Awesome 4 library `_ can be visible for this benefit. Enter the text code for the icon in this field. For example, to display a suitcase icon, the code `fa fa-suitcase` is entered on this line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:716 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:580 msgid ":guilabel:`Hide Description`: tick the checkbox to hide the benefit description if the benefit is not selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:582 msgid ":guilabel:`Folded`: if the benefit should be folded, or hidden, because it is dependant on another benefit selection, tick the checkbox. The following fields appear when this is active:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:585 msgid ":guilabel:`Fold Label`: enter a name for the folded section of the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:722 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:586 msgid ":guilabel:`Fold Res Field`: select the contract field this benefit is tied to using the drop-down menu. If this field is selected on the contract, then this benefit becomes visible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:590 msgid "Activity section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:728 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:592 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the activity type that is automatically created when this benefit is selected by the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:730 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:594 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Creation`: select when the activity is created, either when the :guilabel:`Employee signs his contract`, or when the :guilabel:`Contract is countersigned`. Click the radio button next to the desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:733 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:597 msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Creation Type`: select the parameters for when the activity is created, either :guilabel:`When the benefit is set` or :guilabel:`When the benefit is modified`. Click the radio button next to the desired selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:736 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:600 msgid ":guilabel:`Assigned to`: select the user the activity is automatically assigned to, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:740 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:604 msgid "Sign section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:742 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:606 msgid ":guilabel:`Template to Sign`: if the employee is required to sign a document when selecting this benefit, select the document template from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:745 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:609 msgid "For example, a benefit regarding the use of a company car may require the employee to sign a document acknowledging the company's car policies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:751 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:615 msgid "Provide any additional information in this tab to help clarify the benefit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:754 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:618 msgid "Personal info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:756 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:620 msgid "Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* which is created when a candidate becomes an employee. This card includes all of their personal information, resume, work information, and documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:624 msgid "The personal information is gathered from the salary package configurator section that a candidate fills out after being offered a position. This personal information is then transferred to the employee card when they are hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:628 msgid "To view an employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Employees` app dashboard, and click on the employee's card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:632 msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personal file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:634 msgid "The :guilabel:`Personal Info` section lists all of the fields that are available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Personal Info`." msgstr "" @@ -7939,31 +7765,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the personal information that appears on the employee card to enter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:778 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:642 msgid "To edit a personal info entry, select an entry from the list on the :guilabel:`Personal Info` page, and modify the personal info on the form that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:781 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:645 msgid "To create a new personal info entry, click the :guilabel:`New` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:647 msgid "The required fields, aside from entering the :guilabel:`Information` name, are :guilabel:`Related Model`, :guilabel:`Related Field`, and :guilabel:`Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:786 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:650 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Related Model` from the drop-down menu. :guilabel:`Employee` populates the field by default, but the :guilabel:`Bank Account` option is also available if the information is related to a bank account, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:790 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:654 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Related Field` from the drop-down menu that best describes what kind of personal information this entry is, and where it is stored in the backend. Then, select a :guilabel:`Category` from the drop-down menu that the personal information should be under, such as :guilabel:`Address` or :guilabel:`Personal Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:795 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:659 msgid "The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:798 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:662 msgid "Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required` box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card. The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be entered in a variety of ways, like a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a :guilabel:`Document`, and more." msgstr "" @@ -7971,71 +7797,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New personal information entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:810 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:674 msgid "The resumé section, housed within the salary package configurator section of the settings menu, is how salary information rules are configured when offering a position to potential employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:813 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:677 msgid "When an offer is sent to a prospective employee, the values for the offer are computed from these settings, and appear on the offer page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:816 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:680 msgid "To configure this section, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Salary Package Configurator: Resumé`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:819 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:683 msgid "By default, there are three :guilabel:`Salary Structure Types` pre-configured in Odoo: :guilabel:`Worker`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and :guilabel:`None`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:822 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:686 msgid "Each :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` has several rules configured. These affect how an offer is calculated using that particular :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:825 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:689 msgid "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a blank :guilabel:`Contract Salary Resumé` form loads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:830 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:694 msgid ":guilabel:`Information`: type in a name for this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:831 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:695 msgid ":guilabel:`Category`: select the category this value is housed under, using the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Monthly Salary`, :guilabel:`Monthly Benefits`, :guilabel:`Yearly Benefits`, and :guilabel:`Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:835 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:699 msgid "New categories can be made if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:837 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:701 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, then enter the name for the new category in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, select the :guilabel:`Periodicity` from the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Monthly` or :guilabel:`Yearly`. Last, enter a number for the sequence. This corresponds to where this rule appears in the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` rule list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:842 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:706 msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:843 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:707 msgid ":guilabel:`Impacts Monthly Total`: tick the checkbox if this value is added in the monthly total calculation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:845 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:709 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: select what kind of value this rule is, either :guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Percent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:848 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:712 msgid ":guilabel:`Currency` is for a set monetary value, :guilabel:`Days` is for compensation in the form of time off, and :guilabel:`Percent` is for a monetary value awarded that is based upon another metric, such as commissions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:851 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:715 msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: select which :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` this rule is nested under, from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:853 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:717 msgid ":guilabel:`Value Type`: select how the value is computed, using the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Value`, :guilabel:`Contract Value`, :guilabel:`Payslip Value`, :guilabel:`Sum of Benefits Values`, and :guilabel:`Monthly Total`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:856 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:720 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: select the code this rule applies to from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -8043,28 +7869,28 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The net wage rule form filled out, with all the information for net pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:863 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:727 msgid "Jobs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:865 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:729 msgid "Since the *Payroll* application is responsible for paying employees for specific job positions, the complete list of job positions can be found in both the *Payroll* and *Recruitment* applications." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:871 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:735 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/new_job.rst:3 msgid "Job positions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:873 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:737 msgid "The job positions listed in the *Payroll* application are identical to the job positions listed in the *Recruitment* application. If a new job position is added in the *Recruitment* application, it is also visible in the *Payroll* application, and vice versa." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:877 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:741 msgid "To view the job positions, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Jobs: Job Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:744 msgid "A list of all the job positions appear, along with the corresponding department, on the :guilabel:`Job Position` page." msgstr "" @@ -8072,59 +7898,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A list of all the job positions and corresponding departments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:887 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:751 msgid "To create a new job description, click the :guilabel:`New` button and a job form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:889 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:753 msgid "Enter the information on the form for the new position. The information is identical as to the information entered when creating a new job position in the *Recruitment* application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:892 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:756 msgid "Refer to the :doc:`../hr/recruitment/new_job` documentation for more details on how to fill out this form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:896 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:760 msgid ":doc:`payroll/contracts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:897 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:761 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entries`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:898 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:762 msgid ":doc:`payroll/time_off_to_report`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:899 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:763 msgid ":doc:`payroll/salary_attachments`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:900 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:764 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payslips`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:901 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:765 msgid ":doc:`payroll/batches`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:902 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:766 msgid ":doc:`payroll/commissions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:903 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:767 msgid ":doc:`payroll/reporting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:904 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:768 msgid ":doc:`payroll/headcount`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:905 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:769 msgid ":doc:`payroll/work_entry_analysis`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:906 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:770 msgid ":doc:`payroll/payroll_localizations`" msgstr "" @@ -8412,8 +8238,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`Commissions <../../sales/sales/commissions>`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/australia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:52 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:5 -msgid "Every employee in Odoo is required to have a running contract in order to be paid. A contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, their compensation, working hours, and any other relevant details pertaining to their compensation." +msgid "Every employee in Odoo is required to have a running contract in order to be paid. A contract outlines the terms of an employee's position, compensation, working hours, and any other relevant terms." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:10 @@ -8465,70 +8297,70 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee the c msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:57 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: Required. Defaults to the current date. To choose a different date, click into the field. In the popover calendar, select a different date." +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Start Date`: Select the date the contract goes into effect. Contracts can be created retroactively, or be created to begin at a future date. The current date populates this required field by default, but can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:59 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract End Date`: Optional. Select a date from the calendar popover, or leave blank for an indefinite contract." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract End Date`: If the contract has a firm end date, enter the date in this field. Leave this field blank if the contract runs indefinitely, or until a new contract is made (when the employee has a change to their job title, salary, or benefits)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:61 -msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the available working schedules the employee is expected to work, from the drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, this allows the employee to work as many or as few hours as desired every week, with no restrictions." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select one of the available working schedules the employee is expected to work, from the drop-down menu. The selected working schedule determines how :doc:`work entries ` are generated, which determines the employees schedule and compensation. If this field is left blank, this allows the employee to work as many or as few hours as desired every week, with no restrictions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:70 msgid "The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working schedules for the selected company. To modify or add to this list, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Working Schedules`. Click :guilabel:`New`, and create a new working schedule, or click on an existing working schedule and make edits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: Using the drop-down menu, select how the :doc:`work entries ` are generated. This field is **required**. Click the radio button next to the desired selection. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Work entries are generated based on the selected :guilabel:`Working Schedule`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Attendances`: Work entries are generated based on the employee's check-in records in the **Attendances** app. (This requires the **Attendances** app to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:85 msgid ":guilabel:`Planning`: Work entries are generated based on the planned schedule for the employee from the **Planning** app. (This requires the **Planning** app to be installed)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select one of the salary structure types from the drop-down menu. The default salary structure types are :guilabel:`Employee` or :guilabel:`Worker`. A :ref:`new salary structure type ` can be created, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the department the employee is working within, using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the employee's specific job position using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:96 msgid "If the selected :guilabel:`Job Position` has a contract template linked to it with a specific :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`, the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` changes to the one associated with that :guilabel:`Job Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:100 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Using the drop-down menu, select the type of contract being created. The default options are :guilabel:`Permanent`, :guilabel:`Temporary`, :guilabel:`Seasonal`, :guilabel:`Full-Time`, :guilabel:`Intern`, :guilabel:`Student`, :guilabel:`Apprenticeship`, :guilabel:`Thesis`, :guilabel:`Statutory`, and :guilabel:`Employee`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:104 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: Enter the employee's monthly wage in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:107 msgid "The :guilabel:`Working Schedule` drop-down menu displays all the working times for the selected :guilabel:`Company`. To modify or add to this list, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and either :guilabel:`Create` a new working time, or click on an existing working time, then edit it by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:112 msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: Select the person who is responsible for validating the contract using the drop-down menu. This field is required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:116 msgid "The :guilabel:`HR Responsible` field only appears if the **Salary Configurator** (`hr_contract_salary`) module and the **Sign** app are both installed." msgstr "" @@ -8536,27 +8368,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New contract form to be filled in when creating a new contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:332 +msgid "Salary information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:125 msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab is where the specific details of how much and how often the employee is paid. Fill in the following fields in this tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Using the drop-down menu, select what kind of pay the employee receives. The two default options are :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage`. Select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for salaried employees, and select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees who are paid based on their logged worked hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: Using the drop-down menu, select how often the employee is paid. The default options are :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Semi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:130 -msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`: Enter the amount the employee receives each pay period. The first field allows for a wage to be entered, the second field displays how often the pay is issued to the employee. The second field *cannot** be modified, and is updated when the :guilabel:`Schedule Pay` field changes." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`: Enter the amount the employee receives each pay period. The first field allows for a wage to be entered, the second field displays how often the pay is issued to the employee. The second field *cannot* be modified, and is updated when the :guilabel:`Schedule Pay` field changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:140 msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: This field automatically updates after the :guilabel:`Schedule Pay` and :guilabel:`Wage` fields are entered. This amount is the total yearly cost for the employer. This field can be modified. However, if this is modified, the :guilabel:`Wage` field updates, accordingly. Ensure both the :guilabel:`Wage` and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` are correct if this field is modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:145 msgid ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: This field automatically updates after the :guilabel:`Schedule Pay` and :guilabel:`Wage` fields are entered. This amount is the total monthly cost for the employer. This field **cannot** be modified, and is calculated based on the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`." msgstr "" @@ -8564,21 +8401,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Salary Information tab filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/hr/recruitment/add-new-applicants.rst:109 msgid "Details tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:156 msgid "The :guilabel:`Details` tab of the contract houses the contract template information, accounting information (refer to the :doc:`country-specific localization document ` for more information), any part time work information, and notes. Fill out the following fields in this tab:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:155 -msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Using the drop-down menu, select a contract template to use when making an offer to an applicant." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:159 -msgid "Contract templates are typically created through the **Payroll** app configuration menu, and stored in the **Documents** app. To view the contract templates, and to create new ones, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Templates`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Template`: Using the drop-down menu, select a :ref:`contract template ` to use when making an offer to an applicant." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:163 @@ -8618,6 +8451,7 @@ msgid "The Details tab filled out." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:368 msgid "Signatories tab" msgstr "" @@ -8722,48 +8556,172 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All status changes happen automatically as the document is signed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:283 -msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/documents`" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:285 +msgid "Contract templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:284 -msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/sign`" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:287 +msgid "Contract *templates* eliminate the need to configure new contracts every time an employee is hired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:3 -msgid "Headcount report" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:290 +msgid "Having multiple contract templates allows for faster contract creation for different types of employment positions that are commonly filled, such as full time, part time, seasonal, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:5 -msgid "The *Headcount report* in the **Payroll** app shows the number of employees on payroll and allows headcount comparisons between different periods of time." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:293 +msgid "Contract templates are created through the **Payroll** app configuration menu, and stored in the **Documents** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:9 -msgid "Create a headcount report" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:297 +msgid "To access contract templates, the **Salary Configurator** (`hr_contract_salary`) module **must** be :ref:`installed `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:11 -msgid "Create a headcount report to see the number of employees at a specific time or compare headcounts across periods." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:300 +msgid "To view all contract templates, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:14 -msgid "To create a headcount report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Headcount` and click :guilabel:`New`." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:303 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Contract Templates` page lists all existing templates. Click a template line to open and edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:17 -msgid "Report name: generated automatically as `Headcount for (Company Name) on the (YYYY-MM-DD)` and **cannot** be modified." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:306 +msgid "To create a new contract template, click the :guilabel:`New` button. Then, enter the following information on the blank contract template form that appears:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:19 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: populated automatically (works in both single and multi-company databases)" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:309 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Reference`: Enter a brief description for the template. This should be clear and easily understood, as this name appears in the **Recruitment** application, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:20 -msgid ":guilabel:`From`/:guilabel:`To` dates: defaults to current date (from) and blank (to). Adjust these to define the period to analyze." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:311 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Schedule`: Select the desired working schedule the contract applies to from the drop-down menu. If a new working schedule is needed, create a :ref:`new working schedule `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:-1 -msgid "A headcount report form filled out for the third quarter of 2025." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:314 +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: Select :ref:`how the work entries are generated `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:316 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select the :ref:`salary structure type ` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:318 +msgid ":guilabel:`Department`: Select the department the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:320 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Select the :ref:`job position ` the contract template applies to from the drop-down menu. If blank, the template applies to all job positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Select the type of contract from the drop-down menu. This list is the same as the *employment type*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:324 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage on Payroll`: Enter the monthly wage in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:325 +msgid ":guilabel:`HR Responsible`: Select the employee responsible for validating contracts, using this template, from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +msgid "A new contract template form, with the fields filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:334 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` or :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:336 +msgid ":guilabel:`Schedule Pay`: Using the drop-down menu, select how often the employee is paid. Options include :guilabel:`Annually`, :guilabel:`Semi-annually`, :guilabel:`Quarterly`, :guilabel:`Bi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Semi-monthly`, :guilabel:`Bi-weekly`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Daily`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`: Enter the gross wage. The time period presented in this field is based on what is selected for the :guilabel:`Scheduled Pay` field. It is recommended to populate the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` field *first*, since that entry updates this field automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:343 +msgid ":guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)`: Enter the total yearly cost the employee costs the employer. When this value is entered, the :guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)` is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Monthly Cost (Real)`: This field is **not** editable. The value is automatically populated after the :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` is entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:349 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Schedule Pay`, :guilabel:`Wage`, and :guilabel:`Yearly Cost (Real)` fields are all linked. If any of these fields are updated, the other two fields automatically update to reflect the change. It is best practice to check these three fields if any modifications have been made, to ensure they are accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:-1 +msgid "The salary information tab, with the fields filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:358 +msgid "Benefits and deductions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:360 +msgid "Depending on the :doc:`payroll localization ` for the company, the entries presented in this section either vary, or may not appear at all. For example, some entries may pertain to retirement accounts, health insurance benefits, and commuter benefits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:364 +msgid "Enter the monetary amounts or percentages to specify how much of the employee's salary goes to the various benefits and deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:370 +msgid "This tab outlines which documents the employee must sign to either accept a new offer or an updated contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:373 +msgid ":guilabel:`New Contract PDF Template`: Select the default document that a new employee has to sign to accept an offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:375 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Update PDF Template`: Select the default document that a current employee has to sign to update their contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:379 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/documents`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/contracts.rst:380 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/sign`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:3 +msgid "Headcount report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:5 +msgid "The *Headcount report* in the **Payroll** app shows the number of employees on payroll and allows headcount comparisons between different periods of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:9 +msgid "Create a headcount report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:11 +msgid "Create a headcount report to see the number of employees at a specific time or compare headcounts across periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:14 +msgid "To create a headcount report, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Reporting --> Headcount` and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:17 +msgid "Report name: generated automatically as `Headcount for (Company Name) on the (YYYY-MM-DD)` and **cannot** be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: populated automatically (works in both single and multi-company databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`From`/:guilabel:`To` dates: defaults to current date (from) and blank (to). Adjust these to define the period to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:-1 +msgid "A headcount report form filled out for the third quarter of 2025." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/headcount.rst:26 @@ -8947,7 +8905,7 @@ msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations.rst:85 -msgid "Mexico" +msgid ":doc:`Mexico `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations.rst:86 @@ -15346,6 +15304,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:39 msgid "Name" @@ -15353,6 +15312,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/egypt.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:40 msgid "Technical name" @@ -15360,6 +15320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/egypt.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:42 msgid "Description" @@ -16724,40 +16685,829 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**10% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income between 5,001 and 10,000 JOD. Only the portion of income exceeding 5,000 JOD is taxed at 10%. For example, if the gross income is 7,000 JOD, only 2,000 JOD is taxed at 10%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:104 -msgid "**15% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income between 10,001 and 15,000 JOD. The portion of income exceeding 10,000 JOD up to 15,000 JOD is taxed at 15%. For instance, if the gross income is 12,000 JOD, only 2,000 JOD is taxed at 15%." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:104 +msgid "**15% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income between 10,001 and 15,000 JOD. The portion of income exceeding 10,000 JOD up to 15,000 JOD is taxed at 15%. For instance, if the gross income is 12,000 JOD, only 2,000 JOD is taxed at 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:107 +msgid "**20% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income between 15,001 and 20,000 JOD. Income within this range is taxed at 20%, with deductions automatically adjusted by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:109 +msgid "**25% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income between 20,001 and 1,000,000 JOD. Income beyond 20,000 JOD up to 1,000,000 JOD is taxed at 25%. For higher incomes, Odoo ensures accurate calculations by applying the cap of this range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:112 +msgid "**30% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income exceeding 1,000,000 JOD. Any income above this amount is taxed at 30%, with the system ensuring accurate monthly deductions for high-income earners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:117 +msgid "Automated process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:119 +msgid "Odoo determines the appropriate tax bracket for each employee based on their gross annual income and applies the corresponding rates. These deductions are prorated and deducted monthly, simplifying payroll management and ensuring compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:126 +msgid "**Progressive tax system**: Calculates taxes for each income range individually, ensuring fairness and accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:128 +msgid "**Automated deductions**: Ensures a smooth payroll workflows with accurate and timely monthly tax deductions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:130 +msgid "**Alignment with Jordanian regulations**: Fully complies with Jordanian tax laws, minimizing manual intervention and errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:11 +msgid "The Mexico payroll localization covers salary computations for employees, including employee and employer payroll taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:14 +msgid "Before configuring the Mexico localization, review the general :doc:`payroll documentation <../../payroll>`, which covers basic configurations and settings applicable to all localizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:31 +msgid "Apps & modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Mexico payroll localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:41 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:33 +msgid "`l10n_mx_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:45 +msgid "hr_payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:47 +msgid "hr_work_entry_holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:48 +msgid "hr_payroll_holidays" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +msgid "Adds the required fields to manage employee payroll and time off data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Payroll CFDI`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "`l10n_mx_hr_payroll_account_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:40 +msgid "l10n_mx_hr_payroll_account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:48 +msgid "l10n_mx_edi" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:42 +msgid "Adds the ability to sign |CFDI| payroll documents with the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_mx_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:53 +msgid "hr_payroll_account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "l10n_mx" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "l10n_mx_hr_payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "Adds the required rules and parameters to manage local payroll calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:52 +msgid "Installing the :guilabel:`Mexico - Payroll CFDI` module automatically installs both the :guilabel:`Mexico - Payroll` and :guilabel:`Mexico - Payroll with Accounting` modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`Configure the Mexico fiscal localization <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:59 +msgid "Company configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:66 +msgid "First, the company must be configured. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. From the list, select the desired company, and configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`: Enter the business name in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: Complete the full address, including the :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip Code`, and :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:75 +msgid "The state selected in the company's address is associated as the *work address* by default for the employee, and the one used to calculate payroll taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`RFC`: Enter the company's :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de Contribuyentes, or Federal Taxpayer Registry)` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company ID` : This field is not used in the Mexico localization, and should remain blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: By default, :abbr:`MXN (Mexican pesos)` is selected. If not, select :guilabel:`MXN` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: Enter the company phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: Enter the email used for general contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "Ensure the information is accurate, as it is used when calculating various taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:88 +msgid "Every employee being paid must have their employee profiles configured for the Mexico payroll localization. Additional fields are present after configuring the database for Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:94 +msgid "To update an employee form, open the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click on the desired employee record. On the employee form, configure the required fields in the related tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:98 +msgid "Work tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:100 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Work Address` for the employee in the :guilabel:`Location` section of the :guilabel:`Work` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:104 +msgid "The state selected in this address determines which salary rules Odoo applies when calculating taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:108 +msgid "Personal tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:110 +msgid "Ensure the employee has a minimum of one :ref:`trusted bank account ` listed in the :guilabel:`Bank Accounts` field in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "These accounts are used to pay the employee. Payroll **cannot** be processed for employees without a *trusted* :ref:`bank account `. If no trusted bank account is set, a warning appears on the **Payroll** dashboard and an error occurs when attempting to run payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:114 +msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Legal Name` and :guilabel:`Gender` fields are populated and configured in the :guilabel:`Personal Information` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:117 +msgid "Ensure the following fields are properly populated in the :guilabel:`Citizenship` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`: The employee's country of citizenship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`SSN No (Social Security Number)`: A personal 11-digit :abbr:`NSS (Número de Seguridad Social)` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`RFC (Registro Federal de Contribuyentes)`: A personal 13-digit alphanumeric tax identification number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`CURP (Clave Única de Registro de Población)`: A personal 18-character alphanumeric code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +msgid "Where all personal information is located on the employee profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:128 +msgid "Contract overview section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:130 +msgid "This section holds information that drives salary calculations. Ensure the following fields are configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract`: The time period the contract is valid for. If the second field is left blank, the contract runs indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:135 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select how the employee is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:137 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for salaried employees who receive the same amount each pay period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:139 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees paid based on hours worked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:142 +msgid "Set a default :guilabel:`Wage Type` in the salary :ref:`Structure Type ` to configure employees in bulk. If needed, the default can be overridden on individual employee records if exceptions are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`: Enter the amount and frequency the employee is paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Determines how the employee is paid and classified, such as :guilabel:`Indefinite Term Employment Contract`, :guilabel:`Hourly Wage Employment`, :guilabel:`Seasonal Employment Contract`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:158 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Contract Type` field is visible on payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pay Category`: Select :guilabel:`Mexico: Employee.` for this field. This defines when the employee is paid, their default working schedule, and the work entry type it applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regime Type`: Select the correct regime type (Régimen de Contratación) for the employee. The selected regime type determines the employee's benefits, taxes, and social security contributions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:160 +msgid "Schedule section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:169 +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: Select :guilabel:`Working Schedule`, which creates :doc:`work entries <../work_entries>` based on the employee's assigned :ref:`working schedule ` (e.g., 40 hours per week)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:174 +msgid "The Mexico payroll localization is currently not able to create work entries from the **Attendances** or **Planning** apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:172 +msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: Tick the checkbox to allow the **Attendances** app to add any extra work entries logged by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: Using the drop-down menu, select the default work schedule. This is particularly important for employees available to receive overtime pay (typically hourly employees, not salaried)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:184 +msgid "Options section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:186 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Holiday Bonus Rate` percentage given annually ot the employee in the corresponding field. The percentage is calculated from the employee's base salary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:189 +msgid "If the employee is contributing to a :guilabel:`Savings Fund`, enter the monthly amount to be contributed. The employer typically matches this amount, and the money is placed in a savings account that is accessible once a year to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:194 +msgid "Vouchers section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Some companies may offer extra benefits in the form of vouchers, which are paid to employees for food and transportation costs. If the company provides these benefits, configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Period`: Using the drop-down menu, select how often the vouchers are paid out. The default options are either :guilabel:`Last Day of the Month`, if employees are paid at the end of the month, or :guilabel:`In the period`, if the vouchers are broken up and evenly distributed according to the payment schedule, such as weekly or bi-weekly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:204 +msgid ":guilabel:`Meal Vouchers`: Enter the monthly amount paid to the employee towards food expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:205 +msgid ":guilabel:`Transport Vouchers`: Enter the monthly amount paid to the employee towards transportation, such as bus fare or parking fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +msgid ":guilabel:`Gasoline Vouchers`: Enter the monthly amount paid to the employee for their vehicle's gas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:211 +msgid "The monetary amount for the vouchers is the *monthly amount* given to employees. If the :guilabel:`Payment Period` is set to :guilabel:`In the period`, Odoo calculates the voucher amount for each pay period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:215 +msgid "For example, if an employee is paid weekly, and their :guilabel:`Meal Voucher` is set to $100, the employee receives $25 in every weekly paycheck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +msgid "The payroll tab of an employee form, filled out for Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:222 +msgid "Infonavit / Fonacot tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:225 +msgid "Infonavit section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:227 +msgid ":abbr:`INFONAVIT (Instituto del Fondo Nacional de la Vivienda para los Trabajadores)` is a government institution that assists employees with affordable mortgage credits, which can be used to buy, build, or remodel a home, or pay off an existing mortgage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Add an Infonavit credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "To create an :abbr:`INFONAVIT (Instituto del Fondo Nacional de la Vivienda para los Trabajadores)` credit, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and a :guilabel:`Create an Infonavit Credit` pop-up window loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:238 +msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Status` field is populated with :guilabel:`In Progress`. This indicates the credit is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:241 +msgid "Next, select the :guilabel:`Type` of credit, either a :guilabel:`Fixed Monetary Fee`, a :guilabel:`Percentage`, or a :guilabel:`Discount Factor`. After this field is configured, a corresponding field appears on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:245 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Monthly Insurance` to be paid directly to the debt. If any additional funds are contributed by the employee, enter the additional amount in the :guilabel:`Extra Fixed Monthly Contribution` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:249 +msgid "The last field corresponds to the :guilabel:`Type` selected. Enter the :guilabel:`Fixed Monetary Fee`, :guilabel:`Percentage`, or :guilabel:`Discount Factor` in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:252 +msgid "Once all fields are configured, click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` button, and the credit is added to the :abbr:`INFONAVIT (Instituto del Fondo Nacional de la Vivienda para los Trabajadores)` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +msgid "The INFONAVIT section filled out for an employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "Once :abbr:`INFONAVIT (Instituto del Fondo Nacional de la Vivienda para los Trabajadores)` credits are fully paid, the payroll officer **must** change the :guilabel:`Status` of each completed line item to :guilabel:`Closed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:264 +msgid "If the payroll officer does **not** change the status, money will continue to be contributed to the employee's account in all subsequent paychecks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:268 +msgid "Fonacot section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:270 +msgid ":abbr:`FONACOT (Fondo Nacional para el Consumo de los Trabajadores)` is a Mexican government program that provides employees with low-cost loans for various needs, such as home improvements, education, or emergencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:274 +msgid "The :abbr:`FONACOT (Fondo Nacional para el Consumo de los Trabajadores)` section is where employee repayments are configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:278 +msgid "Add a Fonacot credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid "To add a line to the :abbr:`FONACOT (Fondo Nacional para el Consumo de los Trabajadores)` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and a blank line loads. The :guilabel:`Status` is set to :guilabel:`In Progress`, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:284 +msgid "Enter the monthly payment amount in the :guilabel:`Import` field. If the employee wishes to make any additional payments each month, enter the value in the :guilabel:`Extra Monthly Contribution` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:288 +msgid "Once :abbr:`FONACOT (Fondo Nacional para el Consumo de los Trabajadores)` loans are paid off, the payroll officer **must** change the :guilabel:`Status` of each completed line item to :guilabel:`Closed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "If the payroll officer does **not** change the status, money will continue to be taken out of the employee's account in all subsequent paychecks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:301 +msgid "Payroll configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:298 +msgid "Several sections within the **Payroll** app installs a *salary structure*, *structure type*, *rules*, and *rule parameters* specific to Mexico." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:301 +msgid "Prior to running payroll, the :abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)` must also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:305 +msgid "CFDI configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:307 +msgid "The :abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)` is a **required** electronic tax receipt that acts as a digital invoice. The :abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)` **must** be certified by a :abbr:`PAC (Authorized Certification Provider)` *before* being submitted to the Mexican Tax Administration (:abbr:`SAT (Servicio de Administración Tributaria)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "This document serves as proof of income, expenses, and payroll, and requires both a :abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)` and a digital signature, to comply with Mexican tax laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "First, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`CFDI` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:318 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Employer IMSS ID` in the corresponding field, and select the appropriate :guilabel:`Risk Type` using the drop-down menu. If no risk is associated with the company, select :guilabel:`Does Not Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:323 +msgid "Mexico assigns different :guilabel:`Risk Types` based on several factors, including information cross-referenced from previously submitted employee and employer. Consult the company's payroll officer to determine the correct risk type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:307 +msgid "Salary structures & structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:330 +msgid "When the **l10n_mx_hr_payroll** module is :ref:`installed `, a new :guilabel:`Salary Structure` gets installed, :guilabel:`Mexico: Employee`. This structure includes two :guilabel:`Structure Types`, a :guilabel:`Mexico: Regular Pay`, and a :guilabel:`Mexico: Christmas Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Salary Structure` contains all the individual :ref:`salary rules ` for each :guilabel:`Structure Type`, which informs the **Payroll** app how to calculate employee payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +msgid "The Mexico salary structures in the salary structures list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:322 +msgid "Salary rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:347 +msgid "To view the salary rules that inform the salary structure what to do, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Structures` and expand the :guilabel:`Mexico: Employee` group to reveal the two available structure types. Click :guilabel:`Mexico: Regular Pay` to view the detailed regular pay salary rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +msgid "The top portion of the US salary rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:355 +msgid "Each rule defines how pay is calculated, taking into account factors such as bonuses, allowances, vouchers, and taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:397 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:361 +msgid "Some calculations require specific rates associated with them, such as bonuses and holidays. *Rule Parameters* are capable of listing a value, either a percentage or a fixed amount, to reference in the salary rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:406 +msgid "Most rules pull information stored in the parameters module to get the rate of the rule (a percentage) and the cap (a dollar amount)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:368 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:409 +msgid "To view rule parameters, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`. Here, all rule parameters are displayed with their linked :guilabel:`Salary Rules`, which can be accessed. Review the parameters associated with a rule by looking for the :guilabel:`Name` of the rule, and make any edits as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:373 +msgid "In Mexico, all companies are **required** to configure the following rule parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:375 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico: Risk Bonus Rate` (Prima de Riesgo del IMSS): The :guilabel:`Risk Bonus Rate` is referred to as the *Occupational Risk Premium (Prima de Riesgo de Trabajo)*. This is the amount the company must contribution to the :abbr:`IMSS (Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social)`, aka the *Mexican Social Security Institute*. This amount is based on the company's *accident rate*, which is calculated using multiple factors, including the number of accidents the company has reported, and the general level of risk the type of company works with. The rate is determined by the :abbr:`IMSS (Instituto Mexicano del Seguro Social)` for each company, therefore this rate **must** be updated when configuring the Mexico payroll localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:383 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico: Christmas Bonus` (Días de Aguinaldo): In Mexico, an annual Christmas bonus is given to all employees. The bonus must be for a minimum of 15 days of pay. Companies that provide a higher bonus **must** modify this value. In Odoo, all employees of a company recieve the same amout of paid days for their Chirstmas bonus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico: Holiday Table` (Tabla de vacaciones): This rule outlines the number of vacation days an employee is allocated, based on their years of service. This **must** be modified, if needed, to reflect the company's paid vacation policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Mexico: Risk Bonus Rate` of a company is different from the one added by default in Odoo. To update this, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`, then, filter the results by :guilabel:`Mexico: Risk Bonus Rate`, and edit the :guilabel:`Parameter Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "Odoo adds updated rule parameters for the current calendar year. It is **not** recommended to edit rule parameters (other than the four that must be reviewed and updated, listed above) **unless a national or state parameter has changed**, and is different from the rule parameters created by Odoo. Check with all local and national regulations *before* making any changes to rule parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:407 +msgid "Run Mexico payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "Before running payroll, the payroll officer must validate employee :doc:`work entries <../work_entries>` to confirm pay accuracy and catch errors. This includes checking that all time off is approved and any overtime is appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:433 +msgid "Work entries sync based on the employee's :doc:`contract <../contracts>` configuration. Odoo pulls from the assigned working schedule, attendance records, planning schedule, and approved time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:436 +msgid "Any :ref:`discrepencies or conflicts ` must be resolved, then the work entries can be :ref:`regenerated `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:439 +msgid "Once everything is correct, draft payslips can be :ref:`created individually ` or in :doc:`batches <../batches>`, referred to in the **Payroll** app as *Pay Runs*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +msgid "The work entries for a pay run, with some time off entered in the work entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:446 +msgid "To cut down on the payroll officer's time, it is typical to process payslips in batches, either by wage type (fixed salary vs hourly), pay schedule (weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, etc.), department (direct cost vs. administration), or any other grouping that best suits the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:430 +msgid "The process of running payroll includes different actions that need to be executed to ensure that the amount withheld for funds and government institutions is correct, the amount that the employee receives as their net salary is correct, and the computation of hours worked reflects the employee's actual hours worked, among others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:455 +msgid "When running a payroll batch, check that the period, company, and employees included are correct *before* starting to analyze or validate the data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "Once the payslips are drafted, review them for accuracy. Check the :guilabel:`Worked Days` and :guilabel:`Salary Inputs` tabs, and ensure the listed worked time is correct, as well as any other inputs. Add any missing inputs, such as commissions, bonuses, and :abbr:`ISR (Impuesto Sobre la Renta)` adjustments that are missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:443 +msgid "Next, check the various totals (gross pay, vouchers, IMSS contributions, :abbr:`CEAV (Cesantía en Edad Avanzada y Vejez)`, taxes, and gross pay), then click :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` to update the salary calculations, if there were edits. If everything is correct, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +msgid "The worked days tab of a payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:470 +msgid "Accounting check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +msgid "The accounting process when running payroll has two components: :ref:`creating journal entries `, and :ref:`registering payments `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:459 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:478 +msgid "Journal entry creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:480 +msgid "After payslips are confirmed and validated, journal entries are posted either individually, or in a batch. The journal entry is created first as a draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:484 +msgid "It must be decided if journal entries are done individually or in batches *before* running payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +msgid "All payslips in a draft state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:471 +msgid "Twenty-two accounts from the Mexico :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` are included with the payroll localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:474 +msgid ":guilabel:`110.01.01 Employment subsidy to apply`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:475 +msgid ":guilabel:`210.02.01 Provision for vacation to pay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:476 +msgid ":guilabel:`211.01.01 Provision for employer IMSS to pay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid ":guilabel:`211.02.01 Provision for SAR to pay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:478 +msgid ":guilabel:`216.01.01 Withholding or income tax for wages and salaries`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid ":guilabel:`216.11.01 IMSS withholding tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:480 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.01.01 Wages and salaries`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:481 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.07.01 Holiday Bonus`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.15.01 Pantry`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:483 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.19.01 Savings fund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:484 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.26.01 IMSS quota`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.27.01 Contributions to infonavit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:486 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.28.01 Contributions to the SAR`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:487 +msgid ":guilabel:`201.01.02 Employee Reimbursement`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid ":guilabel:`205.06.02 Other Various Short-Term Credits (Fonacot)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:489 +msgid ":guilabel:`210.03.01 Provision for bonus to pay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:490 +msgid ":guilabel:`210.04.01 Provision for savings fund to pay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:491 +msgid ":guilabel:`211.03.01 Provision for infonavit to pay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.12.01 Bonus`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.16.02 Transport (gasoline vouchers)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:494 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.16.01 Transport (support)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:495 +msgid ":guilabel:`601.74.01 Commissions on sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "The :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` configuration is done by default when a company is located in Mexico. The account codes and names can be edited to suit the company's needs. If there is no :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` account associated with a salary rule (used in a salary structure), Odoo uses the account `Salary Expenses` to create the journal entry, regardless of the nature of the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:508 +msgid "If everything seems correct on the journal entry draft, post the journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +msgid "Journal entries posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:516 +msgid "Register Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:514 +msgid "After the :ref:`journal entries ` are validated, Odoo can generate payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "To generate payments from payslips,employee's **must** have a *trusted* bank account. If the employee's bank account is *not* marked as `trusted`, CFDI files **cannot** be generated through Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 +msgid "Payslips with a status of paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:107 -msgid "**20% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income between 15,001 and 20,000 JOD. Income within this range is taxed at 20%, with deductions automatically adjusted by Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +msgid "Generate CFDI XML files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:109 -msgid "**25% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income between 20,001 and 1,000,000 JOD. Income beyond 20,000 JOD up to 1,000,000 JOD is taxed at 25%. For higher incomes, Odoo ensures accurate calculations by applying the cap of this range." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:527 +msgid "After payslips have bee processed and paid, a :abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)` XML file must be generated, which is then electronically submitted to Mexico's :abbr:`SAT (Servicio de Administración Tributaria)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:112 -msgid "**30% bracket**: Applicable to annual gross income exceeding 1,000,000 JOD. Any income above this amount is taxed at 30%, with the system ensuring accurate monthly deductions for high-income earners." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:531 +msgid "To create the :abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)` file, open the individual payslip, and click the :guilabel:`Generate CFDI` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:117 -msgid "Automated process" +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:534 +msgid "Once the file has been created and sent, a record is stored in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:119 -msgid "Odoo determines the appropriate tax bracket for each employee based on their gross annual income and applies the corresponding rates. These deductions are prorated and deducted monthly, simplifying payroll management and ensuring compliance." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:537 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:531 +msgid "Close Payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:126 -msgid "**Progressive tax system**: Calculates taxes for each income range individually, ensuring fairness and accuracy." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:539 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:533 +msgid "If there are no errors, payroll is completed for the pay period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:128 -msgid "**Automated deductions**: Ensures a smooth payroll workflows with accurate and timely monthly tax deductions." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:542 +msgid "Run Christmas bonus payroll" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/jordan.rst:130 -msgid "**Alignment with Jordanian regulations**: Fully complies with Jordanian tax laws, minimizing manual intervention and errors." +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/mexico.rst:544 +msgid "To run the annual Christmas bonus, follow the same workflow for :ref:`regular Mexico payroll `, using the :guilabel:`Mexico: Christmas Bonus` salary structure." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:3 @@ -17409,18 +18159,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before configuring the United States localization, refer to the general :doc:`payroll <../../payroll>` documentation, which includes the basic information for all localizations, as well as all universal settings and fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:31 -msgid "Apps & modules" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:33 msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the United States payroll localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:41 -msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`United States - Payroll`" msgstr "" @@ -17429,22 +18171,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`l10n_us_hr_payroll`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:45 -msgid "hr_payroll" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:46 msgid "hr_contract_reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:47 -msgid "hr_work_entry_holidays" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:48 -msgid "hr_payroll_holidays" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:49 msgid "Provides U.S. payroll basics, including employee tax details, salary structures (Basic/Gross/Net), tax rules, and W-2/3PA reporting." msgstr "" @@ -17457,10 +18187,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "`l10n_us_hr_payroll_account`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:53 -msgid "hr_payroll_account" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:54 msgid "l10n_us" msgstr "" @@ -17481,22 +18207,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "General configurations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:66 -msgid "First, the company must be configured. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. From the list, select the desired company, and configure the following fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:70 -msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`: Enter the business name in this field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:71 -msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: Complete the full address, including the :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip Code`, and :guilabel:`Country`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:75 -msgid "The state selected in the company's address is associated as the *work address* by default for the employee, and the one used to calculate payroll taxes." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:78 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax ID`: Enter the company's :abbr:`EIN (Employer Identification Number)`." msgstr "" @@ -17509,14 +18219,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: By default, :abbr:`USD (US Dollars)` is selected. If not, select :guilabel:`USD` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:82 -msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: Enter the company phone number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:83 -msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: Enter the email used for general contact information." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:86 msgid "Ensure the information is accurate, as it is used when creating W-2s." msgstr "" @@ -17525,30 +18227,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Every employee being paid must have their employee profiles configured for the United States payroll localization. Additional fields are present after configuring the database for the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:94 -msgid "To update an employee form, open the :menuselection:`Employees` app and click on the desired employee record. On the employee form, configure the required fields in the related tabs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:98 -msgid "Work tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:100 -msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Work Address` for the employee in the :guilabel:`Location` section of the :guilabel:`Work` tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:104 -msgid "The state selected in this address determines which salary rules Odoo applies when calculating taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:108 -msgid "Personal tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:110 -msgid "Ensure the employee has a minimum of one :ref:`trusted bank account ` listed in the :guilabel:`Bank Accounts` field in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` section." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:113 msgid "These accounts are used to pay the employee, via an automation through a NACHA payment file. Payroll **cannot** be processed for employees without a *trusted* :ref:`bank account `. If no trusted bank account is set, a warning appears on the **Payroll** dashboard and an error occurs when attempting to run payroll." msgstr "" @@ -17561,34 +18239,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Where bank account information is located on the employee profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:128 -msgid "Contract overview section" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:130 -msgid "This section holds information that drives salary calculations. Ensure the following fields are configured:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:133 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract`: The Validity of the compensation conditions can be updated depending on the needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:135 -msgid ":guilabel:`Wage Type`: Select how the employee is paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:137 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Fixed Wage` for salaried employees who receive the same amount each pay period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:139 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Hourly Wage` for employees paid based on hours worked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:142 -msgid "Set a default :guilabel:`Wage Type` in the salary :ref:`Structure Type ` to configure employees in bulk. If needed, the default can be overridden on individual employee records if exceptions are needed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Contract Type`: Determines how the employee is paid and classified, such as :guilabel:`Salary-exempt`, :guilabel:`Salary-nonexempt`, :guilabel:`Hourly`." msgstr "" @@ -17605,10 +18259,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The contract overview section of the employee form of the payroll tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:160 -msgid "Schedule section" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:162 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Source`: Defines how :doc:`work entries <../work_entries>` are generated for payroll during the specified pay period. The options are:" msgstr "" @@ -17625,14 +18275,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Planning`: Based on :ref:`scheduled shifts ` in the **Planning** app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:172 -msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Hours`: Tick the checkbox to allow the **Attendances** app to add any extra work entries logged by the employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:174 -msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: Using the drop-down menu, select the default work schedule. This is particularly important for employees available to receive overtime pay (typically hourly employees, not salaried)." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:179 msgid "W-2 form section" msgstr "" @@ -17781,18 +18423,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "These types of benefits count as deductions *after* taxes are calculated. They appear towards the end of the payslip before the net amount is displayed. Currently, only one field, :guilabel:`ROTH 401(k)` appears in this section. Enter either a percentage (%) of the payslip amount, or a specific dollar amount per payslip ($/slip) being deducted from the employee's pay, and deposited into a ROTH 401(k) account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:301 -msgid "Payroll configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:303 msgid "Several sections within the **Payroll** app installs a Salary Structure, Structure Type, Rules, and Parameters specific to the United States." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:307 -msgid "Salary structures & structure types" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:309 msgid "When the **l10n_us_hr_payroll** module is :ref:`installed `, a new :guilabel:`Salary Structure` gets installed, :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay`. This structure includes one :guilabel:`Structure Type`, :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay`." msgstr "" @@ -17805,18 +18439,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The United States salary structure in the salary structures list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:322 -msgid "Salary rules" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:324 msgid "To view the salary rules that inform the salary structure what to do, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Structures` and expand the :guilabel:`United States: Employee` group to reveal the :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay` structure type. Click :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay` to view the detailed salary rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 -msgid "The top portion of the US salary rules." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:332 msgid "Each rule defines how pay is calculated, taking into account factors such as commissions, bonuses, taxes, and insurance. The *logic* behind the :guilabel:`United States: Regular Pay` rules is as follows:" msgstr "" @@ -17889,10 +18515,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The rule for employer deductions for `Worker's Compensation` appears *after* several state-specific employer deductions are listed, and does **not** appear in the above image, but are listed in the rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:397 -msgid "Rule parameters" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:399 msgid "Some calculations require specific rates associated with them, or wage caps. *Rules Parameters* are capable of listing a value, either a percentage or a fixed amount, to reference in the salary rules." msgstr "" @@ -17901,14 +18523,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The wage base for Social Security tax calculations has a cap for 2025, accounted for in the `US: FICA OASDI Cap` parameter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:406 -msgid "Most rules pull information stored in the parameters module to get the rate of the rule (a percentage) and the cap (a dollar amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:409 -msgid "To view rule parameters, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`. Here, all rule parameters are displayed with their linked :guilabel:`Salary Rules`, which can be accessed. Review the parameters associated with a rule by looking for the :guilabel:`Name` of the rule, and make any edits as needed." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:415 msgid "The Unemployment tax of a company is different from the one added by default in Odoo. To update this, navigate to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration --> Rule Parameters`, then, filter the results by :abbr:`FUTA (Federal Unemployment Tax Act)`, or the name of the state that needs editing, and edit the corresponding rate from the list." msgstr "" @@ -17925,34 +18539,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before running paypoll, the payroll officer must validate employee :doc:`work entries <../work_entries>` to confirm pay accuracy and catch errors. This includes checking that all time off is approved and any overtime is appropriate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:433 -msgid "Work entries sync based on the employee's :doc:`contract <../contracts>` configuration. Odoo pulls from the assigned working schedule, attendance records, planning schedule, and approved time off." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:436 -msgid "Any :ref:`discrepencies or conflicts ` must be resolved, then the work entries can be :ref:`regenerated `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:439 -msgid "Once everything is correct, draft payslips can be :ref:`created individually ` or in :doc:`batches <../batches>`, referred to in the **Payroll** app as *Pay Runs*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 -msgid "The work entries for a pay run, with some time off entered in the work entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:446 -msgid "To cut down on the payroll officer's time, it is typical to process payslips in batches, either by wage type (fixed salary vs hourly), pay schedule (weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, etc.), department (direct cost vs. administration), or any other grouping that best suits the company." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:450 msgid "The process of running payroll includes different actions that need to be executed to ensure that the amount withheld from payroll taxes is correct, the amount that the employee receives as their net salary is correct, and the computation of hours worked reflects the employee's actual hours worked, among others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:455 -msgid "When running a payroll batch, check that the period, company, and employees included are correct *before* starting to analyze or validate the data." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:458 msgid "Once the payslips are drafted, review them for accuracy. Check the :guilabel:`Worked Days & Inputs` tab, and ensure the listed worked time is correct, as well as any other inputs. Add any missing inputs, such as commissions, tips, reimbursements, that are missing." msgstr "" @@ -17961,34 +18551,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Next, check the various totals (gross pay, employee taxes, benefits, employer taxes, net salaries), then click :guilabel:`Compute Sheet` to update the salary calculations, if there were edits. If everything is correct, click :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 -msgid "The worked days tab of a payslip." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:470 -msgid "Accounting check" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:472 msgid "The accounting process when running payroll has two components: :ref:`creating journal entries `, and :ref:`registering payments `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:478 -msgid "Journal entry creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:480 -msgid "After payslips are confirmed and validated, journal entries are posted either individually, or in a batch. The journal entry is created first as a draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:484 -msgid "It must be decided if journal entries are done individually or in batches *before* running payroll." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 -msgid "All payslips in a draft state." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:490 msgid "Four accounts from the US :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` are included with the payroll localization:" msgstr "" @@ -18013,20 +18579,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` configuration is done by default when a company is located in the US. The account codes and names can be edited to suit the company's needs. If there is no :abbr:`CoA (Chart of Accounts)` account associated with a salary rule (used in a salary structure), Odoo uses the account `Salary Expenses` to create the journal entry, regardless of the nature of the move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:508 -msgid "If everything seems correct on the journal entry draft, post the journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 -msgid "Journal entries posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:516 -msgid "Register Payments" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:518 -msgid "After the :ref:`journla entries ` are validated, Odoo can generate payments." +msgid "After the :ref:`journal entries ` are validated, Odoo can generate payments." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:521 @@ -18037,18 +18591,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Payments can be :guilabel:`Grouped by Partner` if there is a partner associated with a salary rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:-1 -msgid "Payslips with a status of paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:531 -msgid "Close Payroll" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:533 -msgid "If there are no errors, payroll is completed for the pay period." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll/payroll_localizations/united_states.rst:536 msgid "Reports" msgstr "" @@ -22825,46 +23367,46 @@ msgid "If an employee works two extra hours for the week, and requests five hour msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:156 -msgid ":guilabel:`Public Holiday Included`: Enable this option if public holidays should be excluded from a time off request." +msgid ":guilabel:`Public Holiday Included`: Enable this option if public holidays should be included in time off requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:160 -msgid "An employee in the United States requests time off for the week of July 4th, for a total of five days. Since the 4th of July is a holiday in the United States, the time off request is automatically modified for four days off instead of five. That is because the holiday is included, and the user does not need to use their own vacation time for a public holiday." +msgid "An employee in the United States requests time off for the week of July 4th, for a total of five days. Since the 4th of July is a holiday in the United States, the time off request is automatically modified to use four vacation days and one public holiday, instead of five vacation days. That is because the holiday is included, and the user does not need to use their own vacation time for a public holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:166 msgid "This option reduces extra work for users, enabling them to make only one time off request for the entire week, instead of making two separate requests, one for the days *before* the holiday, and another one for the days *after* the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:170 msgid ":guilabel:`Allow To Attach Supporting Document`: Enable this option to allow the employee to attach documents to the time off request. This is useful in situations where documentation is required, such as long-term medical leave." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:173 msgid ":guilabel:`Kind of Time Off`: From the drop-down menu, select the type of time off, either :guilabel:`Worked Time` or :guilabel:`Absence`. :guilabel:`Worked Time` indicates the time off taken counts toward worked time for any type of accrual the employee is working towards, whereas :guilabel:`Absence` does not count toward any type of accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are created in the database, and this time off type only applies to one company, select the company from the drop-down menu. If this field is left blank, the time off type applies to all companies in the database. This field **only** appears in a multi-company database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:183 msgid "Negative cap section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:185 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option if employees are able to request more time off than they currently have, allowing a negative balance. If enabled, an :guilabel:`Maximum Excess Amount` field appears. In this field, enter the maximum amount of negative time allowed, in days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:190 msgid "Sara currently has three days of the time off type `Vacation`. She is planning a trip that requires five days of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:193 msgid "The `Vacation` time off type has the :guilabel:`Allow Negative Cap` option enabled, and the :guilabel:`Maximum Excess Amount` is set to five." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:196 msgid "These settings allow Sara to submit a request for five days of the `Vacation` time off type. If approved, her `Vacation` time off balance will be negative two (-2) days." msgstr "" @@ -22873,43 +23415,43 @@ msgid "The top half of the time off type form, with all the information filled o "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:204 msgid "Payroll section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:206 msgid "If the time off type should create :doc:`../hr/payroll/work_entries` in the **Payroll** app, select the :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:210 msgid "Timesheets section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:213 msgid "The :guilabel:`Timesheets` section only appears if the user is in developer mode. Refer to the :ref:`developer-mode` document for details on how to access the developer mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:216 msgid "When an employee takes time off, and is also using timesheets, Odoo creates entries in the **Timesheets** app for the time off. This section defines how they are entered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 msgid ":guilabel:`Project`: Select the project the time off type entries appear in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:220 msgid ":guilabel:`Task`: Select the task that appears in the timesheet for this time off type. The default options are: :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, or :guilabel:`Training`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:224 msgid "Display option section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: Select a color to be used in the **Time Off** app dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:227 msgid ":guilabel:`Cover Image`: Select an icon to be used in the **Time Off** app dashboard." msgstr "" @@ -22918,75 +23460,75 @@ msgid "The lower half of the time off type form, with all the information filled "off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:236 msgid "Accrual plans" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:238 msgid "Some time off is earned through an accrual plan, meaning that for every specified amount of time an employee works (hour, day, week, etc), they earn or *accrue* a specified amount of time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:242 msgid "If an employee accrues a vacation day for every week they work, they would earn 0.2 vacation days for each hour they work. At the end of a forty hour work week, they would earn one whole vacation day (8 hours)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:247 msgid "Create accrual plan" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:249 msgid "To create a new accrual plan, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Accrual Plans`. Then, click the :guilabel:`New` button, which reveals a blank accrual plan form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the accrual plan name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:255 msgid ":guilabel:`Accrued Gain Time`: Select when the employee begins to accrue time off, either :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` or :guilabel:`At the end of the accrual period`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:257 msgid ":guilabel:`Carry-Over Time`: Select when the employee received previously earned time. The options are:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:260 msgid ":guilabel:`At the start of the year`: Select this if the accrual rolls over on January 1 of the upcoming year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:262 msgid ":guilabel:`At the allocation date`: Select this if the accrual rolls over as soon as time is allocated to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:264 msgid ":guilabel:`Other`: Select this option if neither of the other two options are applicable. When selected, a :guilabel:`Carry-Over Date` field appears. Select the date using the two drop-down menus, one for the day and one for the month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Based on worked time`: Enable this option if time off accrual is determined by the employee's worked hours. Days **not** considered as worked time do **not** contribute to the accrual plan in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:273 msgid "An employee is granted time off from an accrual plan configured to accrue one day of vacation for every five days worked. The accrual plan is based on the employee's worked time (the :guilabel:`Based on worked time` checkbox is ticked), which means they **only** earn vacation time for the five weekdays they work, *not* the entire seven day week period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:278 msgid "The employee works standard 40-hour weeks. According to the accrual plan, they should earn four vacation days per month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:281 msgid "The employee takes five days off using a :ref:`time off type ` with the :guilabel:`Kind of Time Off` set as an :guilabel:`Absence`. Because the plan grants vacation only for worked time, those five days do not count toward accrual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:285 msgid "As a result, the employee accrues only three vacation days that month instead of four." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Milestone Transition`: This field is **only** visible after a minimum of two :ref:`rules ` have been configured on the accrual plan. This selection determines when employees move up to a new milestone. If they qualify to change milestones in the middle of a pay period, decide whether the employee changes milestones :guilabel:`Immediately` or :guilabel:`After this accrual's period` (after the current pay period)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:292 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: This field **only** appears in a multi-company database. Using the drop-down menu, select the company the accrual plan applies to. If left blank, the accrual plan is available for all companies." msgstr "" @@ -22994,135 +23536,135 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An accrual plan form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:304 msgid "Rules must be created in order for employees to accrue time off from the accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:306 msgid "To create a new rule, click the :guilabel:`New Milestone` button in the gray :guilabel:`Rules` section, and a :guilabel:`Create Milestone` modal form appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:313 msgid ":guilabel:`Employee accrue`: Select the parameters for earned time off in this section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:315 msgid "First, select either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours` for the increment of accrued time using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:318 msgid "Next, enter the numerical amount of the selected parameter that is accrued. The numerical format is `X.XXXX`, so that partial days or hours can also be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:321 msgid "Last, select how often the time is accrued using the drop-down menu. The default options are :guilabel:`Hourly`, :guilabel:`Daily`, :guilabel:`Weekly`, :guilabel:`Twice a month`, :guilabel:`Monthly`, :guilabel:`Twice a year`, and :guilabel:`Yearly`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:325 msgid "Depending on which option is selected, additional fields may appear. For example, if :guilabel:`Twice a month` is selected, two additional fields appear, to specify the two days of each month the milestone occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:328 msgid ":guilabel:`Cap accrued time`: If there is a maximum amount of time the employee can accrue with this plan, enable this option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:331 msgid "When enabled, two additional fields appear to the right of the checkbox. The second field is populated with either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Hours`, matching the selection made in the :ref:`Employee Accrue ` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:335 msgid "Enter a numerical value in the first field to specify the maximum amount of time that can be accrued, in the specified increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:337 msgid ":guilabel:`Start Accruing`: Enter the number and value of the time period that must pass before the employee starts to accumulate time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:340 msgid "Use the first field to enter a numerical value, then set the second field to the desired time increment (either :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:342 msgid ":guilabel:`Carry over`: select how any unused time off is handled. The options are either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 msgid ":guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`: Any unused time off is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:345 msgid ":guilabel:`All accrued time carried over`: All unused time off is rolled over to the next calendar year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:347 msgid ":guilabel:`Carry over with a maximum`: Unused time off is rolled over to the next calendar year, but there is a cap. An :guilabel:`Up to` field appears if this is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:350 msgid "Enter the maximum number of :guilabel:`Hours` or :guilabel:`Days` that can roll over to the following year. The presented time increment is determined by how the :ref:`Employee Accrue ` section is configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:354 msgid "Any time off beyond this parameter is lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:357 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Carry over` field is set to :guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`, that rule *overrides* the :guilabel:`Carry-Over Time` set on the accrual plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:359 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:360 msgid "If a company creates an accrual plan, granting employees time off :guilabel:`At the start of the accrual period` (i.e., the beginning of the year), and sets the :guilabel:`Carry-Over Time` on the *accrual plan* to :guilabel:`At the start of the year`, it allows unused vacation time to rollover to the following year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:364 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:365 msgid "Then, the company adds rules to the accrual plan, allocating five days of vacation, annually, on the first of the year (one week of vacation allocated on January 1st)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:368 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Carry over` field is set to :guilabel:`None. Accrual time reset to 0` on the :guilabel:`Create Milestone` pop-up for, any unused vacation time *does not* carry over, even though on the :guilabel:`Accrual Plan` form, the :guilabel:`Carry-Over Time` is set to :guilabel:`At the start of the year`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:372 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:373 msgid "The carry over set on the *rule* takes precedence over the carry over set on the *accrual plan form*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:376 msgid ":guilabel:`Milestone cap`: Tick this checkbox to set a limit on the total amount of time that can be accrued every calendar year. Enter the total maximum number of :guilabel:`Hours` or :guilabel:`Days` the employee can accrue during a year. The presented time increment is determined by how the :ref:`Employee Accrue ` section is configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:381 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Carry over` field is set to :guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`, the :guilabel:`Milestone cap` field does not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:383 msgid ":guilabel:`Carry Over Validity`: Tick this checkbox to set a time-limit on how long the employee has to use any rolled over time off. First, set the second field to the desired time-period using the drop-down menu, either :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Months`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:387 msgid "Next, enter the maximum number of :guilabel:`Days` or :guilabel:`Months` the employee has to use their rolled over time off. After that time period passes, any unused rolled over time will expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:391 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Carry over` field is set to :guilabel:`None. Accrued time reset to 0`, the :guilabel:`Carry Over Validity` field does not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:394 msgid "Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the :guilabel:`Create Milestone` form, and close the modal, or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the form and create another milestone. Add as many milestones as desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:399 msgid "This milestone form is configured so the employee earns five days a year. They start to earn this time yearly, on January 1st." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:402 msgid "The employee can never accrue more than 120 days of time off with this accrual plan. Anytime they have 120 days banked, they will stop accruing more time off." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:405 msgid "Additionally, they can roll over up to 100 days of time off to the next year, and they have three months to use that rollover time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:408 msgid "Note that due to the :guilabel:`Capped accrued time` of 120 days, the employee cannot carry over any time off that exceeds 120 days in total." msgstr "" @@ -23130,80 +23672,80 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A milestone form with all the entries filled out." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:417 msgid "Public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:419 msgid "Since holidays vary from country to country, or even city to city, there are no public holidays preconfigured in Odoo. To observe public or national holidays, and provide extra days off as holidays to employees, configure the observed public holidays in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:422 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:423 msgid "It is important to configure public holidays in Odoo, so employees are aware of the days they have off, and do not request time off on days that are already set as a public holiday (non-working days)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:427 msgid "Additionally, all public holidays configured in the **Time Off** app are also reflected in any app that uses working schedules, such as **Calendar**, **Planning**, **Manufacturing**, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:430 msgid "Due to Odoo's integration with other apps that use working schedules, it is considered best practice to ensure *all* public holidays are configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:433 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:434 msgid "Create public holidays" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:435 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:436 msgid "To create a public holiday, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Public Holidays`. All currently configured public holidays appear in a default list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:438 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:439 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button, and a new line appears at the bottom of the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:440 -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:441 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:503 msgid "Enter the following information on that new line:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name of the holiday." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:443 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:444 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: If in a multi-company database, the current company populates this field by default. It is **not** possible to edit this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:448 msgid "The :guilabel:`Company` field is hidden, by default. To view this field, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(settings adjusts)` icon in the top-right corner of the list, to the far-right of the column titles, and activate the :guilabel:`Company` selection from the drop-down menu that appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:453 msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`: Using the date and time picker, select the date and time the holiday starts, then click :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`. By default, this field is configured for the current date. The start time is set according to the start time for the company (according to the :ref:`working schedules `). If the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted accordingly, compared to the company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:458 msgid ":guilabel:`End Date`: Using the date and time picker, select the date and time the holiday ends, then click :icon:`fa-check` :guilabel:`Apply`. By default, this field is configured for the current date, and the time is set to the end time for the company (according to the :ref:`working schedules `). If the user's computer is set to a different time zone, the start time is adjusted accordingly, compared to the company's time zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:464 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:465 msgid "A company located in San Francisco operates from 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM, with an eight hour work day and one hour lunch break." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:467 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:468 msgid "For a user in New York, with a computer time zone set to Eastern Standard Time, a created public holiday displays a start time of 12:00 PM - 9:00 PM, accounting for the three hour time zone difference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:472 msgid "Similarly, a user located in Los Angeles, with a computer time zone set to Pacific Standard Time, sees a public holiday time as 9:00 AM - 6:00 PM." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:475 msgid ":guilabel:`Working Hours`: If the holiday should only apply to employees who have a specific set of working hours, select the working hours from the drop-down menu. If left blank, the holiday applies to all employees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:478 msgid ":guilabel:`Work Entry Type`: If using the **Payroll** app, this field defines how the :ref:`work entries ` for the holiday appear. Select the work entry type from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" @@ -23211,59 +23753,59 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The list of public holidays in the configuration menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:486 msgid "Mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:488 msgid "Some companies have special days where specific departments, or the entire staff, is required to be present, and time off is not allowed on those specific days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:490 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:491 msgid "These types of days are called *mandatory days* in Odoo. These can be configured to be company-wide, or department specific. When configured, employees in the specified department or company are unable to submit time off requests for these mandatory days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:496 msgid "Create mandatory days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:497 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:498 msgid "No mandatory days are configured in Odoo by default. To create a mandatory day, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Configuration --> Mandatory Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:501 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button in the top-left corner, and a blank line appears in the list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:504 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name of the mandatory day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: If in a multi-company database, this field is visible, and the current company populates this field, by default. Using the drop-down menu, select the company the mandatory day is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:509 msgid ":guilabel:`Departments`: This column is hidden by default. First, click the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` :guilabel:`(additional options)` icon in the top-right corner, next to :guilabel:`Color`, and then tick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Departments` to reveal that column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:514 msgid "Next, select the desired departments from the drop-down menu. Multiple departments can be selected, and there is no limit to the amount of departments that can be added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:516 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 msgid "If this field is left blank, the mandatory day applies to the entire company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 msgid ":guilabel:`Start Date`: Using the calendar picker, select the date the mandatory day starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:519 msgid ":guilabel:`End Date`: Using the calendar picker, select the date the mandatory day ends. If creating a single mandatory day, the end date should be the same as the start date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:520 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:521 msgid ":guilabel:`Color`: If desired, select a color from the available presented options. If no color is desired, select the `No color` option, represented by a white box with. The selected color appears on the main **Time Off** app dashboard, in both the calendar and in the legend." msgstr "" @@ -23271,43 +23813,43 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The Mandatory Days section with three configured days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:531 msgid "To view a color-coded schedule of the user's time off, and/or of the team managed by them, navigate to :menuselection:`Time Off app --> Overview`. This presents a calendar with the default filter of `My Team`, in a quarterly (three month) view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:534 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:535 msgid "To change the time period displayed, click on the :icon:`fa-calendar` :guilabel:`(time period)` button to reveal a drop-down menu. Then, select either :guilabel:`Today`, :guilabel:`This week`, :guilabel:`This month`, :guilabel:`This year`, or a custom time period, to present the calendar in that corresponding view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:539 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:540 msgid "To navigate forward or backward in time, in the selected increment (:guilabel:`Month`, :guilabel:`Week`, etc.), click the :icon:`oi-arrow-left` :guilabel:`(left arrow)` or :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` buttons to move either forward or backward in that specified amount of time. For example, if :guilabel:`Month` is selected, the arrows adjust the view by one month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:546 msgid "To return to a view containing the current day, click the :icon:`fa-crosshairs` :guilabel:`(Focus Today)` button at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:549 msgid "Team members are listed alphabetically on individual lines, and their requested time off, regardless of the status (*validated* or *to approve*), is visible on the calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:551 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:552 msgid "Each employee is color-coded. The employee's color is selected at random, and does *not* correspond to the type of time off they requested." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:555 msgid "The status of the time off is represented by the color detail of the request, either appearing solid (*validated*) or striped (*to approve*)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:558 msgid "The number of days or hours requested is written on the request (if there is enough space)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:559 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:560 msgid "At the bottom of the calendar, in the :guilabel:`Total` line, a bar graph shows how many people are projected to be out on any given day. The number on each individual bar represents the number of employees out for those highlighted days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:564 msgid "Click on a time off entry to view the details for the specific time off entry. The total number of hours or days are listed, along with the start and end time of the time off. To view the details of the time off request in a modal, click the :guilabel:`View` button." msgstr "" @@ -23315,23 +23857,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of the user's team, with time off requests shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:572 msgid ":doc:`time_off/allocations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:572 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 msgid ":doc:`time_off/request_time_off`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 msgid ":doc:`time_off/my_time`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:574 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 msgid ":doc:`time_off/management`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/time_off.rst:576 msgid ":doc:`time_off/reporting`" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/index.pot b/locale/sources/index.pot index 8bd128c279..1c53ef6ce4 100644 --- a/locale/sources/index.pot +++ b/locale/sources/index.pot @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 17.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-11-08 08:46+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index c867452dab..ab5b760f95 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -16176,91 +16176,183 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Each replenishment mechanism triggers the creation or suggestion of a purchase order (PO) or manufacturing order (MO), with the best choice depending on the business process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:55 msgid "Replenishment strategies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58 msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:60 msgid "Reordering rules are rules that can be set up to maintain a minimum stock level. They are often configured to support manufacturing or sales requirements. When a product's stock falls at or below the minimum level, Odoo generates (or suggests) a purchase or manufacturing order to replenish stock to the maximum level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:65 msgid "When using automatic reordering rules, Odoo generates a new order. When using manual, Odoo suggests orders on the replenishment report. For detailed guidance, refer to the :doc:`replenishment report ` and :doc:`reordering rules `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:69 msgid "Key points include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:71 msgid ":ref:`Automatic reordering rules `: Automatically create |POs| or |MOs| when stock falls below the minimum level. While this is convenient, it is less flexible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74 msgid ":ref:`Manual reordering rules `: Generate suggestions in the replenishment report for user review, allowing adjustments and batch orders while meeting deadlines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:70 -msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `: A strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Just in time logic `: A strategy to replenish only what is needed to prevent overstocking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:81 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/reordering_rules`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:82 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/report`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:87 msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:89 msgid "An |MTO| strategy means that procurement or production is triggered only after a sales order has been confirmed. This strategy is recommended when products are customizable, demand is unpredictable, there is limited storage capacity, and when products are high in value and low in demand. In such cases, it does not make sense to keep on-hand inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:94 msgid "Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:97 msgid "Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:101 msgid "In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104 msgid "The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:108 msgid ":doc:`replenishment/mto`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/workflows/use_mps.rst:3 msgid "Master production schedule" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:113 msgid "The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` is a dashboard where products and their forecasted quantities are entered. Based on confirmed manufacturing and purchase orders, the dashboard recommends amounts to order or produce." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:117 msgid "This a useful **manual** tool for keeping track of quantities. The :abbr:`MPS (Master Production Schedule)` **should absolutely not** be used alongside reordering rules, as the automated workflow disrupts its manual replenishment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment.rst:122 msgid ":doc:`../../manufacturing/workflows/use_mps`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:3 +msgid "Just in time logic" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:8 +msgid "*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted date `, which determines when replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking. For example, for a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just in time for delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:14 +msgid "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor lead times ` and :ref:`purchasing delays ` for purchases, or :ref:`manufacturing lead times ` for production. This works with both automatic and manual reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:22 +msgid "If utilizing just-in-time logic feels risky, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead times ` for more flexibility. While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, reordering rules work perfectly fine without them. Keeping delivery dates on |SOs| as their *creation date* ensures purchases are immediately triggered when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:30 +msgid "Forecasted date and to order quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:32 +msgid "The *forecasted date* is the earliest receipt date for a product, if it is ordered right now. It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:36 +msgid "To view the forecasted date go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment` to access the :doc:`replenishment report `, then click the :icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:41 +msgid "The just-in-time logic ensures replenishment occurs only when required to meet forecasted demand, reducing the risk of overstocking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:45 +msgid "Just-in-time logic determines the exact timing of replenishment. If you want to extend this logic to also consider near-future demand beyond the forecast date, see :ref:`Visibility Days `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:49 +msgid "If the forecasted quantity falls below the minimum on the forecasted date, replenishment is triggered immediately to prevent shortages. If the quantity falls below the minimum after the forecasted date, replenishment is deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:53 +msgid "The :guilabel:`To Order` quantity is defined as the total demand on the forecasted date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:55 +msgid "By scheduling purchase orders according to combined lead times, Odoo minimizes inventory while ensuring that future demand is met on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:59 +msgid "A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:61 +msgid "Vendor lead time is 4 days, and the days to purchase is 2 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:62 +msgid "Today's date is October 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:63 +msgid "These add up to 6 days, making the forecasted date, October 8." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:65 +msgid "A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of October 8th (6 days from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in the :guilabel:`To Order` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:68 +msgid "However, if the delivery date were later than October 8th, it would not yet appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:0 +msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:76 +msgid "|SOs| scheduled after the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not included in the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of a reordering rule. However, they do appear in the forecasted report, since it reflects the long-term forecasted quantity. To access the forecasted report, click :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(area chart)` icon on the replenishment report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`Reordering Rules `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`Replenishment Report `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/just_in_time.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`Lead Times `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:3 msgid "Lead times" msgstr "" @@ -16442,7 +16534,7 @@ msgid "Arrival date of the products. Calculated by *Order Deadline* + *Vendor Le msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:170 -msgid "In addition, Odoo has global security lead times, which are buffers that widen the :ref:`just-in-time ` (JIT) forecast window. The security lead times affect **only** replenishment methods that use :doc:`pull rules <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`—for example :doc:`reordering rules ` or :doc:`make to order (MTO) `. They do not change the interval between *Order Deadline* and *Expected Arrival*." +msgid "In addition, Odoo has global security lead times, which are buffers that widen the :doc:`just-in-time ` (JIT) forecast window. The security lead times affect **only** replenishment methods that use :doc:`pull rules <../../shipping_receiving/daily_operations/use_routes>`—for example :doc:`reordering rules ` or :doc:`make to order (MTO) `. They do not change the interval between *Order Deadline* and *Expected Arrival*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/lead_times.rst:178 @@ -16977,7 +17069,7 @@ msgid "To understand and optimize replenishment using advanced features, see:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:38 -msgid ":ref:`Just-in-time logic `" +msgid ":doc:`Just in time logic `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:39 @@ -17099,7 +17191,7 @@ msgid "Reordering rules can also be created from the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:129 -msgid "To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and :guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and future demand, see the :ref:`Just-in-time logic ` section." +msgid "To learn how the :guilabel:`On Hand`, :guilabel:`Forecast`, and :guilabel:`To Order` fields are calculated using on-hand quantities and future demand, see :doc:`Just in time logic `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:133 @@ -17390,175 +17482,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After placing the order, remove `SO35` from the :guilabel:`Procurement Group` field of the five products' reordering rules. This ensures future demands for these products are managed separately and assigned to different |RFQs| (the usual behavior)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:392 -msgid "Just-in-time logic" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:394 -msgid "*Just-in-time logic* in Odoo minimizes storage costs by placing orders precisely to meet deadlines. This is achieved using the :ref:`forecasted date `, which determines when replenishment is necessary to avoid overstocking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:398 -msgid "The forecasted date is the **earliest possible date** to receive a product if the replenishment process starts immediately. It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the replenishment process, such as :ref:`vendor lead times ` and :ref:`purchasing delays ` for purchases, or :ref:`manufacturing lead times ` for production. Both automatic and manual reordering rules work this way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:406 -msgid "For a product with a 5-day total lead time and a sales order delivery date in 10 days, Odoo waits 5 days to place the order, ensuring it arrives just in time for delivery." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:390 +msgid ":doc:`Just-in-time logic `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:409 -msgid "Important considerations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:411 -msgid "**If this feels risky**, consider adding buffer time or :doc:`adjusting lead times ` for more flexibility." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:413 -msgid "While lead times and just-in-time logic provide additional control, **reordering rules work perfectly fine without them**. Keeping delivery dates on sales orders as their *creation date* ensures purchases are immediately triggered when needed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:420 -msgid "Forecasted date and To Order quantity" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:422 -msgid "The *forecasted date* is the earliest receipt date for a product, if it is ordered right now. It is calculated by summing the lead times linked to the product's replenishment process. The total of these lead times, added to the current date, determines when Odoo checks for demanded stock." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:426 -msgid "To view the forecasted date go to the replenishment report and click the :icon:`fa-info-circle` :guilabel:`(info)` icon for the desired reordering rule. The :guilabel:`Replenishment Information` pop-up window displays the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` and various lead times." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:431 -msgid "A manual reordering rule is set up with no minimum or maximum quantities." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:433 -msgid "Vendor lead time is 4 days, the purchase security lead time is 1 day, and the days to purchase is 2 days." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:435 -msgid "Today's date is November 26." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:436 -msgid "These add up to 7 days, making the forecasted date, December 3rd." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:438 -msgid "A confirmed |SO| for 5 units has a delivery date of December 3rd (7 days from today). This demand will appear on the replenishment report today, in the **To Order** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:441 -msgid "However, if the delivery date were later than December 3rd, it would not yet appear on the report. Odoo only displays quantities to replenish when they fall within the forecasted date window, ensuring orders are placed precisely when needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 -msgid "Show forecasted date in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:448 -msgid "The *just-in-time* logic ensures replenishment happens only when it's necessary for the forecasted date's demand, helping avoid overstocking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:451 -msgid "For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:453 -msgid "If the forecasted quantity drops below the minimum **on** the forecasted date, replenishment must begin immediately to avoid shortages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:455 -msgid "If the quantity drops below the minimum **after** the forecasted date, replenishment can wait." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:457 -msgid "The **To Order** quantity is the total demand on the forecasted date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:459 -msgid "By timing purchase orders based on the combined lead times, Odoo optimizes stock levels, keeping inventory minimal while ensuring future requirements are ordered at the last possible moment—strategic procrastination without the stress!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:464 -msgid "Common confusion about forecasted quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:466 -msgid "|SOs| due **after** the :guilabel:`Forecasted Date` are not accounted for in the :guilabel:`Forecast` quantities of the reordering rule." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:469 -msgid "They are, however, accounted for on the forecasted report that is opened by clicking the :icon:`fa-area-chart` :guilabel:`(graph)` icon on the replenishment report, as this one represents the **long-term forecasted quantity**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 -msgid "Forecast and To Order quantities is zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:478 -msgid "Continuing the above example, when the sales order's deadline is adjusted to December 4th, the :guilabel:`Forecast` and :guilabel:`To Order` quantities are zero." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:0 -msgid "Show forecasted report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:484 -msgid "Opening the :guilabel:`Forecasted Report` shows the :guilabel:`Forecasted` units is `5.00`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:395 msgid "Visibility days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:397 msgid "*Visibility days* enable the ability to determine if additional quantities should be added to the planned replenishment. Odoo checks if forecasted stock on the forecasted date will drop below the minimum in the reordering rule. **Only if** it is time to reorder, visibility days check additional future demand by the specified number of days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:403 +msgid "Visibility days extend the standard just-in-time replenishment logic by looking beyond the immediate forecasted date. To fully understand how Odoo determines when replenishment is triggered, refer to the :doc:`Just-in-time logic `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:407 msgid "This feature helps consolidate orders by grouping immediate and near-future needs, reducing transport costs and enabling supplier discounts for larger orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:499 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:410 msgid "To set visibility days to incorporate orders for a specified number of days in the future, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, or by clicking the *Reordering Rules* smart button from the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:503 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:414 msgid "Next, enable the :guilabel:`Visibility Days` field by clicking the |adjust| to the far right and choosing the feature from the drop-down menu. Then, enter the desired visibility days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:507 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:418 msgid "The forecasted date is never pushed forward or extended; Odoo only checks the extra visibility days if the stock falls below the minimum threshold on the forecasted date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:422 msgid "Example where visibility days is triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:513 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:424 msgid "A product shipped from Asia has a combined vendor lead time of 30 days and a shipping cost of $100 (including :doc:`landed costs <../../product_management/inventory_valuation/landed_costs>` and tariffs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:428 msgid "November 4: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:518 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:429 msgid "|SO| 1: Requires the product by Dec 4. Odoo places the order today, costing $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:519 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:430 msgid "|SO| 2: Requires the product by Dec 19. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov 19, costing an additional $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:432 msgid "|SO| 3: Requires the product by Dec 25. Normally, Odoo would order on Nov 25, costing another $100." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:524 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:435 msgid "Ordering separately for these sales orders totals $300 in shipping costs." msgstr "" @@ -17566,39 +17546,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Show forecasted date visualization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:440 msgid "Setting :guilabel:`Visibility Days` to `20.0` allows Odoo to \"look ahead\" 20 days from December 4 (|SO| 1's forecasted date) to December 24." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:532 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:443 msgid "It groups |SO| 2's order with |SO| 1, reducing shipping costs by consolidating orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:444 msgid "|SO| 3, which is due on Dec 25, is one day late and is not grouped with the other two orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:536 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:447 msgid "Counterexample where visibility days is not triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:538 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:449 msgid "Considering the example above, if |SO| 1 does not exist, then:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:451 msgid "**November 4**: Current date. The forecasted date is December 4 (30 days later)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:541 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:452 msgid "**November 5**: The forecasted date shifts to December 5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:453 msgid "|SO| 2: Requires the product by December 19. Odoo will only trigger the order on November 19, meaning the user will not see a replenishment notification until then." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:545 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:456 msgid "This shows that visibility days complement just-in-time logic by optimizing it to balance replenishment costs more effectively." msgstr "" @@ -17606,20 +17586,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example where the visibility days does not trigger." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:552 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:463 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:67 msgid "Horizon days" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:554 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:465 msgid "*Horizon days* determine how many days ahead Odoo checks if the forecasted quantity will drop below reordering rule's minimum. The feature is meant to help users plan replenishment in advance, by increasing the :ref:`forecasted date `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:558 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:469 msgid "\\text{Forecasted date} = \\text{Current date} + \\text{Vendor Lead Time} + \\text{Horizon Days}" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/reordering_rules.rst:475 msgid "Since horizon days are only meant to be used with manual reordering rules, find details about the feature in the :doc:`Replenishment report article `." msgstr "" @@ -17772,7 +17752,7 @@ msgid "In each line of the replenishment report, clicking the :icon:`fa-info-cir msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:122 -msgid "For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to the :ref:`Just in time logic ` section." +msgid "For detailed information on how to use this feature for replenishment, go to the :doc:`just-in-time ` section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/warehouses_storage/replenishment/report.rst:126 diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index 3a5c8e2fcf..2a1f1450f4 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index 7cbc10aea6..8a120080f4 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/appointments/create-opps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/documents.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert.rst:590 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:17 @@ -1288,6 +1289,626 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Synchronize all existing events`: sync all events on *Microsoft Outlook Calendar* and/or Odoo calendar." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:5 +msgid "Dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:13 +msgid "**Odoo Dashboards** allows you to consult, customize, and build interactive dashboards that display real-time data from your Odoo database in an easy-to-understand way. By centralizing data from various Odoo sources in a single location, dashboards provide an overview of key business metrics that can help you monitor business performance and make informed decisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo spreadsheets <../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet>` serve as the foundation for dashboards, with tables and charts used to structure and visualize dynamic Odoo data. :ref:`Data sources ` connect a dashboard's underlying spreadsheet to your database, ensuring the most recent data is retrieved every time the dashboard is opened or refreshed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:24 +msgid "With Odoo Dashboards, users can, depending on their :ref:`access rights `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`consult dashboards `, including :ref:`standard, pre-configured dashboards `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`interact with dashboards ` using filters and by accessing underlying data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`share a snapshot of a dashboard ` with internal users who do not have the appropriate access rights or with external users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:33 +msgid ":doc:`build custom dashboards <../../applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards>` using Odoo Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`customize dashboards ` to modify what data is shown, the layout, or the filters available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:38 +msgid ":ref:`manage access rights ` to dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:39 +msgid "centralize frequently consulted Odoo views on a personal :doc:`../../applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard` page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:43 +msgid "Once a spreadsheet has been converted into a dashboard, it can only be accessed via the Dashboards app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:45 +msgid "Unlike other Odoo dashboards, :guilabel:`My Dashboard` is not based on Odoo Spreadsheet, but rather on :doc:`Odoo views <../studio/views>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:51 +msgid "Consult dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:53 +msgid "On the main Dashboards page, the left panel lists all :ref:`dashboards a user has access to `, grouped by section. Clicking on a dashboard name opens that dashboard in the main part of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:58 +msgid "Clicking the :icon:`fa-angle-double-left` :guilabel:`(double chevron)` icon at the top of the left panel collapses the panel, maximizing the space available for dashboards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:64 +msgid "Standard dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:66 +msgid "Depending on which apps are installed, a series of standard dashboards is available by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:68 +msgid "These pre-configured dashboards have been designed to provide the most relevant insights for the topic in question. Data on specific aspects of the topic is presented in tables and charts, while dashboard-specific filters allow users to tailor the view to their needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:73 +msgid "Within the :guilabel:`Sales` section in the Dashboards app, the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard gives an overview of the number of quotations and orders, the revenue, and the average order value, as well as a chart showing monthly sales. It also includes tables listing top quotations and sales orders, top-performing products and salespeople, and top countries served." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:78 +msgid "A series of pre-configured global filters, available via the search bar above the dashboard, allows the entire dashboard to be filtered by, e.g., product or sales team. A default value of `Last 90 days` in the period filter means data from the previous 90 days is automatically retrieved every time the dashboard is opened or refreshed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:0 +msgid "Overview of Sales dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:86 +msgid "Standard dashboards can be :ref:`customized ` by a user with the appropriate :ref:`access rights `. For example, dashboard elements like tables and charts, or global filters can be added, edited, or removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:92 +msgid "When customizing a standard dashboard, it is highly recommended to :ref:`duplicate the dashboard ` and make any changes on the duplicated version. Standard dashboards are reinstalled at each Odoo version upgrade, meaning any customizations on the original version are lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:100 +msgid "Interact with dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:102 +msgid "In addition to consulting a dashboard for a high-level overview of key business data, it is also possible to interact with the dashboard for a more detailed analysis:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:105 +msgid "**Filter data**: Most standard dashboards have one or more :doc:`global filters `, shown as dropdown menus, at the top of the dashboard. These filters allow all the data on the dashboard to be filtered at the same time, for example, to show data only for a specific period of time, or for one or more salespeople or customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:110 +msgid "**Open underlying database records**: To access database records referenced by a dashboard, click on the relevant value in a table or on a data point on a chart. Doing so opens either the individual record, or, in the case of charts or tables displaying consolidated data, a list of the referenced records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:115 +msgid "**Open underlying database views**: To access the view from which the data for a specific chart or table is retrieved, click on the title of the chart or table. Doing so opens the corresponding list view, pivot view or graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:120 +msgid "To return to a dashboard after drilling down to underlying records or views, click the :guilabel:`Dashboards` breadcrumb at the upper left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:129 +msgid "Only a user with the appropriate :ref:`access rights ` can configure or modify settings for dashboards and dashboard sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:132 +msgid "To manage dashboards and dashboard sections, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Dashboards`. The following actions are possible at the level of dashboard sections:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:135 +msgid "**Change the order of dashboard sections** by using the :icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(drag handle)` icon to move a section to a new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:138 +msgid "**Duplicate a dashboard section** by selecting the relevant section name, clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, and then :icon:`fa-clone` :guilabel:`Duplicate`. The dashboards within the section are not duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:142 +msgid "**Delete a dashboard section** by selecting the relevant section name, clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button then :icon:`fa-trash-o` :guilabel:`Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:146 +msgid "Standard, pre-installed dashboard sections cannot be deleted; custom dashboard sections, on the other hand, can be deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:149 +msgid "**Create a new dashboard section** by clicking :guilabel:`New`, then entering the section name. When creating a new section, it is possible to add a dashboard to the new section directly by clicking :guilabel:`Add a spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:153 +msgid "Clicking on an individual dashboard section lists all dashboards within that section. The following actions are possible:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:156 +msgid "**Change the order of a dashboard within its section** by using the :icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(drag handle)` icon to move the dashboard to a new position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:159 +msgid "**Edit the name of a dashboard section or dashboard** by clicking the name and modifying it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:161 +msgid "**Add or remove user groups** to :ref:`control access to the dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:164 +msgid "**Select a company** if, in a :doc:`multi-company <../../applications/general/companies/multi_company>` database, the dashboard should only be visible to users of one company. If this field is left blank, the dashboard is visible to all users with the appropriate access rights, regardless of which company is currently selected in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:170 +msgid "**Unpublish a dashboard** by disabling the :guilabel:`Is Published` toggle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:172 +msgid "**Edit the underlying spreadsheet** of a dashboard by clicking :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`Edit` on the line of the relevant dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:176 +msgid "When customizing a standard dashboard, it is highly recommended to :ref:`duplicate the dashboard ` and make any changes on the underlying spreadsheet of the duplicated version. Standard dashboards are reinstalled at each Odoo version upgrade, meaning any customizations on the original version are lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:181 +msgid "**Delete a dashboard** by clicking the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:184 +msgid "A standard dashboard that is deleted is reinstalled at the next Odoo version upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:186 +msgid "**Add a new dashboard to the section** by clicking :guilabel:`Add a spreadsheet`. Two options exist:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:189 +msgid "To convert an existing spreadsheet into a dashboard and add it to the new section, select the relevant spreadsheet, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`. Back in the section overview, update the :guilabel:`Group` and :guilabel:`Company` fields if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:193 +msgid "To start creating a dashboard from scratch, select :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet`. To return to the section overview, click the name of the section at the top left of the page. Update the :guilabel:`Group` and :guilabel:`Company` fields if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:198 +msgid "After a spreadsheet has been converted into a dashboard, it can only be :ref:`accessed and edited via the Dashboards app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:202 +msgid "A newly created dashboard is by default accessible to users belonging to the default internal :ref:`user group `. Edit this if needed via the configuration page of the relevant dashboard section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:205 +msgid "It is also possible to :ref:`convert a spreadsheet into a dashboard ` and add it to a dashboard section starting from the spreadsheet in the Documents app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:212 +msgid "Access rights and sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:217 +msgid "Consulting dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:219 +msgid "The *right to view and interact with a dashboard* is based on :ref:`user groups `, and is managed in the :ref:`Configuration settings ` of the Dashboards app. Only users who are part of a group that has been granted access to a specific dashboard see that dashboard in the left-hand panel on the main Dashboards page. Users with `Dashboard / Admin` access rights can view all dashboards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:226 +msgid "However, the *visibility of dynamic Odoo data within a dashboard* is handled separately. This is based on a user's :ref:`access rights ` to the model from which the data has been retrieved, and takes into account any record rules that may restrict access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:231 +msgid "User permissions are taken into account when a user opens a dashboard, with the dashboard only being populated with data the user is authorized to see. This means that a user could in theory be able to view a dashboard but, due to a lack of appropriate permissions, not be able to see the Odoo data the dashboard's creator intended to be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:236 +msgid "Therefore, it is crucial to take user permissions into consideration when granting dashboard access to groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:240 +msgid "Granting the user group `Sales / User: Own Documents Only` access to the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard would serve little purpose. While users belonging to that group would be able to view and interact with the dashboard, they would only see data related to their own sales, rendering the overall dashboard misleading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:248 +msgid "Manage access rights to view dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:250 +msgid "To manage users' rights to view and interact with a dashboard:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:160 +msgid "In the Dashboards app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Dashboards`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:253 +msgid "From the list of dashboard sections, open the relevant section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:254 +msgid "On the line of the relevant dashboard, in the :guilabel:`Group` column:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:256 +msgid "add a user group by clicking the field until a dropdown with user groups appears, then selecting the appropriate user group. In the dropdown, click :guilabel:`Search More` to access the full list of user groups;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:259 +msgid "remove a user group by clicking the relevant group name, then clicking :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(Delete)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:265 +msgid "Building, customizing and configuring dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:267 +msgid "Only users with `Dashboards / Admin` access rights can :ref:`customize dashboards ` or :ref:`configure dashboard settings `. To :ref:`build a dashboard from scratch `, a user must have both `Dashboards / Admin` and, at minimum for the Documents app, `Documents / User` access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:276 +msgid "Share dashboard snapshot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards.rst:278 +msgid "To share a frozen version of a dashboard with an internal user who does not have the appropriate access or with an external party, click :icon:`fa-share-alt` :guilabel:`Share` at the top-right of the page then click the :icon:`fa-clone` :guilabel:`(copy)` icon to copy a shareable link to your clipboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:3 +msgid "Build and customize dashboards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:5 +msgid "In addition to consulting :ref:`standard dashboards `, users with the appropriate :ref:`access rights ` can :ref:`build custom dashboards from scratch ` or :ref:`customize existing dashboards ` to respond to specific business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:14 +msgid "Build a dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:16 +msgid "In its most simple terms, building a dashboard involves :doc:`inserting Odoo data into a spreadsheet <../../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert>` then :ref:`converting that spreadsheet into a dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:20 +msgid "However, to build a dashboard that delivers relevant and valuable insights, it is important to consider the process in terms of three key stages: :ref:`preparation `, :ref:`data insertion and manipulation `, and :ref:`data visualization `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:29 +msgid "Preparation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:64 +msgid "This stage involves:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:33 +msgid "defining the purpose of the dashboard, in other words, the business questions it needs to answer, and deciding what data would answer those questions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:35 +msgid "determining where to find the relevant Odoo data and deciding which :doc:`type of view <../../../applications/studio/views>` (i.e., list, pivot table, or chart) is most suited for the data analysis needed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:38 +msgid "preparing the Odoo data by refining the views to focus on the most relevant information, e.g., by using :doc:`search filters <../../../applications/essentials/search>`, by making only certain list fields visible, or by deciding which dimensions and measures a pivot table should use;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:41 +msgid "sourcing any other information needed to support the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:46 +msgid "Data insertion and manipulation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`inserting the prepared lists, pivot tables or charts <../../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert>` into the spreadsheet you will use to build your dashboard;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:53 +msgid "manipulating the data, if needed, to be able to draw the necessary insights. This may involve performing calculations or creating custom metrics using :doc:`standard or Odoo-specific functions and formulas <../../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet/functions>`, referencing data from various sources within the spreadsheet, or :doc:`converting static pivot tables to dynamic pivot tables <../../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet/dynamic_pivot_tables>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:62 +msgid "Data visualization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:66 +msgid "presenting the data on at least the first sheet of your spreadsheet (i.e., the sheet that will serve as the front end of your dashboard) in a clear, visual, and meaningful way so it is easy to interpret. Concretely, this means deciding on the layout and order of elements such as tables and charts, as well as using tools and techniques to guide the user, such as clear and descriptive headings, text formatting and colors, carefully chosen chart types, and conditional formatting to highlight specific data visually;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:72 +msgid ":ref:`inserting clickable links `, if relevant, to provide access to Odoo menu items, URLs, or other sheets within the same spreadsheet if these should also be accessible from the front end of your dashboard;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:75 +msgid ":doc:`creating global filters <../../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters>` to allow users to tailor the view to their needs;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:77 +msgid ":ref:`converting the spreadsheet into a dashboard `, determining whether to add the dashboard to an existing or new dashboard section, and :ref:`managing access rights to the dashboard `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:83 +msgid "Use standard dashboards as inspiration for how to best present and visualize data. For example, for charts, :ref:`open the underlying spreadsheet ` of a standard dashboard, hover over a chart and click the :icon:`fa-bars` :guilabel:`(menu)` icon, then :icon:`fa-pencil-square-o` :guilabel:`Edit` to see the chart properties on the right side of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:89 +msgid "The possibility to link to other sheets within the same spreadsheet allows the creation of a multi-page dashboard, with users able to navigate between pages thanks to clickable links. Global filters apply across all pages of a dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:94 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorial: Dashboard from scratch `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:100 +msgid "Customize a dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:102 +msgid "Dashboards are customized by editing the dashboard's underlying spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:105 +msgid "When customizing a :ref:`standard dashboard `, it is highly recommended to :ref:`duplicate the dashboard ` and make any changes on the underlying spreadsheet of the duplicated version. Standard dashboards are reinstalled at each Odoo version upgrade, meaning any customizations on the original version are lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:114 +msgid "Open the underlying spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:116 +msgid "To open a dashboard's underlying spreadsheet:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:119 +msgid "Open the relevant dashboard section, then, on the line of the relevant dashboard, click :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:123 +msgid "Users who do not have the appropriate :ref:`access rights ` to customize a dashboard can still access a read-only version of the dashboard's underlying spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:126 +msgid "To temporarily unpublish a dashboard while you make changes, disable :guilabel:`Is Published` *before* editing the dashboard, making note to republish it when the customization has been finalized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:129 +msgid "With :ref:`developer mode ` activated, click on the :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon beside the name of a dashboard in the left panel to open its underlying spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:133 +msgid "The spreadsheet that opens typically consists of at least two sheets:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:135 +msgid "**The first sheet** always serves as the front end of your dashboard, and contains the tables and charts used to structure and visualize the data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:138 +msgid "**The second and any subsequent sheets** typically contain data used for the calculation of key metrics shown on the first sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:142 +msgid "The :ref:`data sources ` that maintain the connection between the spreadsheet and the relevant models in your database can be viewed by clicking :menuselection:`Data` on the spreadsheet's menu bar. These data sources are identified by their respective :icon:`oi-view-pivot` :guilabel:`(pivot table)`, :icon:`oi-view-list` :guilabel:`(list)` or :icon:`fa-bar-chart` :guilabel:`(chart)` icon, followed by their ID and name, e.g., :icon:`oi-view-pivot` *(#1) Sales Analysis by Product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:149 +msgid "For :ref:`standard dashboards `, while the data sources are still active and visible in the :menuselection:`Data` menu, the corresponding lists and pivot tables have been removed from the spreadsheet for better performance and a neater appearance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:156 +msgid "Duplicate a dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:158 +msgid "To duplicate a dashboard:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:161 +msgid "Open the relevant dashboard section, then, on the line of the dashboard you want to duplicate, click :icon:`fa-pencil` :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:163 +msgid "In the spreadsheet that opens, click :menuselection:`File -->` :icon:`os-copy-file` :menuselection:`Make a copy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:165 +msgid "Rename the duplicated dashboard by clicking the name of the spreadsheet at the top left of the screen and editing as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:169 +msgid "To return to the overview of the dashboard section, click the name of the original dashboard at the top left of the page, then the name of the dashboard section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:171 +msgid "After duplicating a dashboard, delete the original dashboard by clicking the :icon:`fa-trash` :guilabel:`(trash)` icon or rename it by clicking on the name then editing it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:177 +msgid "Add, edit, or remove dashboard elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:179 +msgid "Dashboards can be customized in various ways, such as by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:181 +msgid "adding new tables and charts based on previously inserted or :ref:`newly inserted Odoo data `. This requires a similar approach to :ref:`building a dashboard from scratch `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`adding new global filters <../../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters>` or editing or deleting existing ones;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:186 +msgid ":ref:`adding or editing clickable links ` to Odoo menus, URLs, or to other sheets within the same spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:190 +msgid "Dashboard elements that are no longer needed can be deleted from the spreadsheet. If, after deleting a dashboard element, a :ref:`data source ` is no longer being used in the spreadsheet, this is indicated by a :icon:`fa-exclamation-triangle` :guilabel:`(warning)` icon in the :guilabel:`Data` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:0 +msgid "Warning to indicate data source no longer used in spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:201 +msgid "Insert new Odoo data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:203 +msgid "Inserting new Odoo data into a dashboard's underlying spreadsheet requires starting from the relevant Odoo view. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:206 +msgid "With the relevant list view, pivot view or graph view open in your database, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:208 +msgid "For a list view, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon beside the name of the view, then :guilabel:`Spreadsheet -->` :icon:`oi-view-list` :menuselection:`Insert list in spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:211 +msgid "For a pivot or graph view, click :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` at the top left of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:213 +msgid "In the window that opens, edit the name if needed. For a list, edit the number of records, i.e., rows to be inserted, if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:215 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Dashboards` tab then select in which dashboard the list, pivot table, or chart should be inserted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:218 +msgid "A list or pivot table is inserted into a new sheet in the dashboard's underlying spreadsheet; a chart is inserted on the first sheet of the spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/build_and_customize_dashboards.rst:222 +msgid ":doc:`Inserting Odoo data into a spreadsheet <../../../applications/productivity/spreadsheet/insert>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:3 +msgid "My Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:5 +msgid "**My Dashboard** allows you to centralize the :doc:`Odoo views <../../studio/views>` you consult most regularly, making it possible to see critical tasks at a glance without having to first navigate through multiple apps. Unlike other Odoo dashboards, My Dashboard is not based on **Odoo Spreadsheet**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:10 +msgid "Views inserted in My Dashboard are fully dynamic and retain many features of the source view, e.g., sorting of lists, changing the measures used for a pivot table or cohort view, changing the chart type, or clicking on a value or data point to view the underlying record(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:15 +msgid "It is not possible to change the domain, i.e., the filtering or grouping, of a view that has been added to My Dashboard. To change the domain, make the necessary changes in the original view, then re-insert the view in My Dashboard and delete the originally inserted view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:20 +msgid "Add views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:22 +msgid "Most Odoo views can be added to My Dashboard, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`multiple record views ` like list, kanban, and map" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`timeline views ` like calendar, cohort, and gantt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:26 +msgid ":ref:`reporting views ` like pivot and graph" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:28 +msgid "To add a view to My Dashboard:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:30 +msgid "With the relevant view open in your database, click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Actions)` icon beside the name of the view, then :menuselection:`Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:32 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Add to my Dashboard`, rename the view if desired, then click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a view to My Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:38 +msgid "Refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:40 +msgid "The added view is now visible as a widget in My Dashboard in the Dashboards app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:43 +msgid "If added views are not showing in My Dashboard, refresh the browser page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:46 +msgid "Customize layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:48 +msgid "When at least one view has been added to My Dashboard, the page can be customized as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:50 +msgid "**Change the layout of the page**: Click :guilabel:`Change Layout` in the top-right corner and select the desired layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:54 +msgid "For multi-column layouts, the column limits are identified by :icon:`fa-caret-left` :guilabel:`(left caret)` and :icon:`fa-caret-right` :guilabel:`(right caret)` icons at the bottom of the page. If needed, scroll to the bottom of the page to see the column limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:0 +msgid "Column limits visible at bottom of page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:61 +msgid "**Collapse and expand widgets**: By default, an inserted widget is shown fully expanded. To collapse, or minimize, a widget, and show only the title, click the :icon:`fa-window-minimize` :guilabel:`(minimize)` icon at the top right of the widget. To expand a widget, click the :icon:`fa-window-maximize` :guilabel:`(maximize)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:65 +msgid "**Move widgets**: Drag and drop widgets to the desired location in the same column or a different column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/dashboards/my_dashboard.rst:67 +msgid "**Remove widgets**: To remove a widget from the page, click the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(remove)` icon." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/data_cleaning.rst:3 msgid "Data Cleaning" msgstr "" @@ -4235,7 +4856,7 @@ msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced Search`: after typing the text in the search bar, cli msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:399 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:140 msgid "Version history" msgstr "" @@ -7737,214 +8358,211 @@ msgid "Within a spreadsheet, opening the command palette, using the :doc:`keyboa msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:41 -msgid "Odoo spreadsheets serve as the foundation for the dashboards available in **Odoo Dashboards**. On a dashboard, charts and data tables are used to display dynamic Odoo data and provide an overview of key business metrics." +msgid "Odoo spreadsheets serve as the foundation for the :doc:`dashboards available in Odoo Dashboards <../../applications/productivity/dashboards>`. On a dashboard, charts and data tables are used to display dynamic Odoo data and provide an overview of key business metrics." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:45 -msgid "Standard, pre-configured dashboards can be customized by editing the dashboard's underlying spreadsheet via Dashboards. Custom dashboards can also be created from scratch, starting from an Odoo spreadsheet; any subsequent modifications are performed via Dashboards." +msgid ":ref:`Standard, pre-configured dashboards ` can be :ref:`customized ` by editing the dashboard's underlying spreadsheet via Dashboards. :ref:`Custom dashboards ` can also be created from scratch, starting from an Odoo spreadsheet; any subsequent :ref:`modifications ` are performed via Dashboards." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:56 msgid "Create a new spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:58 msgid "To create a new spreadsheet:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:60 msgid "Open Odoo Documents and navigate to the section or folder in which the spreadsheet should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:62 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` and select :guilabel:`Spreadsheet`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:65 msgid "Alternatively, from the :icon:`fa-folder-o` :guilabel:`All` folder, click :guilabel:`New` and select :guilabel:`Spreadsheet`, then select in which :guilabel:`Folder` the spreadsheet should be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:69 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or, to create a new spreadsheet using an existing :doc:`template `, select the relevant template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:219 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:72 msgid "Click on `Untitled spreadsheet` at the top of the screen to edit the name of the spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:75 msgid "It is also possible to create a new spreadsheet by:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:77 msgid "clicking :menuselection:`File -->` :icon:`os-clear-and-reload` :menuselection:`New` from the menu bar of an open spreadsheet; or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:79 msgid ":doc:`inserting a list, pivot table, or chart from another Odoo app ` into a new spreadsheet directly from the app in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:82 msgid "In these cases, the new spreadsheet is saved in Odoo Documents in the :icon:`fa-hdd-o` :guilabel:`My Drive` personal folder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:88 msgid "Upload files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:90 msgid "Files in `.xlsx` or `.csv` format can be uploaded into Odoo Documents and opened with Odoo Spreadsheet. To do so:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:93 msgid "Open Odoo Documents and navigate to the section or folder where the spreadsheet should be saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:94 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` and select :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:95 msgid "Select the relevant `.xlsx` or `.csv` file and click :guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:96 msgid "Click on the uploaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:97 msgid "By default, the original file is deleted when it is opened with Odoo Spreadsheet. To preserve the original file in the same folder in Odoo Documents, disable :guilabel:`Send source file to trash`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:100 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Open with Odoo Spreadsheet`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:102 msgid "The file can now be fully edited in Odoo Spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:107 msgid "Manage spreadsheets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:109 msgid "Users with :guilabel:`Editor` rights to a specific spreadsheet have various options for managing the spreadsheet via the :guilabel:`File` menu:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:112 msgid ":icon:`os-copy-file` :guilabel:`Make a copy`: creates a duplicate of the current spreadsheet with the same :ref:`regional settings ` (or locale)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:114 msgid ":icon:`os-save` :guilabel:`Save as template`: allows the current spreadsheet to be used as a :doc:`template ` for future spreadsheets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:116 msgid ":icon:`os-download` :guilabel:`Download`: downloads the spreadsheet in `.xlsx` format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:119 msgid "When you download a spreadsheet in `.xlsx` format, any spreadsheet formulas that retrieve Odoo data from your database, e.g., via an :doc:`inserted list ` or via other :doc:`Odoo-specific functions `, are converted to the values they would have returned at the moment the spreadsheet was downloaded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:125 msgid "Users with :guilabel:`Viewer` rights can also download a spreadsheet in `.xlsx` format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:127 msgid ":icon:`os-version-history` :guilabel:`See version history`: provides read-only :ref:`access to previous versions ` of the current spreadsheet, which can be named and restored if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:130 msgid ":icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print`: prints a copy of the spreadsheet on a connected printer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:131 msgid ":icon:`os-cog` :guilabel:`Settings`: allows you to view and change the :ref:`locale ` of the current spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:129 -msgid ":icon:`os-add-to-dashboard` :guilabel:`Add to dashboard`: allows you to turn the current spreadsheet into a new dashboard that is accessible via Odoo Dashboards. The following fields must be completed: :guilabel:`Dashboard Name`, the :guilabel:`Dashboard Section` in which the new dashboard will be saved, and :guilabel:`Access Groups` to determine which user groups can access the dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:133 +msgid ":icon:`os-add-to-dashboard` :guilabel:`Add to dashboard`: :ref:`converts ` the current spreadsheet into an Odoo dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:136 -msgid "When a spreadsheet is converted into a dashboard, the original spreadsheet is deleted from Odoo Spreadsheet. However, it is still possible to edit the dashboards's underlying spreadsheet via Odoo Dashboards." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:142 msgid "Odoo Spreadsheet automatically saves versions of spreadsheets as changes are made, allowing users with :guilabel:`Editor` rights to browse and restore previous versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:145 msgid "To access the version history of a spreadsheet, click :menuselection:`File -->` :icon:`os-version-history` :menuselection:`See version history` from the menu bar. Saved versions appear in a panel on the right of the spreadsheet. The name of the user who made the change is shown, as well as the date and time of the change." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:150 msgid "The following actions are possible:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:152 msgid "**View an earlier version** in read-only format by clicking on the relevant version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:153 msgid "**Restore an earlier version** by clicking :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` then :guilabel:`Restore this version`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:155 msgid "**Copy an earlier version** by clicking :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` :guilabel:`(vertical ellipsis)` then :menuselection:`Make a copy`. A copy of the version opens as a new spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:157 msgid "**Create named versions** by clicking on the date and time of the relevant version and entering the desired name. The date and time of the version are then displayed below the new name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:161 msgid "When viewing an earlier, read-only version of a spreadsheet, the following actions are still possible:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:164 msgid "Search the spreadsheet by clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->` :icon:`fa-search` :menuselection:`Find and replace` or using the shortcut `Ctrl` + `H`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:166 msgid "Copy an individual cell or selected area by clicking :menuselection:`Edit -->` :icon:`fa-clipboard` :menuselection:`Copy` or using the shortcut `Ctrl` + `C`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:172 msgid "Regional settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:174 msgid "To ensure data is displayed consistently for all users, the regional settings (or locale) of a spreadsheet, are managed at spreadsheet level. This locale affects the following settings and formats:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:178 msgid "thousand and decimal separators" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:179 msgid "date and time formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:180 msgid "first day of the week" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:182 msgid "By default, a new spreadsheet inherits the regional settings of the user who created it. For example, any spreadsheets created by a user whose language is set to :guilabel:`French (BE) / Français (BE)` will follow Belgian French conventions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:186 msgid "A spreadsheet's locale can be viewed and changed at any time by a user with :guilabel:`Editor` rights. To view the locale of a spreadsheet, click :menuselection:`File -->` :icon:`os-cog` :menuselection:`Settings` from the menu bar. The :guilabel:`Spreadsheet settings` panel opens on the right of the spreadsheet. To change the locale, select the appropriate locale from the dropdown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:192 msgid "When you open a spreadsheet that has a different locale to that of your user profile, a blue :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`(globe)` icon appears at the top right of the spreadsheet. Hovering over the icon reveals a warning message that indicates the spreadsheet locale and highlights formats that differ." msgstr "" @@ -7952,10 +8570,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Warning about difference between user and spreadsheet locale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:200 msgid "If no :icon:`fa-globe` :guilabel:`(globe)` icon is shown, this means the spreadsheet's locale is the same as that of your user profile." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:206 +msgid "Convert a spreadsheet into a dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:208 +msgid "A user with the appropriate :ref:`access rights ` can convert an Odoo spreadsheet into a dashboard that is then accessible via :doc:`Odoo Dashboards <../../../applications/productivity/dashboards>`. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:212 +msgid "Click :menuselection:`File -->` :icon:`os-add-to-dashboard` :menuselection:`Add to dashboard` from the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:214 +msgid "Enter the :guilabel:`Dashboard Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:215 +msgid "Select the relevant :guilabel:`Dashboard Section` from the dropdown or, to create a new dashboard section, type the name of the new section, then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:217 +msgid "If necessary, modify the :guilabel:`Access Groups` to determine which :ref:`user groups ` can access the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:222 +msgid "By default, the first tab of the spreadsheet serves as the front end of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:223 +msgid "It is also possible to convert a spreadsheet to a dashboard from within the :ref:`Dashboard configuration settings `, by directly adding the spreadsheet to an existing or new dashboard section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet.rst:226 +msgid "After a spreadsheet has been converted to a dashboard, it is deleted from Odoo Documents. Any subsequent :ref:`modifications ` need to be made via Odoo Dashboards." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/dynamic_pivot_tables.rst:3 msgid "Dynamic pivot tables" msgstr "" @@ -11341,39 +11995,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A yes/no filter with the Active field set as matching field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:276 msgid "Manage and use global filters" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:278 msgid "Click the :icon:`os-global-filters` :guilabel:`Filters` icon at the top right of an Odoo spreadsheet to access the global filters that have been created for that spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:281 msgid "It is possible to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:281 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:283 msgid "**Apply one or more global filters** by selecting appropriate values per filter, as relevant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:286 msgid "Reloading the browser will cause any global filters to reset to their initial state or default value, as relevant. To refresh data in an inserted list, pivot table, or chart without losing global filters that have been applied, click :menuselection:`Data -->` :icon:`os-refresh-data` :menuselection:`Refresh all data` from the menu bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:291 msgid "**Change the order** of existing filters by hovering over a filter and using the :icon:`os-thin-drag-handle` :guilabel:`(drag handle)` icon to change the position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:293 msgid "**Clear filter values** (whether default or selected values) by clicking the :icon:`fa-times` :guilabel:`(Clear)` icon next to the value in the filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:295 msgid "**Edit an existing filter** by selecting the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon to open the filter's :guilabel:`Filter properties` then editing as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/spreadsheet/global_filters.rst:297 msgid "**Delete an existing filter** by selecting the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Edit)` icon to open the filter's :guilabel:`Filter properties` then clicking :guilabel:`Remove`." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 58d31c8e87..0f463f7742 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_printers.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:20 @@ -76,9 +77,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:173 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:435 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/ship_later.rst:10 @@ -2718,7 +2718,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:458 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:640 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:128 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" @@ -5993,7 +5993,7 @@ msgid ":ref:`Close the current POS session `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:170 msgid "Usage guidelines" msgstr "" @@ -6557,6 +6557,172 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` section." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:3 +msgid "Customer account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:5 +msgid "The **Customer account** feature allows customers to use their account to make purchases. They can deposit money for future purchases or select their account as a :doc:`payment method <../payment_methods>` to purchase items on credit and :ref:`settle the debt later ` through a point-of-sale transaction or via an issued invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:15 +msgid "To allow customers to pay using their customer account, :doc:`create a payment method <../payment_methods>` and configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:18 +msgid "Enable :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to force the :ref:`selection of a customer ` to allow using this payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:20 +msgid "Keep the :guilabel:`Journal` field blank to use the customer's receivable account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:21 +msgid "Select the points of sale where this payment method is available in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:25 +msgid "Set a maximum sales credit to prevent customers from exceeding a defined credit limit. Once the maximum credit amount is reached, the selected customer button turns orange and a :icon:`fa-warning` (:guilabel:`warning sign`) icon appears next to the customer’s name as a warning. However, this warning does **not** prevent a sale from proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:32 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:35 +msgid "Payment process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:38 +msgid "Deposit money" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:40 +msgid "To deposit money to the customer account from the POS interface:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:42 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Customer` and locate the desired customer in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:43 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon, then select :guilabel:`Deposit money`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:45 +msgid "Choose the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:46 +msgid "When redirected to the payment screen, enter the amount to deposit using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Validate` the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:48 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Yes` on the popup window to confirm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:51 +msgid "Customer account as payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:53 +msgid "To use the customer account as a payment method for a purchase from the POS payment screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:55 +msgid "Select the payment method :ref:`created for the customer account `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:57 +msgid "Click :icon:`fa-user` :guilabel:`Customer` to open the customer list and select the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:58 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Validate` the purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:62 +msgid "To effectively monitor and manage the customer’s unpaid debt, either :doc:`create an invoice <../receipts_invoices>` for the order or install the :doc:`Accounting application <../../../finance/accounting>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:67 +msgid "Debt tracking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:69 +msgid "When a customer pays using their customer account, the purchase amount is recorded as debt until it is paid off. To keep track of a customer’s debt, consult their customer statement in the backend or their profile in an open session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:73 +msgid "To access the :guilabel:`Customer Statement` report, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Customers`, select a customer to open their form, and click the :guilabel:`Customer Statements` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:77 +msgid "To view the total amount due or deposited by a customer from an open session, access the customer list by clicking :guilabel:`Customer` and search for the desired customer; the amount due or deposited is displayed next to their name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:-1 +msgid "customer list and summary of their customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:86 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/payments/follow_up`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:89 +msgid "When a customer is related to a company, the customer statement report might be related to the company itself, and not the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:95 +msgid "Due amount settlement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:97 +msgid "To settle a customer's due amount, :ref:`register the payment from the invoice ` or, from the POS interface, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:100 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Customer` and search for the desired customer in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:101 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon next to the customer's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:102 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Settle orders` or :guilabel:`Settle invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:103 +msgid "Select the orders or invoices to settle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:104 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Payment` and select the relevant payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:409 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:463 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/customer_credit.rst:106 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Yes` on the popup window to confirm the deposit of the payment received from the customer." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/qr_code_payment.rst:3 msgid "QR code payments" msgstr "" @@ -6818,10 +6984,12 @@ msgid "Enable the relevant terminal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pos_hardware.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:339 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:115 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" @@ -6847,54 +7015,58 @@ msgid ":doc:`Mercado Pago `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`QFPay configuration `" +msgid ":doc:`Pine Labs `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`Razorpay `" +msgid ":doc:`QFPay `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`SIX `" +msgid ":doc:`Razorpay `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" +msgid ":doc:`SIX `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:33 -msgid ":doc:`Tyro `" +msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`Viva.com `" +msgid ":doc:`Tyro `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:35 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline `" +msgid ":doc:`Viva.com `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:37 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and add the payment method to the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` list to make it available in the POS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:43 msgid "Terminal use" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:45 msgid "To process a :ref:`payment ` with a :ref:`configured terminal ` for an order, select the terminal's :doc:`payment method <../payment_methods>` on the :guilabel:`Payment` screen, then follow the instructions on the terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:50 msgid "Once the transaction is successful, the payment is automatically validated in Point of Sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:53 msgid "Connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal result in transaction cancellation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:54 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" @@ -7008,7 +7180,7 @@ msgid "Finally, fill in the mandatory fields with your :ref:`Adyen API key `_." +msgid "Only **Point Smart** payment terminals in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru, and Uruguay are supported. They can be purchased on `Mercado Pago's website `_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/mercado_pago.rst:14 @@ -7244,6 +7416,100 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Any action made on the terminal should trigger a notification on the POS interface. Ensure the :ref:`webhook secret key ` is correctly configured if you are not notified." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:3 +msgid "Pine Labs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:5 +msgid "`Pine Labs `_ offers in-store payment solutions for customer transactions through several `physical terminals `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:10 +msgid "The Odoo Pine Labs module is only available for Indian companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:11 +msgid "Pine Labs terminals accept credit/debit cards (Visa, MasterCard, and RuPay) and UPI QR codes by swiping, scanning, or tapping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:17 +msgid "Pine Labs credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:19 +msgid "`Create a Pine Labs account and order at least one terminal `_. The system then sends an email with the following credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:23 +msgid "Merchant ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:24 +msgid "Store ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:25 +msgid "Client ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:26 +msgid "Security Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:61 +msgid "Odoo configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:33 +msgid "To enable Pine Labs in Odoo, first :ref:`install the POS Pine Labs module ` to make it visible in the list of payment terminals. Then, follow these steps to connect the Pine Labs terminal with Odoo Point of Sale:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:37 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, enable the relevant :ref:`payment terminal `, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and :doc:`create a payment method <../../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:67 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field to :guilabel:`Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:68 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Integration` field to :guilabel:`Terminal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:44 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Integrate with` field to :guilabel:`Pine Labs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:45 +msgid "Paste the copied :ref:`credentials ` in their corresponding fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:46 +msgid "Select the preferred payment mode in the :guilabel:`Pine Labs Allowed Payment Modes` field and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:48 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and add the created payment method to the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` list to use it in a POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/pine_labs.rst:53 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Pine Labs Test Mode` to test transaction processes with a device." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:3 msgid "QFPay" msgstr "" @@ -7325,29 +7591,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, enable the :guilabel:`QFPay` terminal, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and :doc:`create a payment method <../../payment_methods>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:67 -msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field to :guilabel:`Bank`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:63 msgid "Select the desired point of sale in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/viva_com.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:68 -msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Integration` field to :guilabel:`Terminal`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/qfpay.rst:61 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Integrate with` field to :guilabel:`QFPay`." msgstr "" @@ -7977,10 +8225,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To check the terminal's connection status, open the IoT app and click the :ref:`IoT system's card `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:61 -msgid "Odoo configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 msgid "To connect the Worldline terminal with Odoo Point of Sale, follow these steps:" msgstr "" @@ -9125,7 +9369,7 @@ msgid "Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales i msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 -msgid "According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also :ref:`create new fiscal positions `." +msgid "According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also :ref:`create new fiscal positions `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 @@ -9510,11 +9754,11 @@ msgid ":ref:`Organizing the floors and tables `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:8 -msgid ":ref:`Taking orders `;" +msgid ":ref:`Managing orders `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid ":ref:`Communicating with the kitchen or bar through the POS `;" +msgid ":ref:`Notifying the kitchen or bar through the POS `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10 @@ -9526,483 +9770,651 @@ msgid ":ref:`Collecting tips `;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12 -msgid ":doc:`Setting different taxes for takeaway food `." +msgid ":doc:`Setting different taxes for takeout orders `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14 -msgid "Three main buttons in the POS register allow for navigating between the :ref:`Floor plan ` view, tables, and :ref:`orders `:" +msgid "Three main buttons in the POS interface allow for navigating between tables, the register, and orders:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 -msgid ":guilabel:`Plan`: Access the :ref:`Floor plan ` view." +msgid ":guilabel:`Tables`: Access the :ref:`Floor plan ` view to manage table occupancy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Register`: Access the :ref:`POS register ` to process orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:18 -msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Enter a table or order number, then click :guilabel:`Jump` to access them. The button's label updates to display the selected number. When applicable, click :guilabel:`Book table` to confirm the table's occupancy." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Orders`: Access the overview of all orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:21 -msgid ":icon:`fa-plus-circle` (:guilabel:`order`): :ref:`Create a direct sales order ` that is not linked to any table. Each click generates the next order in the sequence. Click :guilabel:`Release Order` to cancel the order (if no products have been added) and return to the :ref:`Floor plan ` view." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:23 +msgid "To configure restaurant-specific settings, the :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant` setting under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section must be enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:27 -msgid "When :guilabel:`Table Booking` is enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `, a :guilabel:`Booking` button appears on the main interface for viewing and managing bookings." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:28 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Booking` is enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `, a :ref:`Booking ` button appears on the main interface for viewing and managing bookings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:29 -msgid "Entering a number through the :guilabel:`Table` button that does not match an existing table number creates a direct sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:35 +msgid "Default start screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:33 -msgid "To configure restaurant-specific settings, the :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant` setting under the :guilabel:`Restaurant Mode` section must be enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:37 +msgid "To define the point of sale's default start screen, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section, and set the :guilabel:`Default Screen` setting to :guilabel:`Tables` (i.e., :ref:`Floor plan ` view) or :ref:`Register `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:45 msgid "Floors and tables" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:42 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Floor plan` view is the first screen displayed when :ref:`accessing the POS register `. It enables managing restaurant floors and tables, and monitoring table status in real time (occupancy, reservations, and kitchen orders)." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:47 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Floor plan` view allows for managing restaurant floors and tables and monitoring table status in real time (occupancy, reservations, kitchen orders) using the following action buttons:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:51 +msgid ":icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`New Order`: :ref:`Create a direct sales order ` that is not linked to any table. Take the order, click :guilabel:`Set Table` to assign it to an existing table, or click :guilabel:`Set Tab` to record the open order's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:55 +msgid "Buttons for navigating between :ref:`configured floors ` (e.g., :guilabel:`Main Floor/Patio`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:57 +msgid ":icon:`fa-hashtag` (:guilabel:`Table Selector`): Enter an existing table number and click :guilabel:`Jump` to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:61 +msgid "Selecting a table on the :guilabel:`Floor plan` view or accessing it through the :guilabel:`Table Selector` automatically confirms the table's occupancy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:63 +msgid "To order free physical QR codes adapted to the floor plan, activate the :doc:`QR menu ` setting, then click :icon:`fa-qrcode` :guilabel:`Get QR Codes` in the :guilabel:`Floor plan` view. This `offer `_ is available worldwide and for all subscription types." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:0 msgid "example of a floor plan view with visual keys to understand it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:74 msgid "Table 101: The table is currently available but booked for 15:00." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:75 msgid "Table 102: The table is booked, and an order is sent to the kitchen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:76 msgid "Table 103: The 12:00 table is running late." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:77 msgid "Table 104: The table has a pending order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:78 msgid "Table 105: The table is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:60 -msgid "Creating floors and tables allows managing table selection and :ref:`orders `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:83 +msgid "Creating floors and tables allows for managing table selection and :ref:`orders `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:89 msgid "From the POS backend" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:91 msgid "To create floors and tables from the backend, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Floor Plans`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Follow the next steps to configure the :guilabel:`Floor plan`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:95 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Floor Name`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:96 msgid "Select the related :guilabel:`Point of Sales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:97 msgid "Optionally, hover the mouse over the placeholder image and click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`Edit`) icon to add a background image to the restaurant layout." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:99 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to create and configure a table:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:101 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Table Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:102 msgid "Fill in the number of :guilabel:`Seats`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:103 msgid "Set the table's :guilabel:`Shape`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:104 msgid "Optionally, activate additional settings by clicking the :icon:`oi-settings-adjust` (:guilabel:`settings`) icon:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:107 msgid "Adjust the :guilabel:`Height`, :guilabel:`Width`, and :guilabel:`Color`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:108 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Active` checkbox to make a table available or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:109 msgid "Save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:89 -msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Table Booking` setting to assign an :guilabel:`Appointment resource` and make a table bookable." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:112 +msgid "Enable the :ref:`Booking ` setting to assign an :guilabel:`Appointment resource` and make a table bookable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:114 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-trash-o` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon to delete a table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:94 -msgid "To create a :guilabel:`Floor plan` quickly, go to the :guilabel:`Restaurant Mode` section of the :ref:`POS settings `. Under :guilabel:`Floors & Tables Map`, type the floor name in the :guilabel:`Floors` field, and press `Enter`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:117 +msgid "To create a :guilabel:`Floor plan` quickly, go to the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section of the :ref:`POS settings `. Under :guilabel:`Floors & Tables Map`, type the floor name in the :guilabel:`Floors` field, and press `Enter`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:124 msgid "From the POS frontend" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:126 msgid "To create floors and tables from the frontend, :ref:`open the POS register `, click the :icon:`fa-bars` (:guilabel:`hamburger menu`) icon in the top right corner of the :guilabel:`Floor plan` view, then :guilabel:`Edit Plan`. To configure the :guilabel:`Floor plan`, follow the next steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:131 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-plus` (:guilabel:`Add Floor`) icon to add a floor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:132 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Floor name` and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:133 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-paint-brush` (:guilabel:`Change Floor Background`) icon to select a background color, or click :icon:`fa-camera` :guilabel:`File` to upload an image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:135 msgid "Optionally, click the :icon:`fa-pencil-square-o` (:guilabel:`Rename`) icon to rename the :guilabel:`Floor plan`, the :icon:`fa-files-o` (:guilabel:`Clone`) icon to create a copy, or the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`Delete`) icon to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:138 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-plus-circle` :guilabel:`Table` to add a new table. To edit a table, select it and click one of the following icons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:141 msgid ":icon:`fa-user` (:guilabel:`Seats`): Add or change the number of seats." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:142 msgid ":icon:`fa-square-o` (:guilabel:`Square`) or :icon:`fa-circle-o` (:guilabel:`Round`): Change the table's shape." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:144 msgid ":icon:`fa-paint-brush` (:guilabel:`Change Floor Background`): Change the table's color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:145 msgid ":icon:`fa-pencil-square-o` (:guilabel:`Rename`): Change the table number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:146 msgid ":icon:`fa-copy` (:guilabel:`Clone`): Clone the table's attributes using the following table number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:148 msgid ":icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`Delete`): Remove the table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:152 msgid "Removing a table or a floor is permanent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:157 +msgid "Booking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:159 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Booking` setting allows for creating and managing reservations for a designated point of sale directly from the POS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:163 +msgid "Enabling the :guilabel:`Booking` setting automatically installs the :doc:`Appointments ` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:169 +msgid "Booking configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:171 +msgid "To enable and configure the bookings, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:173 +msgid "Go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`PoS Interface` section, and enable :guilabel:`Booking`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:175 +msgid "Enter a name in the :guilabel:`Appointment type` field and click :guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:176 +msgid "Configure the :ref:`Appointment type ` form and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:177 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` in the POS settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:180 +msgid "To ensure that only existing resources can be booked for a specific point of sale, set the :guilabel:`Book` field to :guilabel:`Resources` in the :guilabel:`Appointment type` form and select tables. Then, enable :guilabel:`Manage Capacities` to define the maximum amount each resource can handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:186 +msgid "To accommodate a booking that exceeds the capacity of a single table, click the :icon:`fa-cubes` (:guilabel:`Resources`) icon in the :guilabel:`Appointment Type` form, select a table, and add additional tables in the :guilabel:`Linked Resource` field to merge them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:191 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/appointments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:196 +msgid "Booking management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:198 +msgid "To manage table bookings from the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Booking`, then:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:200 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to create a booking. Add a name, the date and time, number of guests, phone number, duration, and :ref:`resources `, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:202 +msgid "Click a booking to :guilabel:`Edit` or :guilabel:`Delete` it. Click a stage name (e.g., :guilabel:`Booked`, :guilabel:`Checked-In`, or :guilabel:`No Show`) or drag the booking card to move it to the relevant stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:207 +msgid "To quickly edit a booking from the :ref:`Floor plan ` view, click the booking notification on the booked table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:213 msgid "Order management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:136 -msgid "To take an order, :ref:`open the POS register ` and follow these steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:215 +msgid "The POS register allows for :ref:`processing ` and :ref:`transferring ` orders, defining :ref:`presets `, and managing :ref:`courses `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:138 -msgid "Select a :ref:`floor plan ` and click a table or click the :icon:`fa-plus-circle` (:guilabel:`order`) button at the top to create a direct sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:222 +msgid "Order process" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:140 -msgid "Add products to the order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:224 +msgid "To process an order from the POS register, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:226 +msgid "Click products to add them to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:227 +msgid "Define how the order is handled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:229 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Set Table` to link the order to a table. Enter a table number and click :guilabel:`Assign`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:231 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Set Tab` to enter the open order's name and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:232 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Order` to validate the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:234 msgid "When ready, :ref:`process the order payment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:146 -msgid "To cancel a processed order, click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`Cancel Order`. If an :ref:`order printer is configured `, a cancellation ticket is automatically printed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:237 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Order` redirects to the :ref:`Floor plan ` view if :guilabel:`Tables` is selected as the :ref:`default start screen `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:149 -msgid "To switch to another table order, click the button with the table number at the top of the POS interface, enter a table number, and click :guilabel:`Jump`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:241 +msgid "To cancel an order, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :guilabel:`Cancel Order`. If an :ref:`order printer is configured `, a cancellation ticket is automatically printed for an order sent to the kitchen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:151 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Release table` to cancel a table's occupancy." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:245 +msgid "After selecting a table in the :ref:`Floor plan ` view, click :guilabel:`Release table` in the cart to cancel the table's occupancy. This action is available when the cart is empty." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:248 msgid ":ref:`Configure a printer ` to send an order to the kitchen printer when clicking :guilabel:`Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:254 msgid "Order transfer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:160 -msgid "To transfer an order to another table from the :ref:`POS interface `, click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`Transfer/Merge`, and choose the target table in the :ref:`Floor plan ` view:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:256 +msgid "To transfer an order to another table from the :ref:`POS register `, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :guilabel:`Transfer/Merge`, and choose the target table in the :ref:`Floor plan ` view:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:260 msgid "Select an available table to transfer customers and their orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:261 msgid "Select an occupied table to merge customers and their orders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:266 +msgid "Presets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:268 +msgid "Presets are used to apply preconfigured settings to orders and determine whether an order is for :guilabel:`Dine In`, :guilabel:`Takeout`, or :guilabel:`Delivery`. They also control whether customer contact information is required and apply capacity limits based on opening hours and order quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:273 +msgid "To use preconfigured presets, go to the :ref:`POS settings ` and enable the :guilabel:`Take out / Delivery / Members` setting under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section. Set the :guilabel:`Default` field to the preferred preset, then save. From the :ref:`register `, select the relevant preset, and :ref:`process the order `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:279 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dine In`: Assign a :ref:`table or open a tab `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:280 +msgid ":guilabel:`Takeout`: Enter the order's name and click :guilabel:`Apply`, then select a date and a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:282 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery`: Select an existing customer, or click :guilabel:`Create` to add one. Then, select a time slot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:286 +msgid "Click the preset button to switch to another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:364 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/online_food_delivery`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:295 +msgid "Courses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:297 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Course` button allows for splitting orders into multiple courses, sending each course to the kitchen sequentially." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:300 +msgid "To split an order into courses from the :ref:`register `, click :guilabel:`Course` and add products. Repeat the action as many times as needed, then click :guilabel:`Order` to send the order to the kitchen, which also fires the first course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:304 +msgid "When ready for the second course, retrieve the order from the :ref:`Floor plan ` view or the :guilabel:`Orders` overview, and click :guilabel:`Fire Course 2`. Repeat the action as many times as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:309 +msgid "Alternatively, click :guilabel:`Course` as often as needed to display the desired number of courses in the cart. Then, click each course, add products, and click :guilabel:`Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:311 +msgid "To transfer a product or an entire course into another course, select it in the cart, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :icon:`fa-arrow-down` :guilabel:`Transfer course`, and select the preferred course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:318 msgid "Order printing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:320 msgid "To enable sending orders to a kitchen or a bar printer, :doc:`connect a printer ` to Odoo, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, and follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:324 msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section and enable the :guilabel:`Preparation Printers` setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:326 msgid "Type the printer's name in the :guilabel:`Printers` field and click :guilabel:`Create and edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:327 msgid "On the printer setup form, select the :guilabel:`Printer Type`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:329 msgid "If the printer is connected to an :doc:`IoT system `, select :guilabel:`Use a printer connected to the IoT`, and choose the relevant :doc:`device `. This process requires the IoT app and an IoT system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:333 msgid "If using an :doc:`Epson printer that does not require an IoT system connection `, select :guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the :guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:336 msgid "Define the product categories to be printed by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Printed Product Categories` field and selecting the preferred category from the popover." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:194 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:340 msgid "In the :ref:`POS settings `, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:342 msgid "The printer is then connected to the point of sale and can print kitchen orders and order receipts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:345 msgid "Printing kitchen orders requires assigning a :guilabel:`PoS Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:346 msgid "To create a :guilabel:`Printed Product Category` on the :guilabel:`Add: Printed Product Categories` popover, click :guilabel:`New`. Enter a name, select a :guilabel:`Parent Category`, choose a :guilabel:`Color`, click the :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`Edit`) icon to add an image, determine the product availability, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:207 -msgid "To access all preparation printers from the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section, and click :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Printers`. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparations Printers`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:352 +msgid "To access all preparation printers from the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Preparation` section and click :icon:`oi-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Printers`. Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Preparations Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:356 +msgid "After :ref:`processing an order `, click the :icon:`fa-cutlery` (:guilabel:`order`) icon in the :ref:`POS register ` next to :guilabel:`Payment` to reprint a duplicate of the last kitchen order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:361 msgid ":doc:`Connect an IoT system to a POS `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:362 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/devices/printer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:363 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/iot/connect`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:216 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/preparation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:369 msgid "Bills and payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:374 msgid "Bill splitting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:228 -msgid "To allow bill splitting, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` under the :guilabel:`Restaurant Mode` section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:376 +msgid "To allow bill splitting, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:231 -msgid "To split a bill from the :ref:`POS interface `, follow these steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:379 +msgid "To split a bill from the :ref:`POS register `, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:233 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Actions`, then :guilabel:`Split`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:381 +msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`Actions`) icon, then :guilabel:`Split`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:234 -msgid "Select at least one product and click :guilabel:`Split Order`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:382 +msgid "Select at least one product and perform one of the following actions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:235 -msgid "Proceed with the :ref:`payment `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:384 +msgid ":guilabel:`Payment`: Process the direct payment for the selected product(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:236 -msgid "Click :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`Continue` and repeat the process for each guest." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:385 +msgid ":guilabel:`Split Order`: Create a sub-order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:239 -msgid "Splitting a bill requires ordering at least two products and creates a sub-order, which must be paid before returning to the main order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:386 +msgid ":guilabel:`Transfer`: Transfer one or all products to another table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:241 -msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Split Order` without selecting any product creates an empty sub-order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:387 +msgid "Process the :ref:`payment `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:388 +msgid "Click :icon:`fa-chevron-right` :guilabel:`Continue` and repeat the process for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:391 +msgid "Splitting a bill requires ordering at least two products and creates a sub-order, which must be paid before returning to the main order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:397 msgid "Order payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:248 -msgid "To proceed with the order payment from the :ref:`POS interface `, follow these steps:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:399 +msgid "To proceed with the order payment from the :ref:`POS register `, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:402 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:403 msgid "Select a :doc:`payment method `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:404 msgid "Optionally, select a customer and send an invoice to them:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:406 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-user` :guilabel:`Customer` to select or create a customer account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:407 msgid "Enable :icon:`fa-file-text-o` :guilabel:`Invoice` to allow sending an invoice to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:258 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:312 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Validate`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:414 msgid "Receipt printing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:265 -msgid "To allow receipt printing, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable :guilabel:`Early Receipt Printing` under the :guilabel:`Restaurant Mode` section." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:416 +msgid "To allow receipt printing, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and enable :guilabel:`Early Receipt Printing` under the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:419 msgid "After a successful :ref:`order payment `, click :icon:`fa-print` :guilabel:`Print Full Receipt` to generate and print a bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:423 msgid "If a printer is :doc:`configured and linked ` to a point of sale, the receipt is automatically printed upon payment confirmation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:427 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:286 -msgid "To allow tipping in a POS, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payment` section, enable :guilabel:`Tips`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:437 +msgid "To allow tipping in a POS, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payment` section, enable :guilabel:`Tips`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:441 msgid "The :guilabel:`Add tip after payment` setting only works for a POS in the United States of America with an :doc:`Adyen ` or a :doc:`Stripe ` :ref:`payment terminal `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:444 msgid "The :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` setting only works with an :ref:`Adyen ` terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:297 -msgid "Saving the :guilabel:`Tips` setting automatically fills the :guilabel:`Tip product` field with the preconfigured :guilabel:`[TIPS] Tips` product, which is only used for tips. When selecting another product in the :guilabel:`Tip product` field, the chosen product is no longer available on the :ref:`POS interface `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:448 +msgid "Saving the :guilabel:`Tips` setting automatically fills the :guilabel:`Tip product` field with the preconfigured :guilabel:`[TIPS] Tips` product, which is only used for tips. When selecting another product in the :guilabel:`Tip product` field, the chosen product is no longer available on the :ref:`POS register `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:452 msgid "Choose only one tip product per POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:457 msgid "Tip and payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:459 msgid "To process a tip during :ref:`payment `, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:461 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-heart` :guilabel:`Tip`, add the amount, then click :guilabel:`Ok`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:462 msgid "Select a :doc:`payment method ` for the order and the tip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:315 -msgid "If the order and the tip are paid using different payment methods, select a :doc:`payment method ` for the order, click :icon:`fa-heart` :guilabel:`Tip`, add the tip amount, and click :guilabel:`Ok`. Then, select a payment method for the tip and :guilabel:`Validate` the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:466 +msgid "If the order and the tip are paid using different payment methods, select a :doc:`payment method ` for the order first. Then, select a payment method for the tip, click :icon:`fa-heart` :guilabel:`Tip`, add the tip amount, and click :guilabel:`Ok`. Finally, :guilabel:`Validate` the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:472 msgid "Tip after payment (US only)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:474 msgid "To allow tipping after payment for a POS in the United States of America, ensure the :guilabel:`Add tip after payment` setting is enabled in the :ref:`POS settings `. To process tips after payment, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:478 msgid "On the :guilabel:`Payment` screen, select a :guilabel:`Card` payment method linked to a :doc:`Stripe ` or :doc:`Adyen ` terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:481 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Close Tab` and select the relevant option in the :guilabel:`Add a tip` screen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:483 msgid ":guilabel:`15%`, :guilabel:`20%`, or :guilabel:`25%`: Tip rates based on order total." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:484 msgid ":guilabel:`No Tip`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:485 msgid ":guilabel:`Tip Amount`: Enter the relevant amount in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:486 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Settle` to validate." msgstr "" @@ -10027,7 +10439,7 @@ msgid "You can choose from:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:174 msgid "QR menu" msgstr "" @@ -10049,274 +10461,274 @@ msgid "Click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Download QR Codes` to download a msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:37 -msgid "In **restaurants**, printing or downloading QR codes generates as many QR codes as the number of available tables. In **shops**, it generates only one generic QR code." +msgid "In :ref:`restaurants `, printing or downloading QR codes generates as many QR codes as the number of available tables. In **shops**, it generates only one generic QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:42 msgid "To customize QR codes," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:44 msgid "Scan the relevant QR code to acquire its URL." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:45 msgid "Use a QR code generator (e.g., `QR code monkey `_ or `QR code generator `_) to create a custom QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:189 msgid "Kiosk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:50 msgid "When :guilabel:`Kiosk` is selected, customers can access the menu or product catalog, place orders, and pay from a self-ordering kiosk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:56 msgid "Once a self-ordering type is selected, the :ref:`additional settings ` update to fit the selected type's needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:62 msgid "Additional settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:66 msgid "Home buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:68 msgid "The :guilabel:`Home buttons` are displayed on the kiosk or mobile device interfaces when customers are self-ordering. To set them up, click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Home buttons`. Then," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:72 msgid "Click :guilabel:`New` to add a new button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:73 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Label`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:74 msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`URL` preceded by `https://` to redirect customers to a specific URL when clicking the button. For instance, you might want to redirect them to a campaign video for a new product or to a contest page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:77 msgid "In the same :guilabel:`URL` column, enter `/products` to create a button that redirects customers to the product catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:79 msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Points of Sale` to ensure this button only appears on the selected POS' self-ordering interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:81 msgid "Select a predefined :guilabel:`Style` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:84 msgid "Leaving the :guilabel:`Points of Sale` field empty shares the button with all POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:85 msgid "The :guilabel:`Preview` column automatically updates, giving you a glimpse of the button's appearance based on its configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:88 msgid "Service location and payment options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:90 msgid "Set where the service occurs by selecting :guilabel:`Table` or :guilabel:`Pickup zone` under the :guilabel:`Service` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:92 msgid "Define when and how customers pay in the :guilabel:`Pay after` field. Customers can pay after :guilabel:`Each meal` or for :guilabel:`Each order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:94 msgid "The service location and payment options available depend on the type of self-ordering service and POS:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:97 msgid "**QR menu + Ordering**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:99 msgid "**Restaurants**: Customers can be served at their table or the pickup zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:101 msgid "When served at their table, they can pay after each meal or each order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:102 msgid "When served at the pickup zone, they can only pay after each order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:103 msgid "**Shops**: Customers can only be served at the pickup zone and pay after each order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:104 msgid "Regardless of the type of POS, customers can pay :doc:`online ` or using any configured :doc:`payment method `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:108 msgid "**Kiosk**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:110 msgid "Regardless of the type of POS, customers can either be served at their table or in the pickup zone, but they must pay after each order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:112 msgid "The kiosk self-ordering only works with :doc:`Adyen ` and :doc:`Stripe ` terminals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:114 msgid "The :guilabel:`Online Payment` feature is not supported." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:117 msgid ":doc:`../../finance/payment_providers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:118 msgid ":doc:`payment_methods`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:120 msgid "Language" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:122 msgid "This option allows you to enable multiple languages for the self-ordering interface. The suggested languages are those already installed in Odoo. To expand the selection, add more languages:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:126 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Add Languages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:127 msgid "Add as many languages as needed to the :guilabel:`Languages` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:129 msgid "Add those languages to the :guilabel:`Available` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`../../general/users/language`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:134 msgid "Splash screens" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:136 msgid "Splash screens are introductory screens displayed when the self-ordering interface or kiosk is launched. They typically contain branding, welcome messages, or usage instructions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:139 msgid "To add a splash screen image, click :icon:`fa-paperclip` :guilabel:`Add images`, select and open an image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:141 msgid "To remove a splash screen image, hover over the image and click :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`Delete`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:145 msgid "You can add multiple splash screen images at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:147 msgid "Eat in/ Take out" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:149 msgid "Activate this setting to :doc:`adjust the tax rate ` based on whether customers dine in or take their order to go. Then," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:152 msgid "Fill in the field with an existing :guilabel:`Alternative Fiscal Position`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:153 msgid "Create and set up a new fiscal position by filling in the field and clicking :guilabel:`Create & Edit`; or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:155 msgid "Create and set up a new fiscal position by clicking :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Fiscal Positions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`pricing/fiscal_position`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:162 msgid "Preview" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:164 msgid "Review the interface before making the self-ordering feature available to customers to ensure all settings are applied correctly. Click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Preview Web interface` under the :guilabel:`Self Ordering` field to ensure all :ref:`additional settings ` are correctly applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:176 msgid "On the POS user's end, access the self-ordering interface by" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:178 msgid "Scanning a downloaded or printed QR code; or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:179 msgid "Clicking the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon on the POS card, then :guilabel:`Mobile Menu`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:181 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:210 msgid "On the customers' end," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:184 msgid "Access the self-ordering interface by scanning a downloaded or printed QR code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:185 msgid "Click the :ref:`home button ` to reach the menu or catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:214 msgid "Select the items and click :guilabel:`Order` to place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:186 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:215 msgid "Follow the instructions on-screen to assign a table and pay for the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:191 msgid "On the POS user's end," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:193 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Start Kiosk`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:194 msgid "Open the provided URL on the self-ordering kiosk(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:196 msgid "Click the provided URL to open the kiosk in a new tab;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:197 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Install App` to install the kiosk module on your self-ordering kiosk; or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:198 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Open on IoT Box` if your kiosk is :doc:`connected to an IoT system <../../general/iot/connect>`" msgstr "" @@ -10324,15 +10736,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Popup window to open the kiosk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:205 msgid "Once a session is open, :guilabel:`Start Kiosk` switches to :guilabel:`Open Kiosk` on the POS card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:207 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Open Kiosk` on the POS card to reopen the popup window and access the self-ordering interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:212 msgid "Click the :ref:`home button ` from a self-ordering kiosk to reach the menu or product catalog." msgstr "" @@ -10340,11 +10752,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "kiosk end-screen for customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:222 msgid "A POS session must be open for customers to place an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/self_order.rst:223 msgid "Once an order is placed, it is automatically sent to :doc:`the preparation screen ` and added to the list of POS orders." msgstr "" @@ -16264,56 +16676,56 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab of the quotation form, enter any specific internal notes about the quotation and/or customer, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:288 msgid "Sending and confirming quotations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:290 msgid "Once all the necessary fields and tabs have been configured, it is time to send the quotation to the customer for confirmation. Upon confirmation, the quotation turns into an official sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:293 msgid "At the top of the form, there is a series of buttons:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:295 msgid ":guilabel:`Send by Email`: When clicked, a pop-up window appears with the customer's name and email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, the quotation (and reference ID) in the :guilabel:`Subject` field, and a brief default message in the body of the email, which can be modified, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:308 msgid "Below that, a PDF copy of the quotation is attached. When ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send the quotation, via email, to the customer, so they can review and confirm it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:302 msgid ":guilabel:`Send PRO-FORMA Invoice`: This button **only** appears if the *Pro-Forma Invoice* setting has been enabled. When clicked, a pop-up window appears with the customer's name and email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, the *Proforma* invoice (and reference ID) in the :guilabel:`Subject` field, and a brief default message in the body of the email, which can be modified, if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:310 msgid ":guilabel:`Confirm`: When clicked, the quotation is confirmed, and the status changes to :guilabel:`Sales Order`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:312 msgid ":guilabel:`Preview`: When clicked, Odoo reveals a preview of the quotation the customer sees when they log into their customer portal. Click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Back to edit mode` link at the top of the preview page, in the blue banner, to return to the quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:315 msgid ":guilabel:`Cancel`: When clicked, the quotation is canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:316 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:318 msgid "If the *Lock Confirmed Sales* setting is enabled, the sales order becomes :guilabel:`Locked`, and is indicated as such on the sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:321 msgid "At this point, the quotation has been confirmed, turned into a sales order, and is now ready to be invoiced and paid for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:324 msgid "For more information about invoicing, refer to the :doc:`Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities <../invoicing/invoicing_policy>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:328 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/deadline.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:77 @@ -16322,27 +16734,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:329 msgid ":doc:`deadline`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:330 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:248 msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:331 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/quote_template.rst:249 msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:332 msgid ":doc:`pdf_quote_builder`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations.rst:333 msgid ":doc:`../invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" @@ -18225,7 +18637,7 @@ msgid "After giving the recurring plan a suitable :guilabel:`Name` (e.g. `Monthl msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:83 -msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Period`: determines the recurrence period of the recurring plan. Set the numerical value in the text field and contextualize the quantity with a unit of time in the corresponding drop-down menu, in :guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Period`: determines the frequency with which the subscription is billed. Set the unit of time (:guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, or :guilabel:`Years`) in the drop-down menu and the numerical value in the corresponding text field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:86 @@ -18237,18 +18649,22 @@ msgid "If a subscription is set to renew on the 1st of every month, and the :gui msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:94 -msgid ":guilabel:`Align to Period Start`: optionally force new and recurring subscription renewal dates under this plan to the first day of what is defined in the :guilabel:`Billing Period`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Align to Period Start`: sets new and recurring subscription plans to bill on the first day of the next :guilabel:`Billing Period`. When a subscription plan is purchased in the middle of a billing period, the invoice shows a reduced cost. Setting a custom period start dates (such as the 5th of each month) requires custom development and is not available by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:100 +msgid "On the 15th of July, a customer purchases a monthly subscription for a streaming service. Selecting :guilabel:`Align to Period Start` for this recurring plan configures this subscription to bill on the 1st of each month. The subscription begins as soon as payment is confirmed. The quotation shows the full cost of the subscription for July 1 - 31, but the invoice shows an adjusted cost for July 15 - 31. On the 1st of August, the customer is charged the full price for the month's subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: optional assignment, if the database has :doc:`Multi-company <../general/companies/multi_company>` functionality enabled. Assigning this value will make the recurring plan available for that company's location, specifically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:110 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Email Template`: assigns a specific email template to be used in subscriptions invoicing communications. The default assignment here is `Invoice: Sending` which contains various dynamic fields that autopopulate specific variables across the :guilabel:`Subject` field and :guilabel:`Content` tab, such as the customer's name, invoice number, total amount invoiced, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:116 msgid "Although this field is optional, it is recommended to use it since this type of communication fulfills good business practices around price transparency, regular customer communication (especially as it relates to charged amounts), and helps build contextual financial documentation around recurring revenues." msgstr "" @@ -18256,75 +18672,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "An email template in Odoo used to send subscriptions invoicing messages to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:124 msgid "The `Invoice: Sending` email template is accessible by clicking the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` (:guilabel:`Internal link`) that appears after hovering over the :guilabel:`Invoice Email Template` drop-down field in the :guilabel:`Recurring Plans` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:129 msgid "SELF-SERVICE section" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:131 msgid "The following optional fields enable customers to take administrative actions on their own subscriptions. Enabling any of these options may decrease customer service request volume or increase customer lifetime value (LTV)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:135 msgid ":guilabel:`Closable`: checking this box will give customers the power to close their own subscriptions. Consider enabling this option to reduce customer service requests and improve the overall customer experience; customers that can manage their own subscriptions in this way helps offload tedious tasks for sales and support teams, and reduces the likelihood of negative reviews." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:141 msgid "Although this option is generally advisable to enable, sales teams with strong customer offboarding processes may consider leaving this option unchecked in order to force an interaction that might save the subscription or a different form of recurring revenue (such as in the case of a lesser subscription or a new trial period with an alternative plan)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Products`: allows customers to add new products or edit existing product quantities to their recurring sales orders, thereby enabling customer-driven upselling. When enabled, :doc:`Upsell quotations ` are generated in Odoo whenever a customer performs a quantitative adjustment on their sales order product lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`Renew`: enabling this allows customers to manually create a :doc:`Renewal quotation ` for their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Optional Plans`: adding values here from the drop-down field menu enables customers to switch their subscription plans, in which case a new subscription quotation or renewal quote is created to accommodate the change request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:158 msgid "Pricing tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:160 msgid "Make product-specific pricing adjustments, as part of the recurring plan, by adding them to the :guilabel:`Pricing` tab order lines. Sequentially add the :guilabel:`Products`, along with any respective :guilabel:`Product Variants`, and then assign a :guilabel:`Pricelist` (if available) and a :guilabel:`Recurring Price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:166 msgid "Price rules that are added here take precedent over the default pricing information on the subscription product's form. This is meant to accommodate deals, discounts, and similar pricing adjustment strategies that would incentivize customers to purchase the recurring plan." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:171 msgid "Smart buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:173 msgid "At the top of the individual :guilabel:`Recurring Plans` form, are two smart buttons to aid in navigating the recurring revenue sources attached to the plan:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:176 msgid ":guilabel:`Subscriptions`: shows the number of active subscriptions sales orders that fall under the recurring plan. Clicking the button leads to a tabled list view, where each row hyperlinks to a respective subscriptions sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:179 msgid ":guilabel:`Subscription Items`: lists all the individual recurring subscription services that are active, in an itemized fashion. :guilabel:`Subscription` and :guilabel:`Customer` values will repeat if the customer ordered multiple subscriptions on the same sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:184 msgid "Product form configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:186 msgid "With recurring plans set up, create a subscription product by navigating to :menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Products --> Products`, and click either an existing product to edit, or make a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New` to open up the subscription product's form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:191 msgid "By default, the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` option is already enabled, prompting Odoo to recognize it as a subscription product. Be sure to leave the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` and :guilabel:`Sales` options enabled." msgstr "" @@ -18332,95 +18748,95 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A basic subscription product form in Odoo Subscriptions application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:198 msgid "On the product form, configure the following items in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab so the subscription product will function correctly:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:201 msgid ":guilabel:`Product type`: this value is typically set to a :guilabel:`Service`, however other product types may be used depending on the purpose of the subscription (e.g., physical product box subscriptions, eLearning course with supplemental physical goods, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:204 msgid ":doc:`Invoicing policy `: set this value to when the customer should be charged for their subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:206 msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: how the product should be counted in Odoo, for stock purposes. For most subscriptions, the :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` will be :guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:208 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the recurring cost of the subscription that the customer will pay per recurrence period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:211 msgid "Optionally set up information on the:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:213 msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order` field: this enables secondary actions in Odoo such as creating a new :guilabel:`Task` in a chosen :guilabel:`Project` :icon:`fa-building-o`, :guilabel:`Event Registration` or :guilabel:`Course Access`. If none of the selectable actions in this field's drop-down menu are needed, then choose :guilabel:`Nothing` for the field' value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:217 msgid ":doc:`Attributes & Variants ` tab if the subscription contains multiple choices for customers (i.e. food delivery, tailored fashion boxes, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:219 msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase` tab if the product is sourced from a vendor, such as part of reseller (retail) or subcontracting operations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:222 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Recurring Prices` tab, clarify the pricing options for the subscription. For each option available, click :guilabel:`Add a price rule` to add a new row." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:226 msgid "Longer time :guilabel:`Recurring Plan` time periods are typically incentivized with cost savings. Consider dropping the total :guilabel:`Recurring Price` values to offer customers a discount while supporting the business's financial runway." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:230 msgid "Last, if the subscription is meant to be sold on the **eCommerce** website, click the :icon:`fa-globe` :menuselection:`Go To Website` smart button and in the product page header, click the gray slider from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to the green :guilabel:`Published` status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:237 msgid "Create a subscriptions quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:239 msgid "Manually create a new customer subscription by navigating to either the :menuselection:`Sales` or :menuselection:`Subscriptions` app dashboards, and then clicking :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:243 msgid "Products that have been marked as :guilabel:`Subscriptions` on their product forms, and are also sold on the **eCommerce** website will *automatically* create and confirm subscription quotations in the backend of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:248 msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurring plan automatically become subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:250 msgid "On the quotation form, fill in the necessary fields such as :guilabel:`Customer` and :guilabel:`Recurring Plan`, as well as the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:253 msgid "Optionally, specify a:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:255 msgid ":doc:`Quotation Template `, if one is readily available to help populate the form fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:257 msgid ":guilabel:`Expiration` date, to indicate when the subscription offer is no longer valid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:260 msgid "Expiration dates pair well with :doc:`discounts ` to incentivize faster purchases, since the discount will expire with the quotation if it's not turned into a sales order within the specified date range." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:264 msgid ":doc:`Pricelist `, if one is available and appropriate to use (i.e., summer sale discount, VIP customer, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:266 msgid ":guilabel:`Payment Terms`, to set a specified time window for when the subscription must be paid. This is not to be confused for when the quotation is *confirmed* and becomes a sales order, to where, payment may then be obtained immediately or within a certain amount of days, weeks, months, etc." msgstr "" @@ -18428,31 +18844,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "A completed example of a new subscription quotation in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:275 msgid "Define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the :doc:`Customer Addresses ` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:281 msgid "Confirmation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:283 msgid "Send the quotation to the customer for confirmation by clicking on :guilabel:`Send By Email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:287 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Preview` to preview the customer portal where the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:290 msgid "If an :guilabel:`Online signature` or :guilabel:`Online payment` is required to confirm the quotation, set the checkboxes next to either (or both) of these labels in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, under the :guilabel:`SALES` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:295 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:296 msgid ":doc:`Payment providers and payment methods `" msgstr "" @@ -18565,7 +18981,7 @@ msgid "In addition, the specified :guilabel:`Close Reason` appears on the subscr msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:93 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:403 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/scheduled_actions.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:107 @@ -18613,132 +19029,95 @@ msgid "Renew subscriptions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:5 -msgid "The foundation of any subscription business model is recurring payments. This is when customers reliably pay a regular amount at specific intervals, in exchange for access to a subscription product or service." +msgid "Subscription renewal is the process customers follow when they willingly choose to continue a subscription product or service. Subscribers go through the renewal process at different intervals -- weekly, monthly, annually, etc. -- depending on the duration of the agreed-upon contract. Most companies that offer subscriptions prefer to automate the renewal process for customers. However, manual subscription renewals are still used in some cases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:9 -msgid "Subscription renewal is the process customers follow when they willingly choose to continue participating in, and paying for, a subscription product or service." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:11 +msgid "With the Odoo **Subscriptions** application, a company can manage all of its subscriptions in one place. Renewals can be processed automatically or manually, include additional products or upsells per renewal order, and be filtered in batch views to locate customers who need to renew their subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:12 -msgid "Subscribers experience the renewal process at different intervals -- weekly, monthly, annually, etc. -- depending on the duration of the agreed-upon contract." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:17 +msgid "Create a renewal manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:15 -msgid "Most companies that offer subscriptions prefer to automate the renewal process for customers. However, manual subscription renewals are still used in some cases." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:19 +msgid "In order to create a renewal quotation, there are certain prerequisites that a subscription must meet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:18 -msgid "With the Odoo **Subscriptions** application, a company can manage all of its subscriptions in one place. Renewals can be processed automatically, or manually, include additional products or upsells per renewal order, and be filtered in batch views to quickly locate customers who need to renew their subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:24 -msgid "Subscription renewals" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:22 +msgid "A quotation with a subscription product must be confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:26 -msgid "In order to renew a subscription, a quotation with a subscription product **must** be confirmed, with a configured *Recurring Plan* selected." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "A configured *recurring plan* must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:29 -msgid "To open a subscription quotation, navigate to :menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Subscriptions --> Quotations`, and select the desired quotation from the list. Or, create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`New` to open a new quotation form." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:24 +msgid "Payment from the customer for the initial subscription must be invoiced and registered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:34 -msgid "Only a singular product is required." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:26 +msgid "To check if an existing subscription quotation meets the prerequisites, navigate to :menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Subscriptions --> Quotations` and select the desired quotation from the list. Properly configured subscriptions show as being in the :guilabel:`Sales Order` stage, have an :guilabel:`In Progress` tag, and have the :guilabel:`Renew` button in the row of buttons directly above the order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:35 -msgid "A subscription service counts as a product, as it is considered a recurring product." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 +msgid "Renew button on subscription sales order with Odoo Subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:37 -msgid "Subscription quotations **must** be confirmed, and payment from the customer for the initial subscription **must** be invoiced and registered in order to successfully open a *Renewal Quotation*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:36 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Renew` button is clicked, Odoo instantly presents a new renewal quotation, complete with a :guilabel:`Renewal Quotation` tag. Important reference information like the start date and next invoice date are automatically added to the renewal quotation's chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:42 -msgid "For more information on the above process of confirming quotations and invoicing payments, see: - :doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations` - :doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:40 +msgid "From here, follow the standard sales flow to :ref:`confirm the quotation `, :doc:`invoice the order <../../sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy>`, and :ref:`register payment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:47 -msgid "Once the payment from the subscription quotation is confirmed, the quotation turns into a sales order. An :guilabel:`In Progress` tag is applied to the sales order form, and a series of buttons also appear at the top of the sales order, including a :guilabel:`Renew` button." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:45 +msgid "Once the renewal quotation is confirmed, it becomes a sales order and a :icon:`fa-usd` :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button appears at the top of the page. When the :icon:`fa-usd` :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo loads a new page showcasing the different sales orders attached to this subscription, along with their individual :guilabel:`Subscription Status`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 -msgid "Renew button on subscription sales order with Odoo Subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:55 -msgid "When the :guilabel:`Renew` button is clicked, Odoo instantly presents a new renewal quotation, complete with a :guilabel:`Renewal Quotation` tag." +msgid "Renewal quotation in the Odoo Subscriptions application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 -msgid "Renewal quotation in the Odoo Subscriptions application." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:56 +msgid "On rare occasions, automatic payments can fail to register properly, which results in a :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag on the sales order and the :guilabel:`Contract in exception` checkbox being automatically ticked in the :guilabel:`Subscription` section of the sales order's :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:62 -msgid "From here, a standard sales flow can occur to confirm the quotation. This typically begins by clicking :guilabel:`Send by Email`, which sends a copy of the quotation to the customer, by email, for them to confirm, and eventually, pay for." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "Being marked :guilabel:`Contract in exception` prevents scheduled actions from running, which keeps the system from accidentally double-charging the customer if the automatic payment actually went through. Because the status of the payment failed to register with the system, users must manually check if the payment has been made before automatic payments and other scheduled actions can resume." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:67 -msgid "In the chatter of the :guilabel:`Renewal Quotation`, it is mentioned that this subscription is the renewal of the subscription from the original sales order." +msgid "To do this, navigate to :menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Subscriptions --> Quotations`. Click into the desired subscription, then check the Chatter to see if the payment was made." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:70 -msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Renewal Quotation` is confirmed, it becomes a sales order, and a :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button appears at the top of the page." +msgid "If the payment *was not* made, first enter :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and untick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Contract in exception`. Reload the sales order and confirm that the :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 -msgid "Sales History smart button in the Odoo Subscriptions application." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:75 +msgid "If the payment *was* made, a new invoice must be made and posted manually. This automatically updates the next invoice date of the subscription. Once the invoice is created, enter :doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>` and navigate to the new sales order. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and untick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Contract in exception`. Reload the sales order and confirm that the :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag is gone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:77 -msgid "When that :guilabel:`Sales History` smart button is clicked, Odoo reveals a separate page, showcasing the different sales orders attached to this subscription, along with their individual :guilabel:`Subscription Status`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "The contract in exception option selected with the payment failure tag shown." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:85 -msgid "Additionally, once the :guilabel:`Renewal Quotation` is confirmed, an :guilabel:`MRR` smart button also appears at the top of the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:-1 -msgid "MRR smart button in the Odoo Subscriptions application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:92 -msgid "When clicked, Odoo reveals an :guilabel:`MRR Analysis` page, detailing the monthly recurring revenue related to this specific subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:96 -msgid "On rare occasions, automatic payment can fail, which results in a *Payment Failure* tag on the top-right of the sales order, if there is an error in the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:99 -msgid "This is done to prevent the system from charging the customer again the next time a scheduled action is run. Because the status of the payment is unknown, Odoo requests a manual operation to check if the payment has been made, before the payment can be used again." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Contract in exception` option selected with the :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:103 -msgid "To do this, navigate to :menuselection:`Subscriptions app --> Subscriptions --> Quotations`. Click into the desired subscription, then check the *Chatter* to see if the payment was made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:106 -msgid "If the payment was **not** made, first enter :doc:`debug mode <../../general/developer_mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and untick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Contract in exception`. Reload the sales order, and the :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag is gone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:110 -msgid "If the payment **was** made, a new invoice must be made and posted manually. This automatically updates the next invoice date of the subscription. Once created, enter :doc:`debug mode <../../general/developer_mode>`, and navigate to the new sales order. Click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and untick the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Contract in exception`. Reload the sales order, and the :guilabel:`Payment Failure` tag is gone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 -msgid "The \"contract in exception\" option selected with the \"payment failure\" tag shown." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:88 +msgid "In both cases, once the :guilabel:`Contract in exception` checkbox is no longer ticked, Odoo handles renewals automatically again. If the subscription remains in :guilabel:`Payment Failure`, it is ignored by Odoo until the sales order is closed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:120 -msgid "The :guilabel:`contract in exception`` option selected with the :guilabel:`payment failure` tag shown." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/create_quotations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:123 -msgid "In both cases, once the :guilabel:`Contract in exception` option is no longer selected, Odoo handles renewals automatically again. If the subscription remains in *payment failure*, it is skipped by Odoo until the sales order is closed." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../sales/sales_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index 493ddec3aa..c3fc585cb7 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -3642,62 +3642,66 @@ msgid "Milestones" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:70 -msgid "This section is only visible if :doc:`milestones ` have been enabled in the Project’s app settings. Click :guilabel:`Add Milestone` to create a new milestone. Click a milestone in the checklist to edit it, enable its checkbox to mark it as completed, or click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon to remove it." +msgid "This section is only visible if :doc:`milestones ` have been enabled in the project you're browsing: go to :guilabel:`Project`, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon on one of your projects, and click on :guilabel:`Settings`. Click on the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, look for :guilabel:`Tasks Management` and make sure :guilabel:`Milestones` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:76 +msgid "In a project's Dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add Milestone` to create a new milestone. Click a milestone in the checklist to edit it, enable its checkbox to mark it as completed, or click the :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`) icon to remove it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:80 msgid "The milestones are displayed in red if they’re past their deadline, or in green if they are ready to be marked as reached (i.e. tasks linked to the milestone that have been marked with :guilabel:`done` or :guilabel:`canceled` :ref:`status `)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:87 msgid "Profitability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:89 msgid "The :doc:`profitability dashboard ` provides a breakdown of project costs and revenues, which are impacted by all records linked to the project and its :doc:`Analytic account `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:94 msgid "The profitability report is only displayed for billable projects." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:99 msgid "Budgets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:101 msgid "If a budget has been set for the project, its status and related details are displayed in this section. Click :guilabel:`Add Budget` to create a new budget for the project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Budgets ` must be enabled in your database’s **Accounting** application in order for this section to be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:111 msgid "Project updates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:113 msgid "Project updates allow you to take a snapshot of the project’s overall status at a given point in time, for example, during a periodic (weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly) review. This allows you to compare specific data points, note any aspects of the project that need improvement, and estimate if the project is on or off track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:118 msgid "To create a new project update, go to the project dashboard, click :guilabel:`New`, and fill in the following fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:121 msgid ":guilabel:`Status`: Choose between :guilabel:`On Track`, :guilabel:`At Risk`, :guilabel:`Off Track`, :guilabel:`On Hold`, and :guilabel:`Done`. Once the status is set, a color-coded dot is displayed on the project’s Kanban card, allowing the project manager to easily identify which projects need attention." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`Progress`: Manually input the completion percentage based on the project's progress." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Date` and :guilabel:`Author`: These fields are automatically filled in with appropriate information based on the user who created the update and the current date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management/project_dashboard.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Use this rich-text field to gather notes. Depending on the project configuration (e.g., if the project is billable), this field may be pre-filled with current information on aspects such as profitability, budget, milestones, etc." msgstr "" @@ -3838,54 +3842,54 @@ msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Recurring tasks Configuration --> Settings`, then activate :guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`, and press :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "To use task dependencies in a project, go to :guilabel:`Project`, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon on one of your projects, and click on :guilabel:`Settings`. Click on the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, look for :guilabel:`Tasks Management` and make sure :guilabel:`Recurring Tasks` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:21 msgid "Set up task recurrence" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:23 msgid "In an existing task, click the :icon:`fa-repeat` (:guilabel:`Recurrent`) button next to the :guilabel:`Deadline` field. Then, configure the :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field according to your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:27 msgid "A new task in recurrence will be created once the status of the previous task is set to :guilabel:`Done` or :guilabel:`Canceled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 msgid "The new task is created on the project dashboard with the following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Stage`: is set to the first stage of the project dashboard (:guilabel:`New` or equivalent);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Project`, :guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: are copied from the original task;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 msgid ":guilabel:`Deadline`: is updated based on the :guilabel:`Repeat Every` field (e.g., if the task is set to repeat once a week, 7 days will be added to the deadline);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:38 msgid ":guilabel:`Milestones`, :guilabel:`Timesheets`, :guilabel:`Chatter`, :guilabel:`Activities`, :guilabel:`Subtasks`: are **not** copied from the original task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:41 msgid "Once a recurrence is configured, a **smart button** on the task displays the total number of existing recurrences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:45 msgid "Edit or stop task recurrence" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:47 msgid "**To edit** the recurrence, open the last task in recurrence. Any changes made on the task will be applied to the tasks that will be created in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:50 msgid "**To stop** the recurrence, open the last task in recurrence and press the :guilabel:`Recurrent` button next to the :guilabel:`Planned date`." msgstr "" @@ -4190,22 +4194,22 @@ msgid "Odoo Project allows you to break down projects into tasks and establish r msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:9 -msgid "To enable task dependencies in projects, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable :guilabel:`Task Dependencies`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgid "To use task dependencies in a project, go to :guilabel:`Project`, click the :icon:`fa-ellipsis-v` (:guilabel:`vertical ellipsis`) icon on one of your projects, and click on :guilabel:`Settings`. Click on the :guilabel:`Settings`. Click on the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, look for :guilabel:`Tasks Management` and make sure :guilabel:`Task Dependencies` is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:15 msgid "Set task dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:17 msgid "Task dependencies can be created from the task form or the project's Gantt view by linking the successor task (i.e., the task blocked by other tasks) to its predecessor task(s) (i.e., the tasks blocking the successor task)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:21 msgid "To create task dependencies from the task form, access the desired task and, in the :guilabel:`Blocked by` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Click :guilabel:`View` to access the predecessor task. To access the successor tasks from the predecessor task, click the :guilabel:`Blocked Tasks` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:26 msgid "To create a task dependency from the Gantt view, hover your mouse over the predecessor task, then click one of the dots that appear around it. Drag and drop the dot onto the successor task. An arrow appears, indicating the dependency from the predecessor task to the successor." msgstr "" @@ -4213,23 +4217,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Task dependency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:34 msgid "Odoo automatically manages task progress based on their dependency. Successor tasks are assigned the :guilabel:`Waiting` status and cannot be moved to :guilabel:`In Progress` until their predecessor task(s) are marked as :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Cancelled`, or :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:39 msgid "Remove dependencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:41 msgid "To remove a task dependency, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:43 msgid "From the task form, go to the **Blocked by** tab and click the :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`times`) button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/task_dependencies.rst:45 msgid "From the Gantt view, click the red :icon:`fa-times` (:guilabel:`times`) button that appears at the center of the arrow when you hover your mouse over it." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/studio.pot b/locale/sources/studio.pot index ccfbdc2330..f43a9f5bc5 100644 --- a/locale/sources/studio.pot +++ b/locale/sources/studio.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Studio" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:18 -msgid "**Studio** is a toolbox used to customize Odoo without coding knowledge. For example, in any app, add or modify:" +msgid "**Odoo Studio** is a toolbox used to customize Odoo without coding knowledge. For example, in any app, add or modify:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:21 @@ -61,14 +61,30 @@ msgid "Learn how to :doc:`build an app from scratch msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:34 -msgid "To access Studio, navigate to the app and model you want to modify, then click the :icon:`oi-studio` (:guilabel:`Toggle Studio`) icon, or vice versa." +msgid "To access **Studio**, navigate to the app and model you want to modify, then click the :icon:`oi-studio` (:guilabel:`Toggle Studio`) icon. Alternatively, with any app open, click the :icon:`oi-studio` (:guilabel:`Toggle Studio`) icon and navigate to the relevant app and model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:38 msgid "To close **Studio**, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:41 +msgid "Installing **Studio** in an Odoo database on the *Standard* pricing plan automatically triggers an upsell to the *Custom* pricing plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:44 +msgid "**For yearly or multi-year contracts**: An upsell order is created with a 30-day limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:45 +msgid "**For monthly contracts**: The subscription automatically switches to the *Custom* plan and the new rate is applied when the next bill is generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:48 +msgid "For more information, refer to `Odoo's pricing page `_ or contact your account manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio.rst:52 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" msgstr "" @@ -209,676 +225,1033 @@ msgid "Automation rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:7 -msgid "Automation rules are used to trigger automatic changes based on user actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value), email events, time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last update), or external events." +msgid "Automation rules allow the execution of one or more predefined actions in response to a specific trigger, e.g., create an activity when a field is set to a specific value, or archive a record 7 days after its last update." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "To create an automation rule with Studio, proceed as follows:" +msgid "When creating an automation rule, it is possible to :ref:`add conditions that must be met ` for the automation rule to run, e.g., the opportunity must be assigned to a specific salesperson, or the state of the record must not be :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Open Studio ` and click :guilabel:`Automations`, then :guilabel:`New`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:15 +msgid "To create an automation rule with **Odoo Studio**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:14 -msgid "Select the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger` and, if necessary, fill in the fields that appear on the screen based on the chosen trigger." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:17 +msgid ":ref:`Open Studio ` and click :guilabel:`Automations`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:16 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add an action`, then select the :guilabel:`Type` of :ref:`action ` and fill in the fields that appear on the screen based on your selected action." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:18 +msgid "Give the automation rule a clear, meaningful name that identifies its purpose." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:19 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgid "Select the :ref:`Trigger ` and, if necessary, fill in the fields that appear on the screen based on the chosen trigger." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:21 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add an action` in the :guilabel:`Actions To Do` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:24 +msgid "If no explicit name is entered, the name of the action will be automatically generated based on the action you define; the name can be updated at any time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 -msgid "To modify the :doc:`model ` of the automation rule, switch models before clicking :guilabel:`Automations` in Studio, or :ref:`activate the developer mode `, create or edit an automation rule, and select the :guilabel:`Model` in the :guilabel:`Automation Rules` form." +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Type` of :ref:`action ` and complete the relevant fields based on the chosen action." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:31 -msgid "You can also create automation rules from any kanban stage by clicking the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙` ) next to the kanban stage name, then selecting :guilabel:`Automations`. In this case, the :guilabel:`Trigger` is set to :guilabel:`Stage is set to` by default, but you can change it if necessary." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:29 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or, to define additional actions, :guilabel:`Save & New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:33 +msgid "To ensure follow-up on less satisfied clients, this automation rule creates an activity 3 months after a sales order is created for clients with a satisfaction percentage lower than 30%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automation rule on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:41 +msgid "Use the :guilabel:`Notes` tab to document the purpose and functioning of automation rules. This makes rules easier to maintain and facilitates collaboration between users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:43 +msgid "To modify the :doc:`model ` targeted by the automation rule, switch models before clicking :guilabel:`Automations` in Studio, or :ref:`activate developer mode `, create or edit an automation rule, and select the :guilabel:`Model` in the :guilabel:`Automation Rules` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:47 +msgid "Automation rules can be created from any kanban stage by clicking the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`(Settings)` icon that appears when hovering over the kanban stage name, then selecting :guilabel:`Automations`. In this case, the :guilabel:`Trigger` is set to :guilabel:`Stage is set to` by default, but it can be changed if necessary." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Create automations from a kanban stage" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:58 msgid "Trigger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Trigger` is used to define when the automation rule should be applied. The available triggers depend on the :doc:`model `. Five trigger categories are available overall:" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:60 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Trigger` is used to define what kind of event needs to occur for the automation rule to run. The available triggers depend on the :doc:`model `. Five trigger categories are available overall:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-updated`" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:64 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger-values-updated`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 -msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/email-events`" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:65 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger-email-events`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:50 -msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/values-timing-conditions`" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:66 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger-timing-conditions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/custom`" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:67 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger-custom`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:52 -msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger/external`" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger-external`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 -msgid "You can also define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to specify the conditions that must be met *before* the automation rule is triggered. In contrast, the conditions defined using the :ref:`Extra Conditions ` and :ref:`Apply on ` filters are checked *during* the execution of the automation rule." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:73 +msgid "Adding conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 -msgid "To define a :guilabel:`Before Update Domain`, :ref:`activate the developer mode `, create or edit an automation rule, click :guilabel:`Edit Domain`, then click :guilabel:`New Rule`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:75 +msgid "Domain filters allow you to determine the records an automation rule should target or exclude. Efficient filtering enhances overall performance as it avoids unnecessary processing on records that are not impacted by the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "For example, if you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a contact that did not have an address before (in contrast to modifying their existing address), define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to :guilabel:`Email is not set`, and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to :guilabel:`Email is set`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:80 +msgid ":ref:`Activate developer mode ` before creating an automation rule to have the most flexibility in adding domain filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:83 +msgid "Depending on the trigger chosen, it is possible to define one or more conditions a record must meet *before* and/or *after* a trigger occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:86 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` defines the conditions a record must meet *before* the trigger event occurs, e.g., the record must have `Type = Customer Invoice` and `Status = Posted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "With developer mode activated, click :guilabel:`Edit Domain`, if available, then :guilabel:`New Rule`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:92 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Apply on` domain defines the conditions a record must meet *after* the trigger event occurs, e.g., the customer invoice must have `Payment Status = Partially Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:95 +msgid "With developer mode activated, click :guilabel:`Edit Domain` then :guilabel:`New Rule`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:98 +msgid "If developer mode is not activated, to define an :guilabel:`Apply on` domain, click :icon:`fa-plus` :guilabel:`Add condition`. Complete or delete the suggested condition. To add a condition, click :guilabel:`New Rule`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:102 +msgid "When a :ref:`trigger ` occurs, e.g., the payment status of a posted customer invoice is updated, the automation rule checks the defined conditions and only executes the :ref:`action ` if the record matches those conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "If the automated action should be executed when an email address is set for the first time (in contrast to modifying an email address) on an existing contact that is an individual rather than a company, use `Email is not set` and `Is a Company is not set` as the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` and `Email is set` as the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of a trigger with a Before Update Domain" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:117 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` is not checked upon the creation of a record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:122 msgid "Values Updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:78 -msgid "The triggers available in this category depend on the model and are based on common field changes, such as adding a specific tag (e.g., to a task) or setting the :guilabel:`User` field. Select the trigger, then select a value if required." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:124 +msgid "Trigger automated actions when specific changes happen in the database. The triggers available in this category depend on the model and are based on common changes, such as adding a specific tag (e.g., to a task) or setting a field's value (e.g., setting the :guilabel:`User` field)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:-1 -msgid "Example of a Values Updated trigger" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "Select the trigger, then select a value if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:133 msgid "Email Events" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:135 msgid "Trigger automated actions upon receiving or sending emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:140 msgid "Timing Conditions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 -msgid "Trigger automated actions based on a date field. The following triggers are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Trigger automated actions at a point in time relative to a date field or to the creation or update of a record. The following triggers are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:99 -msgid ":guilabel:`Based on date field`: Select the field to be used next to the :guilabel:`Delay` field." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:145 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on date field`: The action is triggered a defined period of time before or after the date of the selected date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:100 -msgid ":guilabel:`After creation`: The action is triggered when a record is created and saved." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid ":guilabel:`After creation`: The action is triggered a defined period of time after a record is created and saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:101 -msgid ":guilabel:`After last update`: The action is triggered when an existing record is edited and saved." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`After last update`: The action is triggered a defined period of time after an existing record is edited and saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:152 msgid "You can then define:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:106 -msgid "a :guilabel:`Delay`: Specify the number of minutes, hours, days, or months. To trigger the action before the trigger date, specify a negative number. If you selected the :guilabel:`Based on date field` trigger, you must also select the date field to be used to determine the delay." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:154 +msgid "a :guilabel:`Delay`: Specify the number of :guilabel:`Minutes`, :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, or :guilabel:`Months` after which the action should be triggered. If you selected the :guilabel:`Based on date field` trigger, the action can be triggered :guilabel:`After` or :guilabel:`Before` the selected date field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:109 -msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Conditions`: Click :guilabel:`Add condition`, then specify the conditions to be met to trigger the automation rule. Click :guilabel:`New Rule` to add another condition." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:160 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for time-triggered automation rules every 240 minutes, or 4 hours. This frequency is generally sufficient for delays such as 3 months after the order date or 7 days after the last update." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 -msgid "The action is triggered when the delay is reached and the conditions are met." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "For delays of less than the equivalent of 2400 minutes, or 40 hours, the system recalculates the frequency of this check to ensure that more granular delays, e.g., 1 hour before the event start date and time, or 30 minutes after creation, can be respected as closely as possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:115 -msgid "If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under :guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay` to **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "To view or manually edit the frequency of the scheduler for a time-triggered automation rule, with :ref:`developer mode activated `, click :guilabel:`Scheduled action`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 -msgid "Example of a Based on date field trigger" +msgid "Direct link to scheduled action for automations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:174 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Automation Rules: check and execute` scheduled action that opens, update the value of the :guilabel:`Execute Every` field, if desired. Clicking :guilabel:`Run Manually` triggers the scheduled action to run immediately. To return to the automation rule setup, click the automation rule name in the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:123 -msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours, meaning lower granularity in time-based automations may not always be honored." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Extra Conditions`: Click :guilabel:`Add condition`, then specify the conditions to be met for the automation rule to run. Click :guilabel:`New Rule` to add another condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:182 +msgid "The action is executed when the delay is reached and the conditions are met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 msgid "Trigger automated actions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:133 -msgid ":guilabel:`On save`: When the record is saved;" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:191 +msgid ":guilabel:`On create`: when a record is saved for the first time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 -msgid ":guilabel:`On deletion`: When a record is deleted;" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`On create and edit`: when a record is saved for the first time and any subsequent time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:135 -msgid ":guilabel:`On UI change`: When a field's value is changed on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the record." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`On deletion`: when a record is deleted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:138 -msgid "For the :guilabel:`On save` and :guilabel:`On UI change` triggers, you **must** then select the field(s) to be used to trigger the automation rule in the :guilabel:`When updating` field." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:194 +msgid ":guilabel:`On UI change`: when a field's value is changed on the :ref:`Form view `, even before the record is saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:197 +msgid "For the :guilabel:`On create and edit` and :guilabel:`On UI change` triggers, you **must** then select the field(s) to be used to trigger the automation rule in the :guilabel:`When updating` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:202 msgid "If no field is selected in the :guilabel:`When updating` field, the automated action may be executed multiple times per record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:205 msgid "Optionally, you can also define additional conditions to be met to trigger the automation rule in the :guilabel:`Apply on` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:149 -msgid "The :guilabel:`On UI change` trigger can only be used with the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action and only works when a modification is made manually. The action is not executed if the field is changed through another automation rule." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "The :guilabel:`On UI change` trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Code ` action and only works when a modification is made manually. The action is not executed if the field is changed through another automation rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:216 msgid "External" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:159 -msgid "Trigger automated actions based on an external event using a webhook. A webhook is a method of communication between two systems where the source system sends an HTTP(S) request to a destination system based on a specific event. It usually includes a data payload containing information about the event that occurred." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:218 +msgid "Trigger automated actions based on a specific event in an external system or application using a :doc:`webhook `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 -msgid "To configure the :guilabel:`On webhook` trigger, copy the :guilabel:`URL` generated by Odoo into the destination system (i.e., the system receiving the request). Then, in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field, enter the code to run to define the record(s) to be updated using the automation rule." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:221 +msgid "After the webhook is configured in Odoo, where the webhook's URL is generated and the target record defined, it needs to be implemented in the external system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:169 -msgid "The URL must be treated as **confidential**; sharing it online or without caution could potentially expose your system to malicious parties. Click the :guilabel:`Rotate Secret` button to change the URL's secret if necessary." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:6 +msgid "It is *highly recommended* to consult with a developer, solution architect, or another technical role when deciding to use webhooks and throughout the implementation process. If not properly configured, webhooks may disrupt the Odoo database and can take time to revert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:174 -msgid "The code defined by default in the :guilabel:`Target Record` field works for webhooks coming from another Odoo database. It is used to determine the record(s) to be updated using the information in the payload." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of a Based on date field trigger" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:177 -msgid "If you wish to use the webhook's content for a purpose other than to find the record(s) (e.g., *create* a record), your only option is to use an :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/python-code` action. In this case, the :guilabel:`Target record` field must contain any valid code, but its result doesn't have any effect on the automated action itself." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:234 +msgid "It is also possible to set up an automated action that :ref:`sends data to a external system's webhook ` when an event occurs in your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 -msgid "The webhook content is available in the server action context as a `payload` variable (i.e., a dictionary that contains the GET parameters or POST JSON body of the incoming request)." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:238 +msgid ":doc:`Webhook documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:184 -msgid "You can also choose to :guilabel:`Log Calls` to record the payloads received, e.g., to make sure the data sent by the source system matches the expected format and content. This also helps identify and diagnose any issues that may arise. To access the logs, click the :guilabel:`Logs` smart button at the top of the :guilabel:`Automation rules` form." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:190 -msgid ":doc:`automated_actions/webhooks`" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "Once you have defined the automation rule's :ref:`trigger `, click :guilabel:`Add an action` in the :guilabel:`Actions To Do` tab to define the action(s) to be executed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:195 -msgid "Actions" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:250 +msgid "You can define multiple actions for the same automation rule. By default, actions are executed in the order in which they were defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:197 -msgid "Once you have defined the automation rule's :ref:`trigger `, click :guilabel:`Add an action` to define the action to be executed." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:253 +msgid "This means, for example, that if you define an :guilabel:`Update record` action and then a :guilabel:`Send email` action where the email references the field that was updated, the email uses the updated values. However, if the :guilabel:`Send email` action is defined before the :guilabel:`Update record` action, the email uses the values set *before* the record is updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:201 -msgid "You can define multiple actions for the same trigger/automation rule. The actions are executed in the order they are defined. This means, for example, that if you define an :guilabel:`Update record` action and then a :guilabel:`Send email` action, the email uses the updated values. However, if the :guilabel:`Send email` action is defined before the :guilabel:`Update record` action, the email uses the values set *before* the update action is run." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:258 +msgid "To change the order of defined actions, click the :icon:`oi-draggable` :guilabel:`(drag handle)` icon beside an action and drag it to the desired position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:264 msgid "Update Record" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:213 -msgid "This action allows to update one of the record's (related) fields. Click the :guilabel:`Update` field and, in the list that opens, select or search for the field to be updated; click the right arrow next to the field name to access the list of related fields if needed." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:266 +msgid "This action is used to update one of the record's (related) fields. The following options are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 -msgid "If you selected a :ref:`many2many field `, choose whether the field must be updated by :guilabel:`Adding`, :guilabel:`Removing`, or :guilabel:`Setting it to` the selected value or by :guilabel:`Clearing it`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:269 +msgid ":guilabel:`Update`: updates the selected field with the specified value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 -msgid "If you want the automated action to remove a tag from the customer record, set the :guilabel:`Update` field to :guilabel:`Customer > Tags`, select :guilabel:`By Removing`, then select the tag." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:270 +msgid ":guilabel:`Update with AI`: updates the selected field dynamically based on the AI prompt provided. This option requires the **Odoo AI** app to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:272 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sequence`: update the selected field with a defined sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:273 +msgid ":guilabel:`Compute`: updates the selected field dynamically using Python code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:407 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:446 +msgid "To define the action:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:277 +msgid "With the :guilabel:`Update`, :guilabel:`Update with AI`, :guilabel:`Sequence` or :guilabel:`Compute` option selected, as relevant, select or search for the field to be updated or computed. If needed, click the :icon:`oi-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` next to the field name to access the list of related fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:281 +msgid "Provide the relevant information based on the option selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:284 +msgid "Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:286 +msgid "Select or enter the updated value for the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:288 +msgid "If a :ref:`many2many field ` is being updated, choose whether the field must be updated by :guilabel:`Adding`, :guilabel:`Removing`, or :guilabel:`Setting it to` the selected value or by :guilabel:`Clearing it`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:293 +msgid "If you want the automated action to remove a tag from the customer record, set the :guilabel:`Update` field to :guilabel:`Customer > Tags`, select :guilabel:`by Removing`, then select the tag to be removed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of an Update Record action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:230 -msgid "Alternatively, you can also set a record's field dynamically using Python code. To do so, select :guilabel:`Compute` instead of :guilabel:`Update`, then enter the code to be used for computing the field's value. For example, if you want the automation rule to compute a custom :ref:`datetime field ` when a task's priority is set to `High` (by starring the task), you can define the trigger :guilabel:`Priority is set to` to `High` and define the :guilabel:`Update Record` action as follows:" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:302 +msgid "Update with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:304 +msgid "Enter a prompt to instruct Odoo AI how to update the field. Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`AI prompt tools`; use :guilabel:`Field Selector` to tell Odoo AI which related fields to check for context, and :guilabel:`Records Selector` to provide possible values for the updated field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:309 +msgid "If you want the automation rule to update the :guilabel:`Assignees` field of a newly created task based on the employees' expertise, you can write a prompt to instruct Odoo AI to check the :guilabel:`Display Name` field of the task for the context, then to assign the most suitable employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of updating a record using AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:319 +msgid "Sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:321 +msgid "Select an existing sequence or, to create a new sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:323 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Search more`, then click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:324 +msgid "In the window that opens, enter the :guilabel:`Name` of the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:325 +msgid "Configure the sequence, adding a :guilabel:`Prefix` and/or :guilabel:`Suffix` as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:328 +msgid "Use dynamic placeholders like :guilabel:`Current Year with Century: %(year)s` in the :guilabel:`Prefix` and/or :guilabel:`Suffix` to create sequences with elements like current year, month, etc. Possible placeholders are shows at the bottom of the window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:332 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:335 +msgid "If you want the automated action to create a sequential customer reference each time a new customer is created, set the :guilabel:`Sequence` field to :guilabel:`Reference`, then, in the dropdown, click :guilabel:`Search more`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:339 +msgid "In the example, each new customer receives a sequential reference with the prefix `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Update Record action using a sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:346 +msgid "Compute" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:348 +msgid "Enter the code to be used for computing the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:351 +msgid "If you want the automation rule to compute a custom :ref:`datetime field `, :guilabel:`Escalated on`, when a task's priority is set to `Very high` (three stars), you can define the trigger :guilabel:`Priority is set to` to `Very High` and define the :guilabel:`Update Record` action as follows:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Compute a custom datetime field using a Python expression" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:363 +msgid "Create Record and Duplicate Record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:365 +msgid "These actions are used to create a new or duplicated record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:369 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Create Record` or :guilabel:`Duplicate Record` selected as the :guilabel:`Type` of action, as relevant, select the required model in the :guilabel:`Record to Create` field; the field contains the current model by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:372 +msgid "Specify a :guilabel:`Name` for the record, or, if the action duplicates a record, indicate the record being duplicated in the :guilabel:`Duplicate from` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:374 +msgid "If the new or duplicated record is being created on another model, select a field in the :guilabel:`Link Field` field to link the record that triggered the creation of the new or duplicated record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:379 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Link Field` dropdown menu only contains :ref:`one2many fields ` existing on the current model that are linked to a :ref:`many2one field ` on the target model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:384 +msgid "If you want the automation rule to duplicate a project, e.g. a project template with predefined tasks, when an opportunity is set to `Won`, add a custom `Related opportunity` :ref:`many2one field ` field on the *Project* model and a custom `Related project` :ref:`one2many field ` field on the *Lead* model, then provide the following details about the record being duplicated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicate a record in a different model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:395 +msgid "You can create another automation rule with :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action-update-record` actions to update the fields of the new or duplicated record if necessary. For example, you can use a :guilabel:`Create Record` action to create a new project task and then assign it to a specific user using an :guilabel:`Update Record` action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:403 msgid "Create Activity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 -msgid "This action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Select an :guilabel:`Activity Type`, enter a :guilabel:`Title` and description, then specify when you want the activity to be scheduled in the :guilabel:`Due Date In` field, and select a :guilabel:`User type`:" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:405 +msgid "This action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:247 -msgid "To always assign the activity to the same user, select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field;" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:409 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Create Activity` selected as the :guilabel:`Type` of action, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Activity Type` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 -msgid "To target a user linked to the record dynamically, select :guilabel:`Dynamic User (based on record)` and change the :guilabel:`User Field` if necessary." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:411 +msgid "Enter a :guilabel:`Title`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:253 -msgid "After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want the automated action to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the :guilabel:`Activity Type` to :guilabel:`Call` and the :guilabel:`User Type` to :guilabel:`Dynamic User (based on record)`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:412 +msgid "Indicate by when the activity should be completed by specifying a number of :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or :guilabel:`Months` in the :guilabel:`Due Date In` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:414 +msgid "Select a :guilabel:`User type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:416 +msgid "To always assign the activity to the same user, select :guilabel:`Specific User`, then add the user in the :guilabel:`Responsible` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:418 +msgid "To target a user linked to the record dynamically, select :guilabel:`Dynamic User (based on record)`. If needed, change the :guilabel:`User Field` by clicking on the placeholder field name then selecting or searching for the user field in the list that appears. Clicking the :icon:`oi-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` next to the field name allows you to access related fields if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:423 +msgid "Optionally, add a :guilabel:`Note` to provide more information about the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:426 +msgid "After a proposition is sent to a opportunity with a high expected revenue, you want to create an activity for the salesperson's team leader to call the potential client to increase the chances of closing the deal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:430 +msgid "To do so, set the :guilabel:`Activity Type` to :guilabel:`Call` and the :guilabel:`User Type` to :guilabel:`Dynamic User (based on record)`. Click on the placeholder field and select :guilabel:`Sales Team`, then click the :icon:`oi-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` and select :guilabel:`Team Leader`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 msgid "Example of a Create Activity action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:442 msgid "Send Email and Send SMS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:263 -msgid "These actions are used to send an email or a text message to a contact linked to a specific record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template` or an :guilabel:`SMS Template`, then, in the :guilabel:`Send Email As` or :guilabel:`Send SMS As` field, choose how you want to send the email or text message:" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:444 +msgid "These actions are used to send an email or a text message to a contact linked to a specific record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:448 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Send Email` or :guilabel:`Send SMS` selected as the :guilabel:`Type` of action, as relevant, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template` or :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:450 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Send Email As` or :guilabel:`Send SMS As` field, choose how you want to send the email or text message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:453 +msgid "For an email, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:455 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: to send the message as an email to the recipients of the :guilabel:`Email Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:457 msgid ":guilabel:`Message`: to post the message on the record and notify the record's followers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:458 msgid ":guilabel:`Note`: to send the message as an internal note visible to internal users in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:461 +msgid "For a text message, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:463 msgid ":guilabel:`SMS (without note)`: to send the message as a text message to the recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:465 msgid ":guilabel:`SMS (with note)`: to send the message as a text message to the recipients of the :guilabel:`SMS template` and post it as an internal note in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:467 msgid ":guilabel:`Note only`: to only post the message as an internal note in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:472 msgid "Send WhatsApp" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:285 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:475 msgid "To automate the sending of WhatsApp messages, one or more :ref:`WhatsApp templates ` must be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:288 -msgid "This action is used to send a WhatsApp message to a contact linked to a specific record. To do so, select the appropriate :guilabel:`WhatsApp Template` from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:478 +msgid "This action is used to send a WhatsApp message to a contact linked to a specific record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:480 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Send WhatsApp` selected as the :guilabel:`Type` of action, select the appropriate :guilabel:`WhatsApp Template` from the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:486 msgid "Add Followers and Remove Followers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:296 -msgid "Use these actions to (un)subscribe existing contacts to/from the record." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:488 +msgid "This action is used to subscribe/unsubscribe existing contacts as followers of the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:299 -msgid "Create Record" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:490 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Add Followers` or :guilabel:`Remove Followers` selected as the :guilabel:`Type` of action, as relevant, select a :guilabel:`Followers Type`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:301 -msgid "This action is used to create a new record on any model." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:493 +msgid "To always add/remove the same contact(s), select :guilabel:`Specific Followers` then select the contact(s) from the dropdown menu. Multiple contacts can be added/removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:303 -msgid "Select the required model in the :guilabel:`Record to Create` field; it contains the current model by default. Specify a :guilabel:`Name` for the record, and then, if you want to create the record on another model, select a field in the :guilabel:`Link Field` field to link the record that triggered the creation of the new record." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:496 +msgid "To add/remove a contact linked to the record dynamically, select :guilabel:`Dynamic Followers`. If needed, change the :guilabel:`Followers Field` by clicking on the placeholder field name then selecting or searching for the partner field in the list that appears. Clicking the :icon:`oi-chevron-right` :guilabel:`(right arrow)` next to the field name allows you to access related fields if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:309 -msgid "The dropdown list related to the :guilabel:`Link Field` field only contains :ref:`one2many fields ` existing on the current model that are linked to a :ref:`many2one field ` on the target model." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:503 +msgid "To keep customers informed of progress on a project, this automated action adds the relevant customer as a follower when a project task is set to `In progress`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:314 -msgid "You can create another automation rule with :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/update-record` actions to update the fields of the new record if necessary. For example, you can use a :guilabel:`Create Record` action to create a new project task and then assign it to a specific user using an :guilabel:`Update Record` action." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Adding the customer as a follower when project task set to in progress" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:513 msgid "Execute Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:516 +msgid "For automation rules that require the execution of :ref:`custom code `, note that maintenance of custom code is not included in the *Standard* or *Custom* pricing plans and incurs :ref:`additional fees `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:521 msgid "This action is used to execute Python code. You can write your code into the :guilabel:`Code` tab using the following variables:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:327 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:524 msgid "`env`: environment on which the action is triggered" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:525 msgid "`model`: model of the record on which the action is triggered; is a void recordset" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:526 msgid "`record`: record on which the action is triggered; may be void" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:527 msgid "`records`: recordset of all records on which the action is triggered in multi-mode; this may be left empty" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:529 msgid "`time`, `datetime`, `dateutil`, `timezone`: useful Python libraries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:333 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:530 msgid "`float_compare`: utility function to compare floats based on specific precision" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:531 msgid "`log(message, level='info')`: logging function to record debug information in ir.logging table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:533 msgid "`_logger.info(message)`: logger to emit messages in server logs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:534 msgid "`UserError`: exception class for raising user-facing warning messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:535 msgid "`Command`: x2many commands namespace" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:536 msgid "`action = {...}`: to return an action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:539 msgid "The available variables are described both in the :guilabel:`Code` and :guilabel:`Help` tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:542 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo's ORM capabilities <../../developer/reference/backend/orm>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:547 msgid "Send Webhook Notification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:349 -msgid "This action allows to send a POST request with the values of the :guilabel:`Fields` to the URL specified in the :guilabel:`URL` field." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:549 +msgid "This action is used to send a `POST` API request with the values of the selected :guilabel:`Fields` to the webhook URL specified in the :guilabel:`URL` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:552 msgid "The :guilabel:`Sample Payload` provides a preview of the data included in the request using a random record's data or dummy data if no record is available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:358 -msgid "Execute Existing Actions" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:556 +msgid "It is also possible to set up an automated action that :doc:`uses a webhook to receive data from an external system ` when a predefined event occurs in that system." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:360 -msgid "The action is used to trigger multiple actions (linked to the current model) at the same time. To do so, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, then, in the :guilabel:`Add: Child Actions` pop-up, select an existing action or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:562 +msgid "Multi Actions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:3 -msgid "Webhooks" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:564 +msgid "This action is used to trigger multiple actions (linked to the current model) at the same time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:6 -msgid "It is *highly recommended* to consult with a developer, solution architect, or another technical role when deciding to use webhooks and throughout the implementation process. If not properly configured, webhooks may disrupt the Odoo database and can take time to revert." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:566 +msgid "To define the actions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:10 -msgid "Webhooks, which can be created in **Studio**, are automation rules triggered by external events via user-defined HTTP callbacks. When an external system sends data to an Odoo webhook's URL (the \"trigger\") with a data file (the \"payload\"), Odoo responds with a predefined action in the database." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:568 +msgid "With :guilabel:`Multi Actions` selected as the :guilabel:`Type` of action, click :guilabel:`Add an action`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:14 -msgid "Unlike scheduled actions or manual API calls, webhooks enable real-time communication and automation. For example, if a sales order is confirmed in an external POS system, a webhook can instantly update Odoo's inventory, ensuring system synchronization." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:570 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Add: Child Actions` pop-up:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:19 -msgid "This article covers creating a webhook that *takes in* data from an external source. However, an automated action that :ref:`sends an API call to an external webhook ` can also be created." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:572 +msgid "select one or more existing actions and click :guilabel:`Select`; or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:24 -msgid "Create a webhook in Studio" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:573 +msgid "click :guilabel:`New`, define the action to be executed, then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or, to create additional actions, :guilabel:`Save & New` ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:26 -msgid "Webhooks are configured in **Studio**, and their setup is split between their :ref:`trigger ` and their :ref:`actions `." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:575 +msgid "Repeat as many times as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:30 -msgid "Setting up a webhook in Odoo requires no coding when connecting Odoo databases, but testing requires an external tool like `Postman `_. :ref:`Custom target records or actions ` may require programming skills." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions.rst:-1 +msgid "Define multiple actions to be executed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:33 -msgid ":ref:`Activate developer mode ` to modify the model targeted by the webhook (e.g., sales orders or contact information) and to find the model's technical name (which may be required for proper payload configuration)." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:3 +msgid "Webhooks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:208 -msgid "Set the webhook's trigger" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:10 +msgid "Webhooks, which can be created in **Odoo Studio**, allow you to automate an action in your Odoo database when a specific event occurs in another, external system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:13 +msgid "In practice, this works as follows: when the event occurs in the external system, a data file (the \"payload\") is sent to the Odoo webhook's URL via a `POST` API request, and a predefined action is performed in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:17 +msgid "Unlike scheduled actions, which run at predefined intervals, or manual API requests, which need to be explicitly invoked, webhooks enable real-time, event-driven communication and automation. For example, you can set up a webhook to have your Odoo inventory data updated automatically when a sales order is confirmed in an external point-of-sale system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:22 +msgid "Setting up a webhook in Odoo requires no coding when connecting two Odoo databases, but :ref:`testing a webhook ` requires an external tool. :ref:`Custom target records or actions ` may require programming skills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:28 +msgid "This article covers creating a webhook that *receives* data from an external source. However, it is also possible to create an automated action that :ref:`sends data to an external webhook ` when a change occurs in your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:35 +msgid "Create a webhook in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:38 +msgid "Before implementing a webhook in a live database, configure and test it using a :ref:`duplicate database ` to ensure the webhook performs as intended." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:42 -msgid "To create a webhook with **Studio**, :ref:`open Studio `, click :guilabel:`Webhooks`, then :guilabel:`New`. From here, name the webhook, modify the webhook's model (the kind of database entry to be targeted) if needed, and toggle whether calls made to the webhook URL should be logged (which would track the webhook's call history for troubleshooting)." +msgid ":ref:`Activating developer mode ` before creating up a webhook gives greater flexibility in selecting the :doc:`model <../models_modules_apps>` the automation rule targets. It also allows you to find the technical name of the model and fields, which may be needed to configure the payload." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:47 -msgid "The webhook's URL is automatically generated. This is the URL that should be used for testing the webhook and connecting it to the external system that will send updates to the database." +msgid "To find a model's technical name, with developer mode activated, hover over the model name and then click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)`. The technical name can be found in the :guilabel:`Model` field. For example, a sales order webhook uses the *Sales Order* model, but the technical name `sale.order` is used in the payload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:52 +msgid "To create a webhook in **Studio**, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:51 -msgid "The webhook's URL is **confidential** and should be treated with care. Sharing it online or without caution can provide unintended access to the Odoo database. Click :guilabel:`Rotate Secret` to change the URL if needed." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:54 +msgid ":ref:`Open Studio ` and click :guilabel:`Webhooks`, then :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:55 -msgid "Finally, if the system sending the webhook is not Odoo, adjust the :guilabel:`Target Record` actions to look for the JSON record that is included in the API call's payload when the call is made to the webhook's URL. If the system sending the webhook is an Odoo database, then make sure that the `id` and `model` appear in the payload." +msgid "Give the webhook a clear, meaningful name that identifies its purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:61 -msgid "Although the :guilabel:`Model` is set in Odoo, it is the model's technical name that must be included in the payload. Hover over the model name, then click the :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`(Internal link)` icon to find this technical name in the :guilabel:`Model` field. For example, a sales order webhook uses the *Sales Order* model, but the technical name `sale.order` is used in the payload." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:56 +msgid "If needed, and provided developer mode is activated, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Model` from the dropdown. If developer mode is not activated, the automation rule targets the current model by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:68 -msgid "When creating a record in the Odoo database, the target record's default format should not be used. Instead, use `model.browse(i)` or `model.search(i)`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:60 +msgid "The webhook's URL is automatically generated, but can be changed if needed by clicking :guilabel:`Rotate Secret`. This is the URL that should be used when implementing the webhook in the external system that will send updates to the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:149 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:220 -msgid "Set the webhook's action" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:65 +msgid "The URL is **confidential** and should be treated with care. Sharing it online or without caution can provide unintended access to the Odoo database. If the URL is updated after the initial implementation, make sure to update it in the external system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:69 +msgid "If desired, enable :guilabel:`Log Calls` to track the history of API requests made to the webhook's URL, e.g., for troubleshooting purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:76 -msgid "To set a webhook's action while configuring a webhook, click :guilabel:`Add an action` under the :guilabel:`Actions To Do` tab. Click the action's :guilabel:`Type` and set the fields as needed." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:72 +msgid "If the system sending the webhook is not Odoo, adjust the :guilabel:`Target Record` code to look for the JSON record included in the payload when the API request is made to the webhook's URL. If the system sending the webhook is an Odoo database, ensure that the `id` and `model` appear in the payload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:77 +msgid "If the webhook is used to create records in the Odoo database, use `model.browse(i)` or `model.search(i)` instead of the default :guilabel:`Target Record` format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:80 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add an action` in the :guilabel:`Actions To Do` tab to define the :ref:`actions ` to be executed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:254 -msgid "Test the webhook" +msgid "Before implementing the webhook in the external system, :ref:`test ` it to ensure it works as intended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:85 -msgid "Testing the webhook requires the webhook to be set up, a test payload to send to the webhook, and an external tool or system to send the payload through a `POST` API request. Consider using a tool like `Postman `_ so less technical skills are required." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:86 +msgid "Webhooks can also be created via the :guilabel:`Automations` menu in **Studio** by selecting the trigger :guilabel:`On webhook`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:89 -msgid "If a message saying `200 OK` or `status: ok` gets returned during testing, then the webhook is functioning properly on Odoo's side. From here, implementation can begin with the other tool to automatically send those webhook calls into Odoo using the webhook's URL." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:88 +msgid "To access the history of API requests if :guilabel:`Log Calls` has been enabled, click the :guilabel:`Logs` smart button at the top of the :guilabel:`Automation rules` form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:93 -msgid "If any other responses are returned, the number sent in the response helps to identify the problem. For example, a `500 Internal Server Error` means that Odoo could not interpret the call properly. If this gets returned, ensure the fields found in the JSON file are properly mapped in the webhook's configuration and in the system sending the test call. Turning on call logging in the webhook's configuration provides error logs if the webhook is not functioning as intended." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:90 +msgid "If the purpose of the webhook is anything other than to update an existing record, e.g., to create a new record, the :guilabel:`Execute Code` action must be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:100 -msgid "Implement the webhook" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:96 +msgid "Test a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:102 -msgid "Once the webhook is fully configured, begin connecting it to the system that sends data to the Odoo database through this webhook. Make sure that the API calls are sent to the webhook's URL when setting that system up." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:98 +msgid "Testing a webhook requires a test payload and an external tool or system, like `Postman `_, to send the payload via a `POST` API request. This section presents the steps to test a webhook in Postman." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:109 -msgid "Webhook use cases" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:103 +msgid "See the :ref:`webhook use cases section ` for step-by-step explanations of how to test webhooks using test payloads." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:111 -msgid "Below are two examples of how to use webhooks in Odoo. These webhooks require external tools (which are listed with the example)." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:105 +msgid "To get specific help with testing a webhook with Postman, contact their support team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:115 -msgid "Consult with a developer, solution architect, or another technical role when deciding to implement webhooks. If not properly configured, webhooks may disrupt the Odoo database and can take time to revert." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:107 +msgid "In Postman, create a new HTTP request and set its method to :guilabel:`POST`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:120 -msgid "Update a sales order's currency" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:108 +msgid "Copy the webhook's URL from your Odoo database using the :icon:`fa-link` :guilabel:`(link)` icon and paste it into the URL field in Postman." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:122 -msgid "This webhook updates a sales order in the **Sales** app to USD. It useful for subsidiaries outside the United States with a mother company located inside the United States or during mergers when consolidating data into one Odoo database." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:267 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Body` tab and select :guilabel:`raw`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:129 -msgid "To set up this webhook, open the **Sales** app. Then, :ref:`set the trigger ` so the :guilabel:`Model` is set to `Sales Order`. Also, set the :guilabel:`Target Record` to `model.env[payload.get('model')].browse(int(payload.get('id')))`. This is broken down below." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:111 +msgid "Set the file type to :guilabel:`JSON`, then copy the code from the test payload and paste it into the code editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:134 -msgid "**model**: what gets updated in Odoo (in this case, sales orders). This matches the :guilabel:`Model` set earlier." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:281 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:136 -msgid "**env**: where the action takes place. In this case, it is Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:117 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Response` viewer at the bottom of the screen in Postman, details, including a HTTP response code, indicate whether or not the webhook is functioning correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:120 +msgid "A `200 OK` or `status: ok` message indicates that the webhook is functioning properly on Odoo's side. From here, implementation can begin with the other system to automatically send the API requests to the Odoo webhook's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:124 +msgid "If any other response is returned, the number associated with it helps to identify the problem. For example, a `500 Internal Server Error` message means that Odoo could not interpret the call properly. In this case, ensure the fields found in the JSON file are properly mapped in the webhook's configuration and in the system sending the test call." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:137 -msgid "**payload**: what is sent to the webhook's URL. This contains the information that updates the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:130 +msgid "Turning on call logging in the webhook's configuration in Odoo provides error logs if the webhook is not functioning as intended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:139 -msgid "**get('model')**: tells the webhook what database record to look at. In this case, the webhook retrieves (`get`) the data tied to a specific `model`. In this example, this is the Sales Order model." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:134 +msgid "Implement a webhook in an external system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:136 +msgid "When the webhook has been successfully created in Odoo and tested, implement it in the system that sends data to the Odoo database, making sure the `POST` API requests are sent to the webhook's URL." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:142 -msgid "**browse**: tells the webhook to look in the `model` (Sales Order) set by the payload for what to update." +msgid "Webhook use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:144 -msgid "**int**: turns the target into an `integer` (a whole number). This is important in case some words (a `string`) or a decimal number is included in the payload's target record." +msgid "Below are two examples of how to use webhooks in Odoo. A test payload is provided for each example, and can be found in the section on testing the webhook. `Postman `_ is used to send the test payload." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:146 -msgid "**get('id')**: identifies the sales order number that is being updated in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:149 +msgid "Update a sales order's currency" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:151 -msgid "After setting the trigger, set the webhook's action by clicking :guilabel:`Add an action`. For the :guilabel:`Type`, click :guilabel:`Update Record`. Then, select `Update`, choose the field `Currency`, and select `USD` to have the currency field updated to USD. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgid "This webhook updates a sales order in the **Sales** app to `USD` when the external system sends a `POST` API request to the webhook's URL that includes that sales order number (which is identified by the payload's `id` record)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:248 -msgid "Webhook setup summary" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:155 +msgid "This could be useful for subsidiaries outside the United States with a mother company located inside the United States or during mergers when consolidating data into one Odoo database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:159 -msgid "To summarize what is set up, the webhook targets sales orders, identified by their sales order number, and updates their currency to `USD` when a POST request is sent to the webhook's URL that includes that sales order number (which is identified by the payload's `id` record)." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:221 +msgid "Create the webhook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:223 +msgid "To create this webhook, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:163 +msgid "Open the **Sales** app, then :ref:`open Studio ` and click :guilabel:`Webhooks`. The *Sales Order* model is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:227 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`New`. The :guilabel:`Trigger` is set to :guilabel:`On webhook` by default." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:166 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:256 -msgid "Test the webhook's setup to make sure everything is correct. This process uses a tool called `Postman `_ to send the simulated trigger." +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Target Record` to `model.env[payload.get('_model')].browse(int(payload.get('_id')))`, where:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:259 -msgid "This section walks through the steps to test this webhook in Postman, but does not offer help if there's an issue within that tool. To get specific help with Postman, contact their support team." +msgid "`payload.get('_model')` retrieves the value associated with the `model` key in the payload, i.e., `sale.order`, which is the technical name of the *Sales Order* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:171 +msgid "`payload.get('_id')` retrieves the value associated with the `id` key in the payload, i.e., the number of the target sales order in your Odoo database with the `S` and leading zeros removed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:172 -msgid "Once Postman is open, create a new :guilabel:`HTTP` request and set its method to :guilabel:`POST`. Next, copy the webhook's URL that is being tested and paste it into the URL field in Postman. After that, click the :guilabel:`Body` tab and select the :guilabel:`raw` option. Set the file type to :guilabel:`JSON`, then copy this code and paste it into the file." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:174 +msgid "`int` converts the retrieved id to an integer (i.e., a whole number) because the method `browse()` can only be used with an integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:231 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Add an action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:178 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` section, click :guilabel:`Update Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:179 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Action details` section, select :guilabel:`Update`, choose the field :guilabel:`Currency`, and select :guilabel:`USD`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:256 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:184 -msgid "From here, choose a sales order to test the webhook on. If it is not possible to test in a live Odoo database, consider creating a demo database with a sample sales order and the webhook that was configured. Replace `SALES ORDER NUMBER` with the sales order's number without the `S` or any zeros before the number. For example, a sales order with the number `S00007` should be entered as `7` in Postman. Finally, click :guilabel:`Send` in Postman." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:259 +msgid "Test the webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:190 -msgid "If a message saying `200 OK` or `status: ok` gets returned, then the webhook is functioning properly on Odoo's side. The test sales order's currency is updated. From here, implementation can begin with the other tool to automatically send those webhook calls into Odoo using the webhook's URL." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:261 +msgid "To test this webhook, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:194 -msgid "If any other responses are returned, the number associated with them helps to identify the problem. For example, a `500 Internal Server Error` means that Odoo could not interpret the call properly. If this gets returned, ensure the `model` and `id` fields are properly mapped in the webhook's configuration and in Postman." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:188 +msgid "With `Postman `_ open, create a new HTTP request and set its method to :guilabel:`POST`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:202 -msgid "Create a new contact" +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:265 +msgid "Copy the URL of the Odoo webhook using the :icon:`fa-link` :guilabel:`(link)` icon and paste it into the URL field in Postman." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:268 +msgid "Set the file type to :guilabel:`JSON`, then copy this code, i.e., the payload, and paste it into the code editor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:204 -msgid "This webhook uses custom code to create a new contact in an Odoo database. This could be helpful for automatically creating new vendors or customers." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:203 +msgid "In your Odoo database, choose a sales order to test the webhook on. In the pasted code, replace `SALES ORDER NUMBER` with the sales order's number without the `S` or any zeros before the number. For example, a sales order with the number `S00007` should be entered as `7` in Postman." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:210 -msgid "To set up this webhook, open the **Contacts** app. Then, :ref:`set the trigger ` so the :guilabel:`Model` is set to `Contact`. Also, set the :guilabel:`Target Record` to `model.browse([2])`. This is broken down below." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:282 +msgid "Consult the :ref:`Response viewer ` in Postman to determine whether or not the webhook is functioning properly. If a message other than `200 OK` or `status: ok` is returned, the number associated with the message helps to identify the problem." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:214 -msgid "**model**: what gets updated in Odoo (in this case, a contact). This matches the :guilabel:`Model` set earlier." +msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:216 -msgid "**browse**: tells the webhook to look in the `model` (the contacts) set by the payload for what to create." +msgid "This webhook uses custom code to create a new contact in an Odoo database when the external system sends a `POST` API request to the webhook's URL that includes the contact's information. This could be helpful for automatically creating new vendors or customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:222 -msgid "After setting the trigger, set the webhook's action by clicking :guilabel:`Add an action`. For the :guilabel:`Type`, click :guilabel:`Execute Code`, then set the :guilabel:`code` to the sample code below. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:225 +msgid "Open the **Contacts** app, then :ref:`open Studio ` and click :guilabel:`Webhooks`. The *Contact* model is selected by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:250 -msgid "To summarize what is set up, the webhook creates a contact when an API call is sent to the webhook's URL that includes the contact's information." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:228 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Target Record` to `model.browse([2])`. This is essentially a placeholder as the code in the automated action tells the webhook what needs to be retrieved from the payload and in which model the record needs to be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:262 -msgid "Once Postman is open, create a new request, and set its method to :guilabel:`POST`. Next, copy the webhook's URL that is being tested and paste it into the URL field in Postman. After that, click the :guilabel:`Body` tab and click :guilabel:`raw`. Set the file type to :guilabel:`JSON`, then copy this code and paste it into the file." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:232 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Type` section, click :guilabel:`Execute Code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:275 -msgid "Replace the fields above with a new contact's information in Postman, and then click :guilabel:`Send`." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:233 +msgid "Copy this code and paste it into the code editor in the :guilabel:`Code` tab of the :guilabel:`Action details` section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:278 -msgid "If a message saying `200 OK` or `status: ok` gets returned, then the webhook is functioning properly on Odoo's side. The new test contact appears in the **Contacts** app. From here, implementation can begin with the other tool to automatically send those webhook calls into Odoo using the webhook's URL." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:263 +msgid "In `Postman `_, create a new HTTP request and set its method to :guilabel:`POST`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:283 -msgid "If any other responses are returned, the number associated with them helps to identify the problem. For example, a `500 Internal Server Error` means that Odoo could not interpret the call properly. If this gets returned, ensure the fields found in the JSON file are properly mapped in the webhook's configuration and in Postman." +#: ../../content/applications/studio/automated_actions/webhooks.rst:279 +msgid "In the pasted code, replace the `CONTACT NAME`, `CONTACTEMAIL@EMAIL.COM`, and `CONTACT PHONE NUMBER` with a new contact's information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/studio/fields.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/websites.pot b/locale/sources/websites.pot index 2d54f84429..f5921fadc7 100644 --- a/locale/sources/websites.pot +++ b/locale/sources/websites.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 19.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-09-30 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-10-20 14:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -254,31 +254,27 @@ msgid "Ordering and checkout" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo eCommerce provides several options to organize the ordering and checkout process. It offers different :ref:`order button ` options and sequential :ref:`checkout steps `, some of which support additional features. The related buttons and checkout pages can be customized using the website editor." +msgid "Odoo eCommerce provides several options to organize the ordering and checkout process. It offers different :ref:`order button ` options and sequential :ref:`checkout steps `, some of which support additional features. The related buttons and checkout pages can be customized using the :doc:`website editor <../website/web_design>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:14 msgid "Order buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:16 msgid "To customize the ordering process in Odoo eCommerce, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:17 -msgid "change the :ref:`Add to Cart ` button's behavior," -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:18 -msgid "replace it with a :ref:`customized ` button," +msgid "change the :ref:`Add to Cart ` button's behavior;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:19 -msgid "add a :ref:`Buy now ` button, and" +msgid "replace it with a :ref:`customized ` button;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:20 -msgid "add an :ref:`Order again ` button to the customer portal." +msgid "add a :ref:`Buy now ` button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:25 @@ -290,42 +286,34 @@ msgid "Default add to cart behavior" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:30 -msgid "When clicking the :guilabel:`Add to cart` button, different actions can be triggered. To configure them, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` section, and select one of the following options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:34 -msgid ":guilabel:`Stay on Product Page`: The customer remains on the product's page." +msgid "When clicking the :guilabel:`Add to cart` button, different actions can be triggered. To configure them, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and select one of the following options for the :guilabel:`Add to cart` feature:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:35 -msgid ":guilabel:`Go to cart`: The customer is immediately redirected to the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Let the user decide (dialog)`: The customer can choose if they want to go to the cart (:guilabel:`Proceed to Checkout`) or if they prefer to stay on the product page (:guilabel:`Continue Shopping`)." +msgid ":guilabel:`Stay on Product Page`: The customer can choose if they want to :guilabel:`Add to cart` and continue shopping or :guilabel:`Go to the Checkout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:41 -msgid "This dialog box always appears regardless of the configuration to suggest :doc:`optional products `, if any." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Go to cart`: The customer is immediately redirected to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:42 msgid "Button customization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:44 msgid "You can replace the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button with a :guilabel:`Contact Us` button, which redirects users to the default contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:48 msgid "Removing the ability to add products to the cart is often used by businesses that want to display an online catalog but cannot share prices publicly (e.g., to offer custom or variable pricing)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:56 -msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section, tick :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product`. A new :guilabel:`Button url` field appears to enter a redirect URL." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:51 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, enable :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product`, and enter the redirect URL in the :guilabel:`Button URL` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:55 msgid "Then, for all products that should display the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button, set their price to `0` using the product form or a :doc:`pricelist <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." msgstr "" @@ -333,276 +321,303 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contact us button on product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:62 msgid "The :guilabel:`Contact Us` button label, URL, and the *Not Available For Sale* text beneath the product title and description can be modified on the product's page while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:67 msgid "Additional add to cart buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:69 msgid "You can add additional :guilabel:`Add to Cart` buttons and link them to specific products on any website page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:72 msgid "To add them, open the website editor and place the :guilabel:`Add to Cart Button` inner content building block. Once placed, click the button, scroll to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart Button` section, and configure the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:76 msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product to link the button with." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:77 msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Choose if it should be an :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or :ref:`Buy Now ` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:86 -msgid "If the product has variants, either choose one or leave the option on :guilabel:`Visitor's Choice`, which prompts the customer to select a variant and then to :guilabel:`Proceed to Checkout` or :guilabel:`Continue Shopping`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:81 +msgid "If the product has variants, either choose one or leave the option on :guilabel:`Visitor's Choice`, which prompts the customer to select a variant and then :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and continue shopping or :guilabel:`Go to Checkout`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:84 msgid "The default :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button does not offer those options, but its label can be changed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:93 -msgid "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, it is also possible to show or hide the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`cart`) icon in the page's header. Click the header and then the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`cart`) button next to the :guilabel:`Show Empty` option under the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:88 +msgid "In the website editor, it is also possible to show or hide the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`cart`) icon in the page's header. Click the header and then the :icon:`fa-shopping-cart` (:guilabel:`cart`) button next to the :guilabel:`Show Empty` option under the :guilabel:`Style` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:96 msgid "Buy now" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:103 -msgid "To let customers choose to go to the :ref:`review order ` step directly, you can add an additional :guilabel:`Buy now` button. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` section, tick the :guilabel:`Buy Now` feature." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:98 +msgid "To let customers choose to go to the :ref:`Order summary ` step directly, you can add an additional :guilabel:`Buy now` button. To do so, go to any product's page, open the website editor, go to the :guilabel:`Style` tab, and click the :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` button next to the :guilabel:`Purchase Options`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:-1 +msgid "Buy now button" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:109 -msgid "Alternatively, enable the feature by going to any product's page while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode and, in the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, clicking the :icon:`fa-bolt` :guilabel:`Buy Now` button next to the :guilabel:`Cart` options." +msgid "Reorder products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:-1 -msgid "Buy now button" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:111 +msgid "Customers can reorder items from a previous sales order:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:119 -msgid "Re-order from portal" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:113 +msgid "from their customer portal, using the :guilabel:`Order Again` button. All products from the selected order are automatically added to the cart, and customers can then :guilabel:`Remove` any items they don't want to reorder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:121 -msgid "You can let customers re-order items from previous sales orders from their customer portal using the :guilabel:`Order Again` button. To add it, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` section, tick the :guilabel:`Re-order From Portal` feature." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:0 +msgid "Reorder button" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:-1 -msgid "Re-order button" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:120 +msgid "from the cart, by clicking :guilabel:`Quick reorder` at the :ref:`Order summary step `. Customers can then adjust quantities as needed and click the :icon:`fa-cart-plus` :guilabel:`(cart)` button next to the product(s) they want to reorder." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:0 +msgid "Quick reorder button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:130 msgid "Checkout policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:134 -msgid "To allow customers to checkout as guests or force them to sign in/create an account, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` section, and configure the :guilabel:`Sign in/up at checkout` setting. The following options are available:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:132 +msgid "To allow customers to checkout as guests or force them to sign in/create an account, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, and configure the :guilabel:`Sign in/up at checkout` setting. The following options are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:137 msgid ":guilabel:`Optional`: Customers can check out as guests and register later via the order confirmation email to track their order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:141 -msgid ":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: Customers can checkout as guests without creating an account." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Disabled`: Customers can check out as guests without creating an account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:142 -msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: Customers must sign in or create an account at the :ref:`Review Order ` step to complete their purchase." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory`: Customers must sign in or create an account at the :ref:`Order summary ` step to complete their purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:144 msgid "B2B access management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:146 msgid "To restrict checkout to selected B2B customers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:150 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` section, enable the :ref:`Mandatory (no guest checkout) ` option." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:148 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the :ref:`Mandatory ` option in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:153 -msgid "Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Privacy` section, go to :guilabel:`Customer Account`, and select :guilabel:`On invitation`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:151 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`General` section of the settings, set the :guilabel:`Customer Account` option to :guilabel:`On invitation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:153 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Customers`, switch to the :guilabel:`List` view, and select the customers you wish to grant access to your :doc:`portal <../../general/users/portal>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:156 msgid "Click the :icon:`fa-cog` :guilabel:`Actions` button, then :guilabel:`Grant portal access`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:157 msgid "Review the selected customers in the :guilabel:`Portal Access Management` pop-up and click :guilabel:`Grant Access`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:160 msgid "Once done, the relevant customers receive an email confirming their account creation, including instructions on setting a password and activating their account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:164 msgid "You can revoke access or re-invite a customer using the related buttons in the :guilabel:`Portal Access Management` pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:166 msgid "Users can only have one :doc:`portal access <../../general/users/portal>` per email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:167 msgid "Settings are website-specific, so you could set up a B2C website that allows guest checkout and a B2B website with mandatory sign-in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:171 msgid ":doc:`Customer accounts documentation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:172 msgid ":doc:`Portal access documentation <../../general/users/portal>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:177 msgid "Checkout steps" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:179 msgid "During the checkout process, customers are taken through the following steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:183 -msgid ":ref:`Review order `" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:181 +msgid ":ref:`Order summary `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:184 -msgid ":ref:`Delivery `" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:182 +msgid ":ref:`Address and delivery `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:183 msgid ":ref:`Extra info (if enabled) `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:184 msgid ":ref:`Payment `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:185 msgid ":ref:`Order confirmation `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:191 -msgid "Each step can be customized using the website editor by adding :doc:`building blocks <../website/web_design/building_blocks>` or opening the :guilabel:`Customize` tab to enable various checkout options." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:189 +msgid "Each step can be customized using the website editor by adding :doc:`building blocks <../website/web_design/building_blocks>` or opening the :guilabel:`Style` tab to enable various checkout options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:194 msgid "Content added through building blocks is **specific** to each step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:201 -msgid "Review order" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:199 +msgid "Order summary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:203 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Review Order` step allows customers to see the items they added to their cart, adjust quantities, or :guilabel:`Remove` products. Information related to the product prices and taxes applied are also displayed. Customers can then click the :guilabel:`Checkout` button to continue to the :ref:`Delivery ` step." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:201 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Order summary` step allows customers to see the items they added to their cart, adjust quantities, :guilabel:`Remove` products, and :ref:`reorder products from a previous order `. Information related to the product prices and taxes applied are also displayed. Customers can then click the :guilabel:`Checkout` button to continue to the :ref:`Address and delivery ` step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:207 msgid "Open the website editor to :ref:`enable ` checkout options such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:210 msgid ":guilabel:`Suggested Accessories`: to showcase :ref:`accessory products `;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Promo Code`: to allow customers to redeem :ref:`gift cards ` or apply :doc:`discount codes <../../sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount>`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:214 msgid ":guilabel:`Add to Wishlist`: :ref:`Enable wishlists ` to allow signed-in users to remove a product from their cart and add it to their wishlist using the :guilabel:`Save for later` option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:219 msgid "If a :doc:`fiscal position <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>` is detected automatically, the product tax is determined based on the customer's IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:221 msgid "If the installed :doc:`payment provider <../../finance/payment_providers>` supports :ref:`express checkout `, a dedicated button is displayed, allowing customers to go straight from the cart to the confirmation page without filling out the contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:229 +msgid "Address and delivery" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:231 msgid "Once they have reviewed their order:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:233 msgid "Unsigned-in customers are prompted to :guilabel:`Sign in` or enter their :guilabel:`Email address`, along with their delivery address and phone details;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:235 msgid "Signed-in customers can select the appropriate :guilabel:`Delivery address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:237 msgid "They can then :doc:`choose a delivery method `, select or enter their :guilabel:`Billing Address` (or toggle the :guilabel:`Same as delivery address` switch if the billing and delivery addresses are identical), and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to proceed to the next step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:242 msgid "For B2B customers, you can also :ref:`enable ` optional :guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Company name` fields by toggling the :guilabel:`Show B2B Fields` option in the website editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:246 -msgid "You can add a checkbox for users without an account to sign up for a newsletter. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` section, enable the :guilabel:`Newsletter` feature and select a :guilabel:`Newsletter List`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:245 +msgid "You can add a checkbox for users without an account to sign up for a newsletter. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section, enable the :guilabel:`Newsletter` feature, and select a :guilabel:`Newsletter List`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:253 msgid "Extra info" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:255 msgid "You can add an :guilabel:`Extra Info` step in the checkout process to collect additional customer information through an online form, which is then included in the :ref:`sales order `. To do so, :ref:`enable ` the :guilabel:`Extra Step` option in the website editor. The form can be :ref:`customized ` as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:263 -msgid "Alternatively, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` section, enable :guilabel:`Extra Step During Checkout`, and click :guilabel:`Save`. Click :icon:`fa-arrow-right` :guilabel:`Configure Form` to customize it." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:264 +msgid "Payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:270 -msgid "Payment" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:266 +msgid "At the :guilabel:`Payment` step, customers can :guilabel:`Choose a payment method`, enter their payment details, and click :guilabel:`Pay now`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:272 -msgid "At the :guilabel:`Payment` step, customers :guilabel:`Choose a payment method`, enter their payment details, and click :guilabel:`Pay now`." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:269 +msgid "To make payment methods available to customers, configure and enable one or more :doc:`payment provider(s) `. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, :guilabel:`Activate` the relevant payment provider, and :ref:`configure ` it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:275 -msgid "You can require customers to agree to your :doc:`terms and conditions <../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` before payment. To :ref:`enable ` this option, go to the website editor and toggle the :guilabel:`Accept Terms & Conditions` feature." +msgid "The options displayed at checkout depend on the active payment providers, the enabled :ref:`payment methods `, the :ref:`customer’s country and currency `, and, optionally, the :ref:`maximum amount ` set for the provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:280 +msgid "To display an :ref:`availability ` report for payment providers and payment methods and help diagnose potential availability issues on the payment form, enable the :ref:`developer mode ` and click the :icon:`fa-bug` (:guilabel:`bug`) icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:286 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:288 +msgid "To require customers to agree to the :doc:`terms and conditions <../../finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>` before payment, open the website editor and toggle the :guilabel:`Accept Terms` switch in the :guilabel:`Style` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:293 +msgid "eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:295 +msgid "Customers can pay with an eWallet or gift card during checkout. To offer these options, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable :menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` in the :guilabel:`eCommerce` section. Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Gift cards & eWallet` and :doc:`create a gift card and/or eWallet program `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:281 -msgid "Enable the :ref:`developer mode ` and click the :icon:`fa-bug` (:guilabel:`bug`) icon to display an :ref:`availability ` report for payment providers and payment methods, which helps diagnose potential availability issues on the payment form." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:-1 +msgid "Gift card and eWallet options at checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:307 msgid "Order confirmation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:309 msgid "The final step of the checkout process is the :guilabel:`Order confirmation`, which provides a summary of the customer's purchase details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout.rst:313 msgid ":doc:`Order handling documentation `" msgstr "" @@ -935,70 +950,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To automate invoicing, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:3 -msgid "Payment providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:5 -msgid "Odoo supports a multitude of online :doc:`payment providers ` for your website, allowing your customers to pay with their preferred payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:54 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`checkout`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:16 -msgid "To set up payment providers on the eCommerce app, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. From here, :guilabel:`Activate` the payment providers you wish to have available on your shop, and configure them according to your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:20 -msgid "Alternatively, you can access **payment providers** via :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Shop - Payment` section, you can :guilabel:`Configure SEPA Direct Debit` if you wish to use it, as well as :guilabel:`View other providers`. If you use the :guilabel:`Authorize.net` payment provider, the :ref:`Payment Capture Method ` can be configured in that same menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:26 -msgid "If you are using :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, you can also enable and configure it here." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:30 -msgid "Checkout payment options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:32 -msgid "Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:-1 -msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:40 -msgid "eWallets and gift cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:42 -msgid "When checking out, customers can pay with an eWallet or gift cards. To enable these, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Shop-Products` section, enable :menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:46 -msgid "Once enabled, customers can enter their gift card **code** or pay with their eWallet at the checkout step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/payments.rst:-1 -msgid "Enter gift card code to process checkout" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/performance.rst:3 msgid "Performance management" msgstr "" @@ -2144,6 +2095,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "If a pricelist contains a :ref:`Discount ` price type, the striked price is visible to applicable customers. This is true even if the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` feature has not been enabled." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Odoo eCommerce allows you to configure various delivery methods, enabling customers to choose their preferred option at :doc:`checkout `. These methods include :ref:`external providers `, :ref:`custom options ` such as flat-rate or free shipping, local carriers via :doc:`Sendcloud ` or :ref:`Based on Rules `, and :ref:`in-store pickup `." msgstr "" @@ -2261,7 +2216,7 @@ msgid "Once your setup is complete, click the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to ch msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:116 -msgid "When the product is in stock, a location selector is displayed on the :doc:`product ` and :doc:`checkout ` pages. Customers cannot select a pickup location if the product is out of stock at that location. The :ref:`Continue selling ` option for out-of-stock products is not supported." +msgid "When the product is in stock, a location selector is displayed on the :doc:`product ` and :doc:`checkout ` pages. Customers cannot select a pickup location if the product is out of stock at that location, unless the :ref:`Continue selling ` option for out-of-stock products is enabled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shipping.rst:120 @@ -4812,6 +4767,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../general/integrations/unsplash`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Address autocomplete" msgstr "" @@ -6817,90 +6778,90 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The website header is the top section of a web page and usually contains elements such as the logo, the :ref:`menu `, the search bar, the sign-in/customer account button, etc. The footer is displayed at the bottom of a web page and usually contains information such as contact details, links, legal notices, and other options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:13 msgid "Header design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:15 msgid "To modify the header's design, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, then click on the header. The following options are available in the :guilabel:`Header` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website editor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:19 msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Template` from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:20 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Background` settings to change the color palette through different :ref:`Theme styles `, :guilabel:`Custom` color options, and :guilabel:`Gradient` ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:23 msgid "When adding a :guilabel:`Border` to the header, its size, style, and color can be defined." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:24 msgid "Adapt :guilabel:`Round corners` to fit the design." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:25 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Shadow` and define its :guilabel:`Color`, :guilabel:`Offset`, :guilabel:`Blur`, and :guilabel:`Spread`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:27 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Scroll Effect`. Hover on an effect to preview it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:28 msgid "Choose the :guilabel:`Header Position` between :guilabel:`Regular`, :guilabel:`Hidden`, and :guilabel:`Over The Content`. When :guilabel:`Over The Content` is selected, you can customize the :guilabel:`Background` and :guilabel:`Text Color`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:31 msgid "Show or hide :guilabel:`Elements` such as text, the search bar, :guilabel:`Sign in` button, social media links, :guilabel:`Contact us` button, and logo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:173 msgid "To finalize changes, click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:37 msgid "To hide the header, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, click on the header, and go to the :guilabel:`Theme` tab of the website editor. Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Advanced` section and toggle the :guilabel:`Show Header` switch to hide/show the header." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:44 msgid "Header content" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:46 msgid "Menus organize the header’s content and help users navigate through web pages effectively. User-friendly and well-structured menus also play a crucial role in improving :doc:`search engine rankings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:53 msgid "Menu editor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:55 msgid "The menu editor allows to edit the website's header and add :ref:`menu items ` and :ref:`mega menus `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:59 msgid "To edit the header's content, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu Editor`. From there, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:62 msgid "**rename** a menu item or change its URL using the :guilabel:`Edit Menu Item` icon;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:63 msgid "**delete** a menu item using the :guilabel:`Delete Menu Item` icon;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:64 msgid "**move** a menu item by dragging and dropping it to the desired place in the menu;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:65 msgid "**create a regular drop-down menu** by dragging and dropping the sub-menu items to the right, underneath their parent menu." msgstr "" @@ -6908,7 +6869,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Menu editor with sub-menus" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:72 msgid "You can also access the menu editor by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, selecting any menu item, and clicking the :guilabel:`Edit Menu` icon." msgstr "" @@ -6916,79 +6877,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Access the Menu editor while in Edit mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:81 msgid "Adding menu items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:83 msgid "By default, pages are added to the menu as drop-down menu items when :doc:`they are created <../structure/pages>`. To add a new menu item, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:86 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu Editor`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:87 msgid "In the menu editor, click :guilabel:`Add Menu Item`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:88 msgid "In the pop-up window, enter the :guilabel:`Name` to be displayed in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:89 msgid "Type `/` in the :guilabel:`URL or Email` field to search for a page on your website or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:91 msgid "Click :guilabel:`OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:92 msgid "Edit the :ref:`menu structure ` if needed, then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:96 msgid "Menu item design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:98 msgid "To modify the menu items, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, click on a menu item, then go to the :guilabel:`Navbar` section of the website editor. The following options are available:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:101 msgid "Adapt the :guilabel:`Mobile Alignment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:102 msgid "Choose the :guilabel:`Font` for the menu items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:103 msgid "Change the font size, color, and alignment in the :guilabel:`Format` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:104 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Links Style` to highlight the current page in the menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:105 msgid "Change the :ref:`style of the header buttons `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:106 msgid "Choose to display the :guilabel:`Sub Menus` :guilabel:`On Hover` or :guilabel:`On Click`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:109 msgid "The fields available in the :guilabel:`Navbar` section can vary depending on the chosen template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:116 msgid "Mega menus" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:118 msgid "Mega menus are similar to drop-down menus, but instead of a simple list of sub-menus, they display a panel divided into groups of navigation options. This makes them suitable for websites with large amounts of content or :doc:`e-commerce websites <../../ecommerce>`, as they can help include all of your web pages or :doc:`e-commerce categories <../../ecommerce/products/catalog>` in the menu while still making all menu items visible at once." msgstr "" @@ -6996,19 +6957,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mega menu in the navigation bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:127 msgid "To create a mega menu, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu Editor` and click :guilabel:`Add Mega Menu Item`. Enter the :guilabel:`Name` of the mega menu in the pop-up, click :guilabel:`OK`, then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:131 msgid "To adapt the options and content of the mega menu, click on a mega menu item in the header, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Mega menus are composed of building blocks, which means you can customize each component individually. For example:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:135 msgid "Edit the text directly in the building block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:136 msgid "Edit a menu item's URL by selecting the menu item and clicking the :guilabel:`Edit link` button in the small preview pop-up. Type `/` to search for a page on your website, or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." msgstr "" @@ -7016,63 +6977,63 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Edit a mega menu option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:143 msgid "Move a menu item by dragging and dropping the related block to the desired position in the mega menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:145 msgid "Delete a menu item by deleting the related block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:147 msgid "To adapt the general layout of the mega menu, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab of the website editor, then, in the :guilabel:`Mega Menu` section:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:150 msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:151 msgid "Pick the :guilabel:`Size`: either :guilabel:`Full-Width` or :guilabel:`Narrow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:158 msgid "Footer design" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:160 msgid "To modify the footer, click on :guilabel:`Edit`, click on the footer, and in the :guilabel:`Footer` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website editor:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:163 msgid "Select a :guilabel:`Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:164 msgid "Choose its :guilabel:`Colors`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:165 msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Slideout Effect`: :guilabel:`Regular` (i.e., no effect), :guilabel:`Slide Hover`, or :guilabel:`Shadow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:167 msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Copyright` switch to hide or show the copyright." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:168 msgid "Choose the :guilabel:`Border` size." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:169 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Shadow`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:170 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Scroll Top Button` and choose its position." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/structure/header_footer.rst:171 msgid "Hide or show the footer by toggling the :guilabel:`Page visibility` switch." msgstr "" @@ -7694,42 +7655,42 @@ msgid "Form" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:54 -msgid "The :guilabel:`Form` block is used to collect information from website visitors and create records in your database, if applicable." +msgid "The :guilabel:`Form` block is used to collect information from website visitors and create records in your database, if applicable. To add a form to a website page, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Contact & Forms` category, then select the :guilabel:`Form block`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:-1 msgid "Example of a form block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:62 msgid "Action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:64 msgid "By default, when the form is submitted, an email containing the information entered by the visitor is automatically sent. Depending on the apps installed on your database, additional actions that can automatically create records may become available. To choose a different action, click :guilabel:`Edit`, click the form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, and select the desired :guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:70 msgid ":guilabel:`Apply for a Job` (:doc:`Recruitment `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:71 msgid ":guilabel:`Create a Customer` (:doc:`eCommerce <../../ecommerce>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:72 msgid ":guilabel:`Create a Ticket` (:doc:`Helpdesk `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:73 msgid ":guilabel:`Create an Opportunity` (:doc:`CRM `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:74 msgid ":guilabel:`Subscribe to Newsletter` (:doc:`Email Marketing `)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Create a Task` (:doc:`Project `)" msgstr "" @@ -7737,23 +7698,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Editing a form to change its action" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:80 msgid "By default, submitting the form redirects visitors to a *Thank you* page. Use the :guilabel:`URL` field to send them to a different page. Alternatively, you can choose not to redirect and keep them on the form's page by selecting :guilabel:`Nothing` or :guilabel:`Show Message` in the :guilabel:`On Success` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:86 msgid "Fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:88 msgid "To add a new field to the form, navigate to the :guilabel:`Customize tab` and click the :guilabel:`+ Field` button next to the :guilabel:`Form` or :guilabel:`Field` section. To modify the new (or any other) field on the form, select the field, then use the options available in the :guilabel:`Field` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` tab. For example, you can:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:93 msgid "Change the field :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:96 msgid "It is also possible to select an :guilabel:`Existing Field` from the database and use the data it contains. The fields available depend on the selected action. Property fields added to the database can also be used." msgstr "" @@ -7761,47 +7722,71 @@ msgstr "" msgid "All types of form fields" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:105 msgid "Some fields are visually similar, but the data entered must follow a specific format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:107 msgid "Edit the field's :guilabel:`Label` and adapt its :guilabel:`Position`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:108 msgid "Enable a field :guilabel:`Description`. Click the default description on the form to modify it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:109 msgid "Add a :guilabel:`Placeholder` or :guilabel:`Default value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:110 msgid "Specify if the field is :guilabel:`Required`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:111 msgid "Edit the field's :doc:`visibility ` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:112 msgid "Add an :ref:`animation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:114 msgid "Once you have made the desired changes, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:117 +msgid "Add an Odoo contact form on a non-Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:119 +msgid "You can display an Odoo contact form on another website using an iframe. To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:122 +msgid "**Prepare the Odoo form:** Create a contact form on a page in Odoo Website and remove the :ref:`header design ` and the :ref:`footer design `. Make sure only the contact form remains on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:125 +msgid "**Generate an embeddable code:** Copy the URL of the Odoo form page and paste it into an iframe generator, such as `La Digitale.dev `_ or `iFrame Generator `_ . Adjust the width and height for proper display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:129 +msgid "**Add the embedded code to the non-Odoo website:** Open the relevant page’s HTML (in the code editor or CMS) and insert the embedded code where the form should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:133 +msgid "Example of an embedded code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:153 msgid "Embed code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:155 msgid "Embedding code allows you to integrate content from third-party services into a page, such as videos from YouTube, maps from Google Maps, social media posts from Instagram, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:158 msgid "After adding the block to a page, click the block, then go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab and click :guilabel:`Edit`. Replace the placeholder code with your custom embed code." msgstr "" @@ -7809,23 +7794,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add the link to the embedded code you want to point to" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:165 msgid "Do not copy/paste code you do not understand, as it could put your data at risk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:170 msgid "Move, switch, or delete a building block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:172 msgid "Pull the turquoise borders on the block to reduce or increase the space at the top or bottom of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:174 msgid "Change the block order by clicking :icon:`fa-chevron-up` (:guilabel:`chevron up`) or :icon:`fa-chevron-down` (:guilabel:`chevron down`) and move the block on the page by clicking :icon:`fa-arrows` (:guilabel:`arrows`). When you have multiple :ref:`columns `, move a column to the left or right by clicking :icon:`fa-chevron-left` (:guilabel:`chevron left`) or :icon:`fa-chevron-right` (:guilabel:`chevron right`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:181 msgid "To delete a block, click :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`trash`)." msgstr "" @@ -7833,35 +7818,35 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Extend margins on building block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:187 msgid "Quickly change the block category by clicking :icon:`fa-exchange` (:guilabel:`exchange`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:192 msgid "Edit a building block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:194 msgid "To edit the content of a building block, click on it and go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab. Available customization options vary depending on the type of block selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:198 msgid ":doc:`Web design elements `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:199 msgid ":doc:`Visibility `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:202 msgid "Background" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:204 msgid "To modify the background of a building block, select the block, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, and click the color dot or another :guilabel:`Background` option. You can change the color and/or add an image, video, and/or shape. Once you've selected a shape, new fields appear to allow you to customize the shape." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:210 msgid "Position an element (image, text, etc.) behind or in front of another one by using the :guilabel:`Send to back` or :guilabel:`Bring to front` icons." msgstr "" @@ -7869,7 +7854,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Change block position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:216 msgid "To resize a block, click and drag the dots around its edges to adjust it as needed." msgstr "" @@ -7877,23 +7862,23 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Adapt block size" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:222 msgid ":doc:`General theme `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:225 msgid "Layout: grid and columns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:227 msgid "For most building blocks, you can choose between two layout styles: :ref:`grid ` or :ref:`columns (cols) `. To change the default layout style, click the block, go to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, and set the :guilabel:`Layout` field to :guilabel:`Grid` or :guilabel:`Cols`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:235 msgid "Grid" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:237 msgid "The :guilabel:`Grid` layout allows you to reposition and resize elements, such as images or text, by dragging and dropping them. When :guilabel:`Grid` is selected, additional options are available to :guilabel:`Add Elements` by clicking :guilabel:`Image`, :guilabel:`Text`, or :guilabel:`Button`." msgstr "" @@ -7901,67 +7886,67 @@ msgstr "" msgid "When the grid layout is selected, choose an image and drag and drop it where needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:247 msgid "Cols" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:249 msgid "Choosing the :guilabel:`Cols` layout allows you to determine the number of elements per line within the block. To do so, select the block to modify, click the dropdown next to the :guilabel:`Cols` field, and adjust the number. You can then modify a specific column's settings using the options in the :guilabel:`Column` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:255 msgid "By default, :doc:`on mobile devices `, only one element (column) is visible per line to ensure that content remains easily readable and accessible on smaller screens. To adjust the value, click the :icon:`fa-mobile` (:guilabel:`mobile icon`) at the top of the website editor and adapt the number of columns. Shapes are hidden by default on mobiles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:263 msgid "Duplicate a building block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:265 msgid "To duplicate a building block, click the :icon:`fa-clone` (:guilabel:`duplicate`) icon at the top of the :guilabel:`Customize` tab. Once duplicated, the new block appears on the page beneath the original one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:272 msgid "Save a custom building block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:274 msgid "You can save a customized building block to reuse it elsewhere. To do so, select it, navigate to the :guilabel:`Customize` tab, and click the :icon:`fa-floppy-o` (:guilabel:`floppy disk`) icon. Click the :guilabel:`Save and reload` button in the popup to confirm saving your custom block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:278 msgid "To add a saved building block to the page, navigate to the :guilabel:`Blocks` tab and drag and drop the :guilabel:`Custom` block from the :guilabel:`Categories` section. In the popup that opens, click the desired block in the :guilabel:`Custom` category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:283 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Insert a block` popup, click :icon:`fa-pencil` (:guilabel:`edit`) to rename the custom block or :icon:`fa-trash` (:guilabel:`delete`) to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:289 msgid "Create an anchor link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:291 msgid "Anchor links are hyperlinks that direct users to a **specific section** of a page. To create an anchor link for a block, follow these steps:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:294 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Edit` and select the block you want to link to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:295 msgid "Click :icon:`fa-link` (:guilabel:`link`) at the top of the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:296 msgid "To edit the default anchor name, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the green popup message that opens." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:262 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:297 msgid "Replace the anchor name and click :guilabel:`Save & copy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/web_design/building_blocks.rst:299 msgid "Once the anchor is saved, you can :ref:`link to it ` from anywhere on your website." msgstr "" From 960819ec3c8169aee8feef550d32d4d21f2dda3a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Tiffany Chang (tic)" Date: Tue, 21 Oct 2025 09:05:39 +0200 Subject: [PATCH 2/2] [I18N] remove obsolete translation terms settings.pot hasn't been exported since 14.0 and doesn't seem to correspond to anything in the documentation anymore so it's probably leftover from an old refactoring. Note that an audit of the other pot files was done and this was the only obsolete one found. --- .weblate.json | 5 - locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 198 ------------------- locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 198 ------------------- locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 267 ------------------------- locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 265 ------------------------- locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 272 -------------------------- locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 212 -------------------- locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 259 ------------------------ locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 266 ------------------------- locale/sources/settings.pot | 134 ------------- locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 261 ------------------------ locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po | 221 --------------------- 12 files changed, 2558 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/sources/settings.pot delete mode 100644 locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po delete mode 100644 locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po diff --git a/.weblate.json b/.weblate.json index 6c9572acc4..e6dc475362 100644 --- a/.weblate.json +++ b/.weblate.json @@ -66,11 +66,6 @@ "filemask": "locale/*/LC_MESSAGES/studio.po", "new_base": "locale/sources/studio.pot" }, - { - "name": "user_settings", - "filemask": "locale/*/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po", - "new_base": "locale/sources/settings.pot" - }, { "name": "websites", "filemask": "locale/*/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po", diff --git a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index db18bcd6ab..0000000000 --- a/locale/da/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# peso , 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: peso , 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Danish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/da/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: da\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Opsætning" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index d8702f399d..0000000000 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: German (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: de\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Einstellungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index 99057ffc10..0000000000 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,267 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2021 -# Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2021 -# Pablo Rojas , 2021 -# Josep Anton Belchi Riera, 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Josep Anton Belchi Riera, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ajustes" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Usuarios y Funcionalidades" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de tu base de datos, tu eres el responsable de su uso. " -"Esto incluye las Aplicaciones que instalas así como el número de usuarios " -"que se utilizan." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo son muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, aplicación CRM, comercio electrónico, etc.)" -" pero *no* un smartphone. Debe tomar precauciones al añadir/eliminar " -"características (especialmente Aplicaciones) en tu base de datos debido a " -"que esto puede impactar en el monto de la suscripción siginficativamente (o " -"cambiarte de una cuenta gratuita a una de paga en plataforma en línea)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Esta página contiene alguna información sobre como gestionar sus instancias " -"Odoo. Antes de llevar a cabo alguno de estos procedimientos recomendamos " -"**firmemente** probarlos primero en un duplicado de su base de datos. De " -"esta forma, si algo va mal, no tendrá impacto en el día a día de su negocio." -" " - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar guias sobre como duplicar sus bases de datos tanto para " -"instalaciones :ref:`online ` y :ref:`on premise " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" -"Si tienes preguntas sobre el contenido de esta página o si encuentras un " -"problema al realizar estos procesos, por favor contactanos por el " -"`formulario de soporte `__." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Desactivar Usuarios" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese que tiene los suficientes **permisos administrativos** si quieres " -"cambiar el estatus de cualquiera de tus usuarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"Haga click en **Ajustes** en su instancia Odoo. Verá un apartado con los " -"usuarios activos en su base de datos. Haga click en **Administrar " -"usuarios**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|ajustes|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|buscar_usuarios|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Luego verá la lista de sus usuarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"El filtro pre-seleccionado *Usuarios Internos* muestra sus usuarios " -"pagadores (diferentes del *Portal de Usuarios* los cuales son gratis). Si " -"remueve este filtro, obtendrá todos sus usuarios (de los que paga y los del " -"portal)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"En la lista de usuarios, haga click en el usuario que quiera desactivar. " -"Cuando esté en el formulario, haga click en el desplegable Acción y haga " -"click en Archivar" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "El usuario ahora esta desactivado." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Desinstalar Aplicaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que primero prueba lo que va a hacer en un :ref:`duplicado " -"` de su base de datos antes de hacer ningún cambio " -"(*especialmente* instalar/desinstalar aplicaciones)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"En su instancia de Odoo de clic en **Ajustes**; en esta aplicación, podrá " -"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado. De clic en **Buscar Aplicaciones** " -"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|buscar_aplicaciones|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"En su tablero de aplicaciones, verá todos los ícones de sus aplicaciones. De" -" clic en la aplicación que quiere desinstalar. Luego, en el formulario de la" -" aplicación, de clic en **Desinstalar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como facturación, comercio " -"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema le dará un mensaje de alerta para" -" advertirle de lo que esta a punto de ser removido. Si desinstala su " -"aplicación, todas sus dependencias también serán desinstaladas (y la " -"información en ellas desaparecerá permanentemente). Si esta seguro que igual" -" quiere desinstalarla, de clic en **Confirmar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), de clic" -" en **Confirmar**" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ha terminado de desinstalar su aplicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bueno saber" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " -"nadie mejor que Ud. puede saber si el flujo de su negocio esta roto. Si " -"nosotros desinstalaramos aplicaciones por Ud, nunca podríamos decir si " -"información importante ha sido removida o si uno de los flujos de su negocio" -" se rompió porque nosotros *no sabemos como Ud. trabaja* y por lo tanto, no " -"podemos validar estos tipos de operaciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que puede " -"necesitar instalar módulos que no usa activamente para acceder a algunas " -"funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, se requiere de la " -"aplicación Constructor de Página Web para poder mostrar a su cliente sus " -"Cotizaciones en una página web. Aún así podría no necesitar o usar la Página" -" Web en si misma, si es necesaria para la función de Cotizaciones En Línea " -"para trabajar apropiadamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Siempre pruebe la instalación/eliminación de aplicaciones en un " -"duplicado** (o en una base de datos de prueba gratis): de esta forma puede " -"saber que otras aplicaciones pueden ser requeridas, etc. Esto evitará " -"sorpresas cuando desinstale o cuando reciba sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index e9352f7417..0000000000 --- a/locale/es_419/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,265 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 -# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-08 08:57+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Alvarez, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: es_419\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Ajustes" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Usuarios y funciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de su base de datos, usted es responsable de su uso. Esto" -" incluye las Aplicaciones que instala así como el número actual de usuarios " -"en uso." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo puede ser muchas cosas (ERP, CMS, una aplicación CRM, backend para " -"comercio electrónico, etc.) pero *no* es un teléfono inteligente. Debe tener" -" ciertas precauciones al agregar o eliminar funciones (en especial " -"Aplicaciones) a su base de datos, ya que esto puede afectar el monto de la " -"suscripción de forma considerable (o cambiar su cuenta gratuita por una de " -"paga en nuestra plataforma en línea)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Esta página incluye información sobre cómo gestionar sus instancias de Odoo." -" Antes de realizar alguno de estos procedimientos le recomendamos " -"**encarecidamente** que primero los pruebe en un duplicado de su base de " -"datos. De esta forma, si ocurre algún error, no afectará las actividades " -"diarias de su negocio." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar guías sobre cómo duplicar sus bases de datos en " -"instalaciones :ref:`en línea ` y :ref:`locales " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" -"Si tiene dudas sobre el contenido de esta página o si ocurre algún error al " -"realizar estos procesos, no dude en contactarnos a través del `formulario de" -" soporte `__." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Desactivar usuarios" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que tiene los **permisos administrativos** necesarios si desea " -"cambiar el estado de cualquiera de sus usuarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en **Ajustes** en su instancia de Odoo. Verá una sección con los " -"usuarios activos en su base de datos. Haga clic en **Administrar usuarios**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Verá la lista de sus usuarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"El filtro preseleccionado *Usuarios internos* muestra sus usuarios de pago " -"(a diferencia de los *usuarios del portal* que hacen uso gratuito). Si " -"elimina este filtro, verá todos los usuarios (los de pago y los del portal)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"En su lista de usuarios, haga clic en el usuario que desea desactivar. " -"Cuando esté en el formulario del usuario, haga clic en el menú desplegable " -"de Acción y luego en Archivar." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "El usuario ahora está desactivado." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Nunca** desactive al usuario principal (*admin*)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Desinstalar aplicaciones" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de probar lo que hará en un :ref:`duplicado ` de" -" su base de datos antes de realizar cualquier cambio (*sobre todo* si " -"instalará o desinstalará aplicaciones)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en **Ajustes** en su instancia de Odoo. En esta aplicación podrá " -"ver cuántas aplicaciones ha instalado, haga clic en **Buscar aplicaciones** " -"para acceder a la lista de sus aplicaciones instaladas." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"Verá todos los iconos de sus aplicaciones en el tablero correspondiente. " -"Haga clic en la aplicación que desea desinstalar y luego, en el formulario " -"de la aplicación, haga clic en **Desinstalar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Algunas aplicaciones tienen dependencias, como Facturación, Comercio " -"electrónico, etc. Por lo tanto, el sistema enviará un mensaje de alerta para" -" advertirle lo que esta a punto de eliminar. Si desinstala una aplicación, " -"también desinstalará todas sus dependencias (y la información en ellas " -"desaparecerá de forma permanente). Si aún así está seguro de querer " -"desinstalarla, haga clic en **Confirmar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Por último, después de haber revisado el mensaje de alerta (si hay), haga " -"clic en **Confirmar**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Terminó de desinstalar su aplicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Información importante" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Desinstalar aplicaciones, administrar usuarios, etc. es su decisión**: " -"solo usted puede saber si hay un problema en un flujo de su negocio. Si " -"nosotros desinstaláramos aplicaciones por usted, no podríamos saber si " -"eliminamos información importante o si hay un problema en uno de los flujos " -"de su negocio, pues nosotros *no sabemos como trabaja* y no podemos validar " -"estas operaciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Las aplicaciones de Odoo tienen dependencias**: esto significa que es " -"posible que deba instalar módulos que no usa de forma activa para acceder a " -"algunas funciones de Odoo que podría necesitar. Por ejemplo, necesita la " -"aplicación Creador de sitios web para que sus clientes puedan visualizar sus" -" cotizaciones en un sitio web. Aunque no necesite ni utilice el sitio web en" -" sí, es necesario para que la función de cotizaciones en línea funcione de " -"forma correcta." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Siempre pruebe la instalación o eliminación de una aplicación en un " -"duplicado** o en una base de datos de prueba gratuita, así sabrá qué otras " -"aplicaciones son necesarias y evitará sorpresas desagradables al " -"desinstalarlas o al recibir sus facturas." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index cbfcf048be..0000000000 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,272 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Jérôme Tanché , 2021 -# Fernanda Marques , 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2021\n" -"Language-Team: French (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: fr\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Configuration" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Utilisateurs et fonctionnalités" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"En tant qu'administrateur de votre base de données, vous êtes responsable de" -" son utilisation. Cela inclut les Applications que vous installez, ainsi que" -" le nombre d'utilisateurs qui les utilisent." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo est beaucoup de choses (ERP, CMS, CRM application, site de " -"eCommerce,etc...) mais ce n'est *pas* un smartphone. Vous devez faire preuve" -" de prudence lorsque vous ajouter/supprimez des fonctionnalités (en " -"particulier les applications) à votre base de données, car cela pourrait " -"influer sur le montant de votre abonnement de manière significative (ou vous" -" faire passer d'un compte gratuit à un payant sur notre plate-forme en " -"ligne)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Cette page contient quelques informations sur la façon de gérer votre " -"instance Odoo. Avant d'appliquer ces procédures nous vous recommandons " -"**fortement** des les tester d'abord sur un double de votre base de données." -" De cette façon, si quelque chose se passe mal, votre activité quotidienne " -"n'en sera pas affectée." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez trouver des instruction sur la manière de dupliquer vos bases de" -" données à la fois pour les installations :ref:`en ligne `" -" et :ref:`sur site `." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" -"Si vous avez des questions sur le contenu de cette page ou si vous " -"rencontrez un problème lors de l'exécution de ces procédures, contactez-nous" -" via notre `formulaire d'assistance `__." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Désactivation d'Utilisateurs" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous disposez des **permissions** suffisantes si vous " -"voulez changer le statut de l'un de vos utilisateurs." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"Sur votre instance Odoo, cliquez sur **Paramètres**. Vous verrez apparaître " -"une section reprenant les utilisateurs actifs de votre base de données. " -"Cliquez sur **Gérer les utilisateurs.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Vous verrez alors la liste de vos utilisateurs." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Le filtre pré-sélectionné *Utilisateurs Internes* montre vos utilisateurs " -"payants (pas les *Utilisateurs du Portail* qui sont gratuits). Si vous " -"supprimez ce filtre, vous obtiendrez tous les utilisateurs (les payants et " -"ceux du portail)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre liste d'utilisateurs cliquez sur l'utilisateur que vous souhaitez" -" désactiver. Une fois sur le formulaire utilisateur, cliquez sur le menu de " -"la liste déroulante Action, puis cliquez sur Archiver." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "L'utilisateur est maintenant désactivé." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "Ne désactivez **jamais** l'utilisateur principal (*admin*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Désinstallation d'Applications" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous d'abord de tester ce que vous allez faire sur une " -":ref:`duplication` ` de votre base de données avant de " -"faire des modifications (*surtout* l'installation/désinstallation " -"d'applications)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Dans votre instance Odoo cliquez sur **Configuration**; dans ce module, vous" -" verrez le nombre d'applications que vous avez installées. Cliquez sur " -"**Parcourir les applications** pour accéder à la liste des applications." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"Dans le tableau de bord de vos applications, vous verrez toutes les icônes " -"de vos applications. Cliquez sur l'application que vous souhaitez " -"désinstaller. Puis, sur la fiche de l'application, cliquez sur " -"**Désinstaller**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Certaines applications ont des dépendances, comme Facturation, eCommerce, " -"etc... Par conséquent, le système vous avertira pour vous informer de ce qui" -" est sur le point d'être retiré. Si vous désinstallez votre application, " -"toutes ses dépendances seront également désinstallées (et les données " -"qu'elles contiennent vont disparaître également de façon irréversible). Si " -"vous êtes sûr que vous voulez toujours la désinstaller, alors cliquez sur " -"**Confirmer**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, après avoir vérifié le message d'avertissement (le cas échéant), " -"cliquez sur **Confirmer**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Vous avez terminé la désinstallation de votre application." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bon à savoir" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Désinstaller des applications, gérer les utilisateurs, etc... c'est à vous" -" de le faire**: personne mieux que vous ne peut savoir si les activités de " -"votre entreprise sont interrompues. Si nous devions désinstaller des " -"applications pour vous, nous ne serions jamais en mesure de dire si des " -"données pertinentes ont été supprimées ou si l'une de vos activités a été " -"interrompue, parce que nous *ne savons pas comment vous travaillez* et ne " -"pouvons donc pas valider ce types d'opérations." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Les Applications Odoo ont des dépendances** : cela signifie que vous " -"devrez peut-être installer des modules que vous n'utilisez pas activement " -"pour accéder à certaines fonctionnalités d'Odoo dont vous avez besoin. Par " -"exemple, l'application Construction de site web est requise pour pouvoir " -"montrer à vos clients des devis sur une page internet. Même si vous n'avez " -"pas besoin du site Web lui-même, il est requis pour que la fonctionnalité " -"Offres en ligne fonctionne correctement." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Tester toujours l'installation/la suppression d'application sur une " -"copie** (ou sur une base de données d'essai gratuit) : de cette façon, vous " -"pouvez savoir quelles autres applications peuvent être nécessaires, etc... " -"Cela évitera des surprises lors de la désinstallation ou lors de la " -"réception de vos factures d'abonnement." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8ae5d3fc7d..0000000000 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,212 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Dutch (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: nl\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Instellingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Gebruikers en mogelijkheden" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Als administrator van uw database bent u verantwoordelijk voor het gebruik. " -"Dit omvat ook de apps die u installeert en het aantal gebruikers dat " -"momenteel in gebruik is." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"U kan handleidingen vinden over hoe uw database te dupliceren voor beide " -":ref:`online ` en :ref:`lokale ` " -"installaties." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Gebruikers deactiveren" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Verzeker u er van dat u genoeg **administratieve rechten** hebt indien u de " -"status van eender welke gebruiker wilt wijzigen." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "U ziet vervolgens de lijst van uw gebruikers." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "De gebruiker is nu gedeactiveerd." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "Deactiveer **nooit** de hoofdgebruiker (*admin*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Apps deïnstalleren" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Klik in uw Odoo instantie op **Instellingen**. In deze app kan u zien " -"hoeveel applicaties u geïnstalleerd hebt. Klik op **Doorzoek apps** om de " -"lijst van geïnstalleerde apps te bekijken." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Klik als laatste, na het controleren van de waarschuwing (indien er een is)," -" op **Bevestigen**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "U bent klaar met het verwijderen van uw applicatie." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Goed om te weten" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index df283f45d0..0000000000 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,259 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Luis Felipe Miléo , 2021 -# Éder Brito , 2021 -# lluisgustavoreis , 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: lluisgustavoreis , 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Definições" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Usuários e Recursos" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Como administrador de seu banco de dados, você é responsável por seu uso. " -"Isso inclui os aplicativos que você instala, bem como o número de usuários " -"atualmente em uso." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"O Odoo é muitas coisas (ERP, CMS, aplicativo de CRM, back-end de comércio " -"eletrônico, etc.), mas * não * é um smartphone. Você deve ter cuidado ao " -"adicionar / remover recursos (especialmente aplicativos) em seu banco de " -"dados, pois isso pode afetar o valor da sua assinatura significativamente " -"(ou mudar você de uma conta gratuita para uma paga em nossa plataforma " -"online)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Esta página contém algumas informações sobre como você pode gerenciar suas " -"instâncias do Odoo. Antes de realizar qualquer um desses procedimentos, " -"recomendamos ** vivamente ** que os teste primeiro em uma duplicata do seu " -"banco de dados. Dessa forma, se algo der errado, seu negócio do dia-a-dia " -"não será impactado." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Você pode encontrar guias sobre como duplicar seus bancos de dados para " -"instalações: ref: `online ` e: ref: `on premise " -"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" -"Se você tiver dúvidas sobre o conteúdo desta página ou se encontrar algum " -"problema ao realizar esses procedimentos, entre em contato conosco através " -"do nosso `formulário de suporte ` __." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Desativando usuários" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de ter ** direitos administrativos ** suficientes se quiser " -"alterar o status de qualquer um de seus usuários." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|configurações|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Você verá então a lista de seus usuários." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"O filtro pré-selecionado * Usuários internos * mostra seus usuários pagantes" -" (diferente dos * Usuários do portal * que são gratuitos). Se você remover " -"este filtro, obterá todos os seus usuários (aqueles pelos quais você paga e " -"os do portal)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "O usuário agora está desativado." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "** Nunca ** desative o usuário principal (* admin *)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Desinstalando aplicativos" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Certifique-se de primeiro testar o que você está prestes a fazer em um " -":ref:`duplicate ` do seu banco de dados antes de fazer " -"quaisquer alterações (*especialmente* instalar/desinstalar aplicativos)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"Em sua instância do Odoo, clique em ** Configurações **; neste aplicativo, " -"você poderá ver quantos aplicativos instalou. Clique em ** Procurar Apps ** " -"para acessar a lista de seus aplicativos instalados." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"No painel de seus aplicativos, você verá todos os ícones de seus " -"aplicativos. Clique no aplicativo que deseja desinstalar. Em seguida, no " -"formulário do aplicativo, clique em ** Desinstalar **." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Alguns aplicativos possuem dependências, como Faturamento, eCommerce, etc. " -"Portanto, o sistema lhe dará uma mensagem de alerta para avisá-lo do que " -"está para ser removido. Se você desinstalar seu aplicativo, todas as suas " -"dependências serão desinstaladas também (e os dados nelas desaparecerão " -"permanentemente). Se você tiver certeza de que deseja desinstalá-lo, clique " -"em ** Confirmar **." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Por último, após verificar a mensagem de aviso (se houver), clique em ** " -"Confirmar **." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Você terminou de desinstalar seu aplicativo." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Bom saber" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"** Desinstalar aplicativos, gerenciar usuários, etc. depende de você **: " -"ninguém mais pode saber se o seu fluxo de negócios está quebrado melhor do " -"que você. Se tivéssemos de desinstalar os aplicativos para você, nunca " -"poderíamos saber se dados relevantes foram removidos ou se um de seus fluxos" -" de negócios foi interrompido porque * não sabemos como você trabalha * e, " -"portanto, não podemos validar esses tipos de operações." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"** Odoo Apps tem dependências **: isso significa que você pode precisar " -"instalar módulos que não usa ativamente para acessar alguns recursos do Odoo" -" de que pode precisar. Por exemplo, o aplicativo Website é necessário para " -"mostrar ao seu cliente suas cotações em uma página da web. Mesmo que você " -"não precise ou use o próprio site, ele é necessário para que o recurso de " -"cotações online funcione corretamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"** Sempre teste a instalação / remoção do aplicativo em uma duplicata ** (ou" -" em um banco de dados de teste gratuito): dessa forma, você pode saber quais" -" outros aplicativos podem ser necessários, etc. Isso evitará surpresas ao " -"desinstalar ou ao receber suas faturas." diff --git a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index 662ae71009..0000000000 --- a/locale/ru/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,266 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Ivan Yelizariev // IEL , 2021 -# Ekaterina , 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ekaterina , 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Russian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ru/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: ru\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<12 || n%100>14) ? 1 : n%10==0 || (n%10>=5 && n%10<=9) || (n%100>=11 && n%100<=14)? 2 : 3);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Настройки" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Пользователи и приложения" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Как администратор вашей базы данных, вы несете ответственность за ее " -"использование. Она включает приложения, которые вы устанавливаете, а также " -"количество пользователей, которые сейчас пользуются системой." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo есть много вещей (ERP, CMS, приложение CRM, бэкенд электронной " -"коммерции и т.д.), но это не смартфон. Вы должны быть осторожными при " -"добавлении / удалении функций (особенно приложений) в вашей базе данных, это" -" может существенно повлиять на сумму вашей подписки (или вы можете " -"переключиться с бесплатной версии на платную на онлайн-платформе Odoo)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Эта страница содержит некоторую информацию о том, как можно управлять " -"версиями Odoo. Прежде чем выполнять любую из этих действий, ** настоятельно " -"** советуем сначала протестировать их на копии вашей базы данных. Таким " -"образом, если что-то пойдет не так, на ваш ежедневный бизнес ничего не " -"влияет." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Вы можете найти справочники о том, как дублировать свои базы данных как. : " -"Ref: `онлайн `Так и: ref:` на вашем хостинге " -" ." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" -"Если у вас возникли вопросы по содержанию этой страницы или возникли " -"проблемы при выполнении этих действий, свяжитесь с нами по нашей `формы " -"поддержки `__." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "отключение пользователей" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Убедитесь, что у вас есть достаточно ** административных прав **, если вы " -"хотите изменить статус любого из ваших пользователей." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"В вашей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **. У вас будет секция, которая " -"будет показывать вам активных пользователей вашей базы данных. Нажмите ** " -"Управлять пользователями. **" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|настройки|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "После этого вы увидите список пользователей." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Заранее выбранный фильтр Внутренние пользователи * покажет ваших платных " -"пользователей (отличных от * Пользователей портала *, которые являются " -"бесплатными). Если вы удалите этот фильтр, вы получите всех своих " -"пользователей (тех, кого вы оплачиваете, а также портальные)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"В вашем списке пользователей нажмите на пользователя, якаого вы хотите " -"отключить. Как только вы будете на форме пользователя, нажмите на выпадающее" -" меню действий и нажмите Архивировать." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "Пользователя деактивирована." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" -"** Никогда ** Не отключайте главного пользователя (** администратора **)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "удаление приложений" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Для дополнительной (особенно установка / удаление приложений), сначала " -"проверьте, что вы собираетесь делать на: ref: `тестовой " -"`Базе данных." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"В своей версии Odoo нажмите ** Настройка **, в этом приложении вы сможете " -"увидеть, сколько программ было установлено. Нажмите ** Посмотреть приложения" -" **, чтобы получить доступ к списку установленных программ." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"На панели приборов приложений вы увидите все значки ваших модулей. Нажмите " -"программу, которую вы хотите удалить. Затем, по форме приложения нажмите " -"кнопку ** Удалить **." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Некоторые программы имеют зависимости, такие как выставление счетов, " -"электронная коммерция и др. Таким образом, система предупредит вас, что вы " -"собираетесь удалить. Если вы деинсталлируете вашу программу, все ее " -"зависимости будет также удаленно (и данные в них навсегда исчезнут). Если вы" -" уверены, что все равно хотите удалить приложение, нажмите кнопку ** " -"Подтвердить **." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Наконец, после проверки предупреждения (если оно есть), нажмите кнопку ** " -"Подтвердить **." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Вы завершили удаление вашего модуля." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "стоит знать" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"** Удаление приложений, управления пользователями и т.д. зависит от вас **: " -"никто не знает лучше вас, ваш бизнес-процесс сломан. Если мы хотели бы " -"деинсталлировать приложения для вас, мы никогда не сможем определить, были " -"удалены релевантные данные или если один из ваших бизнес-процессов был " -"сломан, поскольку мы не знаем, как вы работаете, и поэтому не можем " -"проверить такие операции." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"** Приложения Odoo имеют зависимости **: это означает, что вам может " -"понадобиться установить модули, которые вы не используете для доступа к " -"некоторым функциям Odoo, которые вам могут понадобиться. Например, " -"приложение Website Builder нужен, чтобы показать своему клиенту свои " -"коммерческие предложения на веб-странице. Несмотря на то, вам может не " -"потребоваться использование самого Веб-сайта, это необходимо, чтобы функция " -"коммерческих предложений онлайн работала должным образом." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"** Всегда проверяйте установка / удаление приложения на тестовой базе ** " -"(или на базе бесплатной пробной версии): таким образом вы можете узнать, " -"какие другие программы могут понадобиться. Это поможет избежать " -"неожиданностей при удалении или при получении счетов-фактур." diff --git a/locale/sources/settings.pot b/locale/sources/settings.pot deleted file mode 100644 index e44e29acd7..0000000000 --- a/locale/sources/settings.pot +++ /dev/null @@ -1,134 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently in use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online ` and :ref:`on premise ` installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our `support form `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click on Archive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate ` of your database before making any changes (*especially* installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we *do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature to work properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index 469b63b749..0000000000 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,261 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko , 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko , 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: uk\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "Користувачі та додатки" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор вашої бази даних, ви несете відповідальність за її " -"використання. Вона включає додатки, які ви встановлюєте, а також кількість " -"користувачів, які наразі користуються системою." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo є багато речей (ERP, CMS, додаток CRM, бекенд електронної комерції " -"тощо), але це не смартфон. Ви повинні бути обережними при " -"додаванні/видаленні функцій (особливо додатків) у вашій базі даних, оскільки" -" це може суттєво вплинути на суму вашої підписки (або ви можете " -"переключитися з безкоштовної версії на платну на онлайн-платформі Odoo)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"Ця сторінка містить деяку інформацію про те, як можна керувати версіями " -"Odoo. Перш ніж виконувати будь-яку з цих дій, **настійно** радимо спочатку " -"протестувати їх на копії вашої бази даних. Таким чином, якщо щось піде не " -"так, на ваш щоденний бізнес нічого не впливає." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете знайти довідники про те, як дублювати свої бази даних як. " -":ref:`онлайн ` так і :ref:`на вашому хостингу " -"." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас виникли запитання щодо вмісту цієї сторінки або виникли проблеми " -"під час виконання цих дій, зв'яжіться з нами за допомогою нашої `форми " -"підтримки `__." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "Деактивація користувачів" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що у вас є достатньо **адміністративних прав**, якщо ви " -"хочете змінити статус будь-якого з ваших користувачів." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "" -"У вашій версії Odoo, натисніть **Налаштування**. У вас буде секція, яка " -"показуватиме вам активних користувачів вашої бази даних. Натисніть " -"**Керувати користувачами.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|settings|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|browse_users|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "Після цього ви побачите список ваших користувачів." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"Заздалегідь вибраний фільтр *Внутрішні користувачі* покаже ваших платних " -"користувачів (відмінних від *Користувачів порталу*, які є безкоштовними). " -"Якщо ви видалите цей фільтр, ви отримаєте всіх своїх користувачів (тих, кого" -" ви оплачуєте, а також портальні)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "" -"У вашому списку користувачів натисніть на користувача, якаого ви хочете " -"деактивувати. Як тільки ви будете на формі користувача, натисніть на " -"випадаюче меню дій та натисніть Архівувати." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "Користувача деактивовано." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**Ніколи** не деактивуйте головного користувача (**адміністратора**)." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "Видалення додатків" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж вносити зміни (особливо встановлення/видалення додатків), спочатку " -"перевірте, що ви збираєтесь робити на :ref:`тестовій ` " -"базі даних. " - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "" -"У своїй версії Odoo натисніть **Налаштування**, в цьому додатку ви зможете " -"побачити, скільки програм було встановлено. Натисніть **Переглянути " -"додатки**, щоб отримати доступ до списку встановлених програм." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|browse_apps|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "" -"На панелі приладів додатків ви побачите всі значки ваших модулів. Натисніть " -"програму, яку ви хочете видалити. Потім, за формою додатку, натисніть кнопку" -" **Видалити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Деякі програми мають залежності, такі як виставлення рахунків, електронна " -"комерція та інше. Таким чином, система попередить вас, що ви збираєтеся " -"видалити. Якщо ви деінсталюєте вашу програму, всі її залежності буде також " -"видалено (і дані в них назавжди зникнуть). Якщо ви впевнені, що все одно " -"хочете видалити додаток, натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"Нарешті, після перевірки попередження (якщо воно є), натисніть кнопку " -"**Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "Ви завершили видалення вашого модуля." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "Варто знати" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**Видалення додатків, керування користувачами тощо залежить від вас**: ніхто" -" не знає краще за вас, чи ваш бізнес-процес зламаний. Якщо ми хотіли б " -"деінсталювати додатки для вас, ми ніколи не зможемо визначити, чи були " -"видалені релевантні дані або якщо один із ваших бізнес-процесів був " -"зламаний, оскільки ми не знаємо, як ви працюєте, і тому не можемо перевірити" -" такі операції." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Додатки Odoo мають залежності**: це означає, що вам може знадобитися " -"встановити модулі, які ви не використовуєте, для доступу до деяких функцій " -"Odoo, які вам можуть знадобитися. Наприклад, додаток Website Builder " -"потрібен, аби показати своєму клієнту свої комерційні пропозиції на веб-" -"сторінці. Незважаючи на те, чи вам може не знадобитися використання самого " -"Веб-сайту, це необхідно, щоби функція комерційних пропозицій онлайн " -"працювала належним чином." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**Завжди перевіряйте встановлення/видалення додатку на тестовій базі** (або " -"на базі безкоштовної пробної версії): таким чином ви можете дізнатися, які " -"інші програми можуть знадобитися. Це допоможе уникнути несподіванок при " -"видаленні або при отриманні рахунків-фактур." diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po deleted file mode 100644 index d7cb10754b..0000000000 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,221 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -# Translators: -# max_xu , 2021 -# 敬雲 林 , 2021 -# Mandy Choy , 2021 -# Datasource International , 2021 -# -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Datasource International , 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 -msgid "Settings" -msgstr "设置" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 -msgid "Users and Features" -msgstr "用户和功能" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 -msgid "" -"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " -"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " -"in use." -msgstr "作为数据库管理员,你有责任提供具有良好的可用性数据库给所有的用户,包括基于数据库所安装的各类应用." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " -"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " -"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " -"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " -"paying one on our online platform)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo拥有及其多的功能 (包括企业资源计划，内容管理系统，客户关系管理应用，电子商务后端等等)， 但是它 *不是* " -"一个智能手机。在对你的数据库添加/卸载各类特性(特别是应用时) " -"，你需要额外小心，因为这些操作可能产生显著的费用投入(比如将你从一个免费用户升级为我们平台上的付费用户)。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 -msgid "" -"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " -"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " -"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " -"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." -msgstr "" -"本页包含了如何管理你的Odoo及其实例。在进行以下步骤前，我们 **强烈建议** " -"您先在复制的数据库上进行测试。这样的话，即便有错误，也不会影响到实际的业务运作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" -" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " -"installations." -msgstr "" -"查看如何复制数据用于:ref:`线上 ` 和:ref:`本地部署 `安装。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " -"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " -"`support form `__." -msgstr "" -"如果你对这篇文章有任何问题或者当你执行程序时碰到问题，可以提交`支持请求 `__来联系我们。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 -msgid "Deactivating Users" -msgstr "禁用用户" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " -"change the status of any of your users." -msgstr "当你想更改任何用户的状态时,请确保你拥有足够的 **管理权限** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " -"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中，点击 **设置** 。页面将显示数据库中有效的用户。点击 **管理用户** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|settings|" -msgstr "|设置|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 -msgid "|browse_users|" -msgstr "|浏览_用户|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 -msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." -msgstr "然后你将看到用户列表." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " -"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " -"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" -msgstr "" -"筛选器中预设置了 *内部用户* 过滤条件，经过此过滤器条件显示的用户账号是付费账号 (区别于免费的 *门户账号* ) " -"。如果你删掉了这个过滤条件，那就显示所有的用户账号 (包括付费账号和免费账号)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " -"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " -"on Archive." -msgstr "在你的用户名单中，单击想要禁用的用户。进入用户表单后，点击操作下拉菜单，然后点击归档。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 -msgid "The user is now deactivated." -msgstr "该用户账号目前处于停用状态." - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 -msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" -msgstr "**千万不要** 取消激活主用户 (*admin*)" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 -msgid "Uninstalling Apps" -msgstr "卸载应用程式" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 -msgid "" -"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " -"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" -" installing/uninstalling apps)." -msgstr "" -"请确保在进行任何正式改动前（ *尤其是* 安装或卸载应用程式时）在 :ref:`复制 `的数据库进行第一次测试。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 -msgid "" -"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " -"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" -" access the list of your installed applications." -msgstr "在你的Odoo实例中点击 **设置** ；在此应用程序中，你可以看到已安装的应用。点击**浏览应用程序**来访问你所安装的应用程序列表。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 -msgid "|browse_apps|" -msgstr "|浏览_应用|" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " -"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " -"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." -msgstr "在应用仪表板中，你可以看到所有应用的图标。点击你想卸载的应用，然后在应用表单内，点击 **卸载** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " -"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " -"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " -"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " -"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" -" click **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"一些应用之间有互相依存的关系，比如开票，电子商务等等... " -"因此，当你准备卸载这些应用时系统会弹出一个警告信息，告诉你哪些被依赖的应用会被相应卸载。如果你继续进行卸载，那所有被依赖应用也会被同时卸载 " -"(并且这些应用中的数据也会被永久删除) 。如果您确定仍要卸载被依赖的应用，请单击 **确认** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." -msgstr "最后，请检查警告消息（如有），然后单击 **确认** 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 -msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." -msgstr "您已完成卸载应用程序。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 -msgid "Good to know" -msgstr "幸好知道" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 -msgid "" -"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " -"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " -"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " -"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " -"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " -"operations." -msgstr "" -"**卸载应用，管理用户，等等这些决定取决于你** " -":没有其他人可以比你更了解这些操作是否会影响到你的业务流程。如果我们帮你卸载了应用，那我们也无法告诉你哪些关联数据会被删除或者你的某项业务流程会停摆，因为我们" -" *不知道你的业务运作方式* 因此也无法验证这些操作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " -"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " -"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " -"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " -"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " -"to work properly." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo各个应用之间有互相依存的关系** " -":这意味着一些你并不太会操作的模块,会因为其中的一些特性被需要而被系统自动安装。比如，如果你需要将你的客户报价用网页的形式展现，那网站构建器这个应用就会被自动安装。可能你完全不需要通过Odoo的网站，但是这个应用中的在线报价技术特性却是你的需求能正常工作的前提条件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 -msgid "" -"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " -"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " -"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." -msgstr "" -"**总是在数据库副本上测试应用的安装/卸载** " -"(或者在一个免费的测试数据库上):通过这样的方式你可以知道哪些应用是被依赖的。这可以避免卸载应用产生的错误或者收到意外的付款通知。"